Joseph Smith, The Prophet And His
Progenitors For Many Generations
by Lucy Smith (Mother Of The Prophet)
CONTENTS
Preface
Chapter 1
Solomon Mack, the father of
Lucy Mack
Extract from his narrative
Chapter 2
History of Jason Mack
Chapter 3
Lovisa and Lovina Mack
Chapter 4
Life of Stephen Mack
Chapter 5
Lydia Mack, Third Daughter of
Solomon
Mack
Chapter 6
Daniel Mack--Rescues three
men from
a watery grave
Chapter 7
Solomon Mack
Chapter 8
Early life of Lucy Mack
Her marriage with Joseph
Smith
Chapter 9
Seven generations of the
Smith Family
Four generations of the Mack
Family
Chapter 10
A present of one thousand
dollars, from John
Mudget and Stephen Mack, to
the author
Chapter 11
Sickness in Randolph
Chapter 12
Joseph Smith, Senior, loses
his property and becomes poor
Receives a visit from Jason
Mack
The history of the latter,
concluded
Chapter 13
The Author's Dream
Chapter 14
First vision of Joseph Smith,
Senior
The Box
Second Vision
The Tree and the Spacious
Building
Chapter 15
Sickness at Lebanon
Sophronia's Miraculous Recovery
Chapter 16
The Sufferings of Joseph
Smith, Jr, with a fever
sore
Extraction of large fragments
of bone from one
of his legs
Chapter 17
Joseph Smith, Senior, removes
to Norwich,
thence to Palmyra
His dream of the Images of the Judgment
Chapter 18
History of Joseph the Prophet
Commences
Seventh vision of Joseph
Smith, Sr.
Chapter 19
An angel visits Joseph again
Joseph tells his father what
he has seen and
heard
He is permitted to behold the
plates
Receives further instructions
Communicates the same to the
family
Takes the plates into his
hands
They are taken from him, and
he is reproved
His disappointment
Chapter 20
Alvin's Sickness and Death
Chapter 21
Religious Excitement
Joseph's Prophecy
He works for Mr. Stoal
Becomes acquainted with Emma
Hale
Chapter 22
Joseph Smith, Sr. loses his
farm
Joseph, Jr. is married
Has another interview with
the angel, by whom
he is chastised
Receives further instructions
Chapter 23
Joseph Obtains the Plates
Chapter 24
Joseph brings home the
Breastplate
Martin Harris and wife
introduced
The Translation Commences
Mrs. Harris begins to oppose
the work
Chapter 25
Martin Harris is permitted to
take the
manuscript home with him
He loses it
The season of mourning which
ensured
Chapter 26
Martin Harris's Perfidy
Chapter 27
The Urim and Thummim are
taken from Joseph
He receives them again
Chapter 28
Oliver Cowdery commences
writing for Joseph
They attend to the ordinance
of Baptism
Chapter 29
Mrs. Harris Prosecutes Joseph
Chapter 30
Joseph and Oliver remove to
Waterloo
They finish the Translation
Chapter 31
The Plates are shown to the
Twelve Witnesses
Joseph makes arrangements for
printing the
Book of Mormon
Chapter 32
The printing is begun
A meeting of the citizens
held in reference to
the Book
Chapter 33
Esquire Cole's Dogberry Paper
Second meeting of the
Citizens
Chapter 34
The Church Organized
Chapter 35
Joseph Smith, Sr., and Don
Carlos, visit
Stockholm
Chapter 36
Joseph Smith, Senior,
imprisoned
An attempt to take Hyrum
Chapter 37
The Family of Joseph Smith,
Senior, remove to
Waterloo
Chapter 38
The First Western Mission
Joseph Smith, Junior, moves
to Kirtland
Chapter 39
The different Branches of the
Church remove
to Kirtland
Miracle at Buffalo
Chapter 40
Samuel Smith's First Mission
to Missouri
Chapter 41
Lucy Smith Visits Detroit
Chapter 42
An Extract from the History
of Joseph The
Prophet
Sidney Rigdon's Transgression
Trouble in Jackson County
Chapter 43
Lucy Smith Builds a
Schoolhouse
Joseph and Hyrum Return from
Missouri
They rehearse the history of
their trouble
Chapter 44
The Lord's House at Kirtland
Commenced
A letter from the Prophet to
his Uncle Silas
Chapter 45
The House of the Lord
completed
A division in the Church
Chapter 46
Joseph Smith, Senior, and his
brother John, go
on a mission to the East
The Death of Jerusha Smith
Chapter 47
The Persecution Revives
Don Carlos and his father fly
from their enemies
Joseph moves to Missouri
Chapter 48
Joseph Smith, Senior, moves
with his family to
Missouri
Commencement of the
Persecution in Caldwell
Chapter 49
Testimony of Hyrum Smith
Chapter 50
Removal of the Smith Family
to Illinois
Chapter 51
Joseph and Hyrum escape from
their
persecutors, and return to
their families
Chapter 52
A purchase made in the town
of Commerce
Joseph the Prophet goes to
Washington
The death of Joseph Smith,
Senior
Chapter 53
Joseph Arrested at Quincy
Discharged at Monmouth
Joseph charged with an
attempt to assassinate
Ex-Governor Boggs
Chapter 54
Joseph and Hyrum Assassinated
Appendix
A journal kept by Don C.
Smith while on a
mission with G. A. Smith, his
cousin
PREFACE
The object that the Board of Publication has in the reissue of this work, is to place in the hands of those of the church, and others who may desire it, one means of becoming acquainted with the history of the Latter Day Saints during the lifetime of those with whom the work originated. "Mother Smith's History," comes into our hands in the same way that any other book, written and published by one connected with the church without authorization from the church, might do, and for this reason, we to whom the work of revision has been entrusted, give the work to the reader as we find it; with such additions as are deemed necessary, made by marks of reference and foot-notes. Nor do we vouch for the correctness of the statements made in the body of the work, being contented to let it pass with the statement that it is believed to be in the main correct.
At the time the book was first published it was spoken and written of quite highly, the preface having been written by Orson Pratt, then, as now, one of the ablest men among the Utah Mormons. Soon after its publication, and after a large number was sold, President Brigham Young, under the plea that it was a false history and would do mischief, ordered its suppression; the Saints were counseled to give them up, either freely, or in exchange for other works of the church, that they might be destroyed. Under this order large numbers were destroyed, few being preserved, some of which fell into the hands of those now with the Reorganization. For this destruction we see no adequate reason; unless it be found in the fear that a plain story told by the mother of the first president of the church, might possibly convey views to the minds of its readers, opposed to the then ruling powers.
The present impracticability of giving a more extended and satisfactory history of Joseph Smith, under the supervision of the Reorganized Church; in connection with the fact that Elder E. W. Tullidge's work, "Life of Joseph, the Prophet," has been put upon sale, have determined the Board to publish this work without change in the text.
We quote:
"This work will also include many remarkable events connected with the discovery and translation of the Book of Mormon, and the early history of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints, never before published. The manuscripts containing this information, with the exception of the portion relating to his martyrdom, were written by the direction and under the inspection of the Prophet. This work will be exceedingly interesting to the Saints, and will be a most convincing evidence, to all nations, of the divinity of this great and last gospel message." (Millennial Star, vol. 15, p. 169, 1853)
"We do not imagine that any unprejudiced person can take up this work, and bestow upon it a careful perusal, without becoming deeply sensible of the divine mission of Joseph Smith. Being written by Lucy Smith, the mother of the Prophet, and mostly under his inspection, will be ample guarantee for the authenticity of the narrative. Not only is the life of the Prophet given, but, as will be seen from the title, sketches of the lives of many of his progenitors are. Altogether the work is one of the most interesting that has appeared in this latter dispensation. To the Saints we would say--Read the work, and your hearts will be cheered by its contents, and your gratitude to the Almighty increased. To the world we would say--Read the work, and the Spirit of God will bear witness with your spirits, that he is the same yesterday, to-day, and for ever, and is again manifesting himself as in days of old." (Millennial Star, vol. 15, p. 682, 1853)
In a letter from President B. Young to Millennial Star, dated January 31, 1855, is the following:
"There are many mistakes in the work entitled 'Biographical Sketches of Joseph Smith the Prophet, and of his progenitors for many generations, by Lucy Smith, mother of the Prophet,' and 'published at Liverpool for Orson Pratt by S. W. Richards, 15 Wilton Street.' I have had a written copy of those sketches in my possession for several years, and it contains much of the history of the Prophet Joseph. Should it ever be deemed best to publish these sketches, it will not be done until after they are carefully corrected. I take this seasonable opportunity to inform the public mind, in order that readers may not be surprised or disappointed at finding discrepancies, and may know which is the most reliable, in case a corrected edition is ever published." (Millennial Star, vol. 17, p. 297)
Orson Pratt stated in Deseret
News of March 21 and
28, and April 4, 1855, that "These imperfections
have undoubtedly arisen either from the impaired memory of
the highly respected and aged authoress, or from the
lack or correct information; or, which is the most
probable, from the carelessness of the scribe in writing from
time to time isolated statements from her mouth
without a sufficient understanding of their
connection.
"In future editions the
work will be carefully revised and corrected so far as we have
knowledge. In the meantime, it is believed that
this history will be
interesting to the Saints,
and to the public generally, as from it they can make
themselves acquainted with some of the greatest and most
remarkable events of modern times.
"If the schools of our
Territory would introduce this work as a "Reader,"
it would give the young and rising generation some knowledge of
the facts and incidents connected with the opening of
the grand dispensation of the last days."
(Millennial Star, vol. 17, p. 396)
Preface to the English Edition
The following pages, embracing biographical sketches and the genealogy of Joseph Smith, the Prophet, and his progenitors, were mostly written previous to the death of the Prophet, and under his personal inspection.
Most of the historical items and occurrences related have never before been published. They will therefore be exceedingly interesting to all Saints, and sincere inquirers after the truth, affording them the privilege of becoming more extensively acquainted with the private life and character of one of the greatest prophets that ever lived upon the earth. Independent of this, the events which have occurred in connection with the history of this remarkable family, are, in themselves, of the most marvelous kind, and of infinite importance in their bearings upon the present and future generations.
No events that have happened since the first advent of our Savior, are of more thrilling interest than those connected with the history of the Prophet, Joseph Smith. Every incident relating to his life, or the lives of his progenitors, will be eagerly sought after by all future generations. The geographical, mechanical, and other scientific discoveries of modern ages, sink into insignificance, compared with the importance of those discoveries made by this great man. They are designed by the Almighty to produce the greatest moral and physical revolutions which the inhabitants of this globe ever witnessed--revolutions which, through the judgments of God, will utterly overthrow and destroy all governments and kingdoms that will not become subject to Christ.
Under these infinitely important considerations, the following pages are recommended to the careful and candid perusal of all nations.
ORSON PRATT.
Chapter 1
Solomon Mack, the Father of Lucy Mack -- Extract From His Narrative
My father, Solomon Mack, was born in the town of Lyme, New London County, Connecticut, September 26, 1735. His father, Ebenezer Mack, was a man of considerable property, and lived in good style, commanding all the attention and respect which are ever shown to those who live in fine circumstances, and habits of strict morality. For a length of time he fully enjoyed the fruits of his industry. But this state of things did not always continue, for a series of misfortunes visited my grandparents, by which they were reduced to that extremity, that a once happy and flourishing family were compelled to disperse, and throw themselves upon the charity of a cold, unfeeling world.
My father was taken into the family of neighboring farmer, where he remained until he was nearly twenty-one years of age, about which time he enlisted in the service of his country. I have a sketch of my father's life, written by himself, in which is detailed an account of his several campaigns, and many of his adventures, while in the army. From this I extract the following:
"At the age of twenty-one years, I left my master. Shortly after which, I enlisted in the services of my country, under the command of Captain Henry, and was annexed to the regiment commanded by Colonel Whiting.
From Connecticut, we marched to Fort Edwards, in the state of New York. We were in a severe battle, fought at Half-way Brook, in 1755. During this expedition, I caught a heavy cold, which rendered me unfit for business until the return of warm weather. I was carried the ensuing spring to Albany.
In the year 1757, I had two teams in the king's service, which were employed in carrying the general's baggage. While thus engaged I went one morning as usual to yoke my team, but three of my oxen were missing. When this came to the knowledge of the officer, he was very angry, and drawing his sword, threatened to run it through me. He then ordered me to get three other oxen, which I accordingly did, and proceeded with the baggage to Fort Edwards, and the next day I returned in order to find my missing oxen. While I was performing .this trip, the following circumstance occurred. About half way from Stillwater to Fort Edwards, I espied four Indians nearly thirty rods distant, coming out of the woods; they were armed with scalping knives, tomahawks, and guns. I was alone, but about twenty rods behind me was a man by the name of Webster. I saw my danger, and that there was no way to escape, unless I could do it by stratagem; so I rushed upon them, calling in the meantime at the top of my voice, Rush on! rush on, my boys! we'll have the devils. The only weapon I had was a walking staff, yet I ran toward them, and as the other man appeared just at that instant, it gave them a terrible fright, .and I saw no more of them.
I hastened to Stillwater the next day, as aforementioned, and
finding my oxen soon after I arrived there, I returned the same
night to Fort Edwards, a distance of seven miles, the whole of
which was a dense forest. In 1758, I enlisted under Major
Spenser, and went immediately over Lake George, with a company
who crossed in boats, to the western aide, where we had a bloody
and hot engagement with the enemy, in which Lord Howe fell at
the onset of the basle. His bowels were taken out and buried, but
his body was embalmed and carried to England.
The next day we marched to the breastworks, but were
unsuccessful, being compelled to retreat with a loss of five hundred
men killed, and as many more wounded.
In this con,st I narrowly escaped--a musketball passed under
my chin, within half an inch of my neck. The army then returned
to Lake George, and, on its way thither, a large scouting party of
the enemy came round by Skeenesborough, and, at the Half-way
Brook, destroyed a large number of both men and teams. Upon
this, one thousand of our men were detached to repair immediately
to Skeenes- borough in pursuit of them; but, when we arrived at
South Bay, the enemy were entirely out of our reach.
The enemy then marched to Ticonderoga, New York, in
order to procure supplies, after which they immediately pursued
us, but we eluded them by hastening to Wood Creek, and thence
to Fort Ann, where we arrived on the thirteenth day of the month.
We had but just reached this place, when the sentry gave
information that the enemy were all around us, in consequence of
which we were suddenly called to arms. Major Putnam led the
company, and Major Rogers brought up the rear. We marched but
three quarters of a mile, when we came suddenly upon a company
of Indians that were lying in ambush. Major Putnam marched his
men through their ranks, whereupon the Indians fired, which threw
our men into some confusion. Major Putnam was captured by
them, and would have been killed by an Indian had he not been
rescued by a French lieutenant.
The enemy rose like a cloud and fired a whole volley upon
us, and, as I was in the foremost rank, the retreat of my company
brought me in the rear, and the tomahawks and bullets flew around
me like hailstones. As I was running, I saw not far before me a
windfall, which was so high that it appeared to me insurmountable;
however, by making great exertions, I succeeded in getting over it.
Running a little farther, I observed a man who had in this last
conflict been badly wounded, and the Indians were close upon
him; nevertheless I turned aside for the purpose of assisting him,
and succeeded in getting him into the midst of our army, in safety.
In this encounter a man named Gersham Bowley had nine
bullets shot through his clothes, but received no personal injury.
Ensign Worcester received nine wounds, was scalped and
tomahawked, notwithstanding which he lived and finally recovered.
The above engagement commenced early in the morning, and
continued until about three o'clock in the afternoon, in which half
of our men were either killed, wounded, or taken prisoners. In
consequence of this tremendous slaughter we were compelled to
send to Fort Edwards for men, in order to assist in carrying our
wounded, which were about eighty in number.
The distance we had to carry ,them was nearly fourteen
miles. To carry so many thus far was truly very fatiguing,
insomuch that, when we arrived at the place of destination, my
strength was about exhausted.
I proceeded immediately to Albany, for the purpose of getting
supplies, and returned again to the army as soon as circumstances
would admit.
Autumn having now arrived I went home, where I tarried the
ensuing winter.
In the spring of 1759, the army marched to Crownpoint,
where I received my discharge. In the same year I became
acquainted with an accomplished young woman, a school-teacher,
by the name of Lydia Gates. She was the daughter of Nathan
Gates, who was a man of wealth, living in the town of East
Haddam, Connecticut. To this young woman I was married shortly
after becoming acquainted with her.
Having received a large amount of money for my services in
the army, and deeming it prudent to make an investment of the
same in real estate, I contracted for the whole town of Granville, in
the state of New York. On the execution of the deed, I paid all the
money that was required in .the stipulation, which stipulation also
called for the building of a number of log houses. I accordingly
went to work to fulfill this part of the contract, but after laboring a
short time, I had the misfortune to cut my leg, which subjected me,
during that season, to the care of .the physician. I hired a man to
do the work, and paid him in advance, in order to fulfill my part of
the contract; but he ran away with the money, without performing
the labor, and the consequence was, I lost the land altogether.
In 1761, we moved to the town of Marlow, where we
remained until we had four children. When we moved there, it was
no other than a desolate and dreary wilderness. Only four families
resided within forty miles. Here I was thrown into a situation to
appreciate more fully the talents and virtues of my excellent wife;
for, as our children were deprived of schools, she assumed the
charge of their education, and performed the duties of an
instructress as none, save a mother, is capable of precepts
accompanied with examples such as hers, were calculated to make
impressions on the minds of the young, never .to be forgotten.
She, besides instructing them in the various branches of an
ordinary education, was in the habit. of calling them together both
morning and evening, and teaching them to pray; meanwhile urging
upon them the necessity of love towards each other, as well as
devotional feelings towards Him who made them. "In this manner
my first children became confirmed in habits of piety, gentleness,
and reflection, which afforded great assistance in guiding those
who came after them, in the same happy channel. The education
of my children would have been a more difficult task, if they had
not inherited much of their mother's excellent disposition. In
1776, I enlisted in the service of my country, and was for a
considerable length of time in the land forces, after which I went
with my two sons, Jason and Stephen, on a privateering expedition,
commanded by Captain Havens. Soon after we set sail, we were
driven upon Horseneck. We succeeded, however, in getting some
of our guns on shore, and bringing them to bear upon the enemy,
so as to exchange many shots with them; yet they cut away our
rigging, and left our vessel much shattered.
We then hauled off, and cast anchor; but in a short time we
espied two row-gallies, two sloops, and two schooners. We quickly
weighed anchor, and hauled to shore again, and had barely time to
post four cannon in a position in which .they could be used, before
a sanguinary contest commenced. The balls from the enemy's guns
tore up the ground, cutting asunder the saplings in every direction.
One of the row-gallies went round a point of land with the view of
hemming us in, but we killed forty of their men, with our small
arms, which caused the enemy to abandon their purpose.
My son Stephen, in company with the cabin boys, was sent
to a house not far from the shore, with a wounded man. Just as
they entered the house, an eighteen-pounder followed them. A
woman was engaged in frying cakes at the time, and being
somewhat alarmed, she concluded to retire into the cellar, saying,
as she left, that the boys might have the cakes, as she was going
below.
The boys were highly delighted at this, and they went to
work cooking, and feasting upon the lady's sweet-cakes, while ,the
artillery of the contending armies was thundering in their ears,
dealing out death and destruction on every hand. At the head of
this party of boys was Stephen Mack, my second son, a bold and
fearless 'stripling of fourteen.
In this contest, the enemy was far superior to us in point of
numbers, yet we maintained our ground with such valor that they
thought it better to leave us, and accordingly did so. Soon after
which we hoisted sail and made for New London.
When hostilities had ceased, and peace and tranquility were
again restored, we freighted a vessel for Liverpool. Selling both
ship, and cargo in this place, we embarked on board Captain
Foster's vessel, which I afterwards purchased; but, in consequence
of storms and wrecks, I was compelled to sell her, and was left
completely destitute.
I struggled a little longer to obtain property, in making
adventures, then returned to my family, after an absence of four
years, about penniless. After this, I determined to follow phantoms
no longer, but devote the rest of my life to the service of God, and
my family."
I shall now lay aside my father's journal, as I have made such
extracts as are adapted to my purpose, and take up the history of
his children.
Chapter 2
History of Jason Mack
Jason, my oldest brother, was a studious and manly boy.
Before he had attained his sixteenth year he became what was then
called a Seeker, and believing that by prayer and faith the gifts of
the gospel, which were enjoyed by the ancient disciples of Christ,
might be attained, he labored almost incessantly to convert others
to the same faith. He was also of the opinion that God would, at
some subsequent period, manifest his power as he had anciently
done--in signs and wonders.
At the age of twenty he became a preacher of the gospel.
And in a short time after this he formed an acquaintance with
Esther Bruce, from the state of New Hampshire, of wealthy
parentage. She was the pride of the place in which she resided, not
so much on account of her splendid appearance, as the soundness
of her mind, and her stately deportment, joined with an unaffected
mildness of disposition, and a condescension of manners, which
were admirably suited to the taste and principles of my brother.
Jason became deeply in love with her, insomuch, that his heart was
completely hers, and it would have been as easy to have convinced
him that he could exist without his head, as that he could live and
enjoy life, without being united with her in marriage. These
feelings, I believe, were mutual, and Jason and she entered into an
engagement to be married, but, as they were making arrangements
for the solemnization of their nuptials, my father received a letter
from Liverpool, containing information that a large amount of
money was collected for him, and that it was ready for his
reception.
On account of this intelligence it was agreed that the marriage
of my brother, as my father desired that he should accompany him
to Liverpool, should be deferred until their return. Accordingly, my
brother left his affianced bride, with a heavy heart, and with this
promise, that he would write to her and his sister conjointly, at
least once in three months during his absence.
In three months after his departure, according to agreement, a
letter arrived, which indeed met with a very warm reception, but it
was never followed by another from him. A young man who kept
the post-office where she received her letters, formed in his heart a
determination to thwart my brother, if possible, in his matrimonial
prospects, in order to obtain the prize himself.
He commenced by using the most persuasive arguments
against her marrying my brother; but, not succeeding in this, he
next detained his letters, and then reproached him for neglecting
her. Being still unsuccessful, he forged letters purporting to be from
a friend of Jason, which stated that he (Jason Mack) was dead, and
his friends might cease to expect him. He then urged his suit again,
but she still rejected him and continued to do so until within four
months of Jason's return, when she concluded that she had
wronged the young man, and that he was really more worthy than
she had expected. The time also--which Jason was to be absent
having expired without his return--she believed that the reports
concerning his death must be true. So she accepted the hand of this
young man, and they were united in the bonds of matimony.
As soon as Jason arrived he repaired immediately to her
father's house. When he got there she was gone to her brother's
funeral; he went in, and seated himself in the same room where he
had once paid his addresses to her. In a short time she came home;
when she first saw him she did not know him, but when she got a
full view of his countenance she recognized him, and instantly
fainted. From this time forward she never recovered her health,
but, lingering for two years, died the victim of disappointment.
Jason remained in the neighborhood a short time, and then went to
sea, but he did not follow the sea a great while. He soon left the
main, and commenced preaching, which he continued until his
death.
Chapter 3
Lovisa and Lovina Mack
The history of Lovisa and Lovina, my two oldest sisters, is so
connected and interwoven that I shall not attempt to separate it.
They were one in faith, in love, in action, and in hope of
eternal life. They were always together, and when they were old
enough to understand the duties of a Christian, they united their
voices in prayer and songs of praise to God. This sisterly affection
increased with their years, and strengthened with the strength of
their minds. The pathway of their lives was never clouded with a
gloomy shadow until Lovisa's marriage, and removal from home,
which left Lovina very lonely. In about two years after Lovisa's
marriage, she was taken very sick and sent for Lovina. Lovina, as
might be expected, went immediately, and remained with her sister
during her illness, which lasted two years, baffling the skill of the
most experienced physicians; but at the expiration of this time she
revived a little, and showed some symptoms of recovery.
I shall here relate a circumstance connected with her
sickness, which may try the credulity of same of my readers, yet
hundreds were eye-witnesses, and doubtless many of them are
now living, who, if they would, could testify to the fact which I am
about to mention.
As before stated, after the space of two years she began to
manifest signs of convalescence, but soon a violent re-attack
brought her down again, and she grew worse and worse, until she
became entirely speechless, and so reduced that her attendants
were not allowed to even turn her in bed. She took no nourishment
except a very little rice water. She lay in this situation three days
and two nights. On the third night, about two o'clock, she feebly
pronounced the name of Lovina, who had all the while watched
over her pillow, like an attendant angel, observing every change
and symptom with the deepest emotion. Startled at hearing the
sound of Lovisa's voice, Lovina now bent over the emaciated form
of her sister, with thrilling interest, and said, "My sister! my sister!
what will you?"
Lovisa then said emphatically, "The Lord has healed me,
both soul and body--raise me up and give me my clothes, I wish to
get up."
Her husband told those who were watching with her, to
gratify her, as in all probability it was a revival before death, and he
would not have her crossed in her last moments.
They did so, though wish reluctance, as they supposed she
might live a few moments longer, if she did not exhaust her
strength too much by exerting herself in this manner.
Having raised her in bed, they assisted her to dress; and
although, when they raised her to her feet, her weight dislocated
both of her ankles, she would not consent to return to her bed, but
insisted upon being set in a chair, and having her feet drawn gently
in order to have her ankle-joints replaced. She then requested her
husband to bring her some wine, saying, if he would do so she
would do quite well for the present.
Soon after this, by her own request, she was assisted to cross
the street to her father-in-law's, who was at that time prostrated
upon a bed of sickness. When she entered the house he cried out
in amazement, "Lovisa is dead, and her spirit is now come to warn
me of my sudden departure from this world." "No, father," she
exclaimed, "God has raised me up, and I have come to tell you to
prepare for death." She conversed an hour or so with him, then,
with the assistance of her husband and those who attended upon
her that night, she crossed the street back again to her own
apartment.
When this was noised abroad, a great multitude of people
came together, both to hear and see concerning the strange and
marvelous circumstance which had taken place. She talked to them
a short time, and then sang a hymn, after which she dismissed
them, promising to meet them the next day at the village church,
where she would tell them all about the strange manner in which
she had been healed.
The following day, according to promise, she proceeded to
the church, and when she arrived there a large congregation had
collected. Soon after abe entered, the minister rose and remarked,
that as many of ›he congregation .had doubtless come to hear a
recital of the strange circumstance which had taken place in the
neighborhood, and as he himself felt more interested in it than in
hearing a gospel discourse, he would open the meeting and then
give place .to Mrs. Tulle.
The minister then requested .her to sing a hymn; she
accordingly did so, and her voice was as high and clear as it had
ever been. Having sung, she rose and addressed the audience as
follows:
"I seemed to be borne away to the world of spirits,
where I saw the Savior, as through a veil, which
appeared to me about as thick as a spider's web, and he
told me that I must return again to warn the people to
prepare for death; that I must exhort them to be
watchful as well as prayerful; that I must declare
faithfully unto them their accountability before God,
and the certainty of their being called to stand before
the judgment-seat of Christ; and that if I would do this,
my life should be prolonged."
After which she spoke much to the people upon the
uncertainty of life. When she sat down, her husband and sister,
also those who were with her during the last night of her sickness,
rose and testified to her appearance just before her sudden
recovery. Of these things she continued to speak boldly for the
space of three years. At the end of which time she was seized with
the consumption which terminated her earthly existence.
A short time before Lovisa was healed in the miraculous
manner above stated, Lovina was taken with a severe cough which
ended in consumption. She lingered three years, during which time
she spoke with much calmness of her approaching dissolution,
contemplating death with all that serenity which is characteristic of
the last moments of those who fear God, and walk uprightly before
him. She conjured her young friends to remember .that life upon
this earth can not be eternal. Hence the necessity of looking
beyond this vale of tears, to a glorious inheritance, "where moths
do not corrupt, nor thieves break through and steal."
The care of Lovina, during her illness, devolved chiefly upon
myself. The task, though a melancholy one, I cheerfully
performed, and, although she had much other attention, I never
allowed myself to go an hour, at a time, beyond the sound of her
voice while she was sick. A short time before she breathed her last,
which was in the night, she awakened me, and requested that I
would call father and mother, for she wished to see them, as she
would soon be gone. When they came, she said, "Father and
mother, now I am dying, and I wish you to call my young
associates, that I may speak to them before I die." She then
requested me to place her in a chair, and as soon as the young
people who were called in, were seated, she commenced speaking.
After talking a short time to them, she stopped, and, turning to her
mother, said, "Mother, will you get me some thing to eat? It is the
last time you will ever bring me nourishment in this world." When
my mother had complied with her request, she ate a small quantity
of food, with apparent appetite, then gave back the dish, saying,
"There, mother, you will never get me anything to eat again." After
which she turned to the company, and proceeded with her
remarks, thus: "I do not know when I received any material change
of heart, unless it was when I was ten years old. God, at that time,
heard my prayers, and forgave my sins; and ever since then I have
endeavored to serve him according to the best of my abilities. And
I have called you here to give you my last warning--to bid you all
farewell, and beseech you to endeavor to meet me where parting
shall be no more."
Shortly after this, holding up her hands, and looking upon
them as one would upon a trifling thing unobserved before, she
said, with a smile upon her countenance, "See, the blood is settling
under my nails." Then, placing the fingers of her left hand across
her right, she continued thus, " 'Tis cold to there--soon this mortal
flesh will be food for worms." Then, turning to me, she said,
"Now, sister Lucy, will you help me into bed."
I did as I was directed, carrying her in my arms just as I
would a child. Although I was but thirteen years old, she was so
emaciated that I could carry her with considerable ease. As I was
carrying her to bed, my hand slipped. At this she cried out, "Oh!
Sister, that hurt me." This, indeed, gave me bitter feelings. I was
well assured that this was the last sad office I should ever perform
for my sister, and the thought that I had caused her pain in laying
her on her death-bed, wounded me much.
Soon after this, she passed her hand over her face, and again
remarked, my nose is "now quite cold." Then slightly turning and
straightening herself in bed, she continued, "Father, mother,
brother, sister, and dear companions, all farewell, I am going to
rest --prepare to follow me; for
"Death ! 'tis a melancholy day To those
that have no God,
When the poor soul is forced away To
seek her last abode.
In vain to heaven she lifts her eyes, But
guilt, a heavy chain,
Still drags her downwards from the skies,
To darkness, fire, and pain.
Awake and mourn, ye heirs of hell, Let
stubborn sinners fear;
You must be driven from earth, and
dwell, A long FOR EVER there!
See how the pit gapes wide for you, And
fizzes in your face;
And thou, my soul, look downward too.
And sing recovering grace.
He is a God of sov'reign love, Who
promised heaven to me,
And taught my thoughts to soar above,
Where happy spirits be.
Prepare me, Lord, for thy right hand,
Then come the joyful day;
Come, death, and come celestial band, To
bear my soul away."
After repeating this hymn, she folded her hands across her
breast, and then closed her eyes for ever. Having led my readers
to the close of Lovina's life, I shall return to Lovisa, of whom there
only remains the closing scene of her earthly career.
In the course of a few months subsequent to the death of
Sister Lovina, my father received a letter from South Hadley,
stating that Lovisa was very low of the consumption, and that she
earnestly desired him to come and see her as soon as possible, as
she expected to live but a short time.
My father set out immediately, and when he arrived there, he
found her in rather better health than he expected. In a few days
after he got there, she resolved in her heart to return with him at all
hazards. To this her father unwillingly consented, and, after
making the requisite preparations, they started for Gilsum.
They traveled about four miles, and came to an inn kept by a
man by the name of Taft. Here her father halted, and asked her if
she did not wish to tarry a short time to rest herself. She replied in
the affirmative. By the assistance of the landlord, she was
presently seated in an easy chair. My father then stepped into the
next room to procure a little water and wine for her. He was absent
but a moment; however, when he returned it was too late, her
spirit had fled from its earthly tabernacle to return no more, until
recalled by the trump of the Archangel.
My father immediately addressed a letter to mother,
informing her of Lovisa's death, lest the shock of seeing the corpse
unexpectedly should overcome her. And as soon as he could get a
coffin, he proceeded on his journey for Gilsum, a distance of fifty
miles. She was buried by the side of her sister Lovina, according to
her own request.
The following is part of a hymn composed by herself, a few days
previous to her decease:
"Lord, may my thoughts be turned to thee;
Lift thou my heavy soul an high;
Wilt thou, O, Lord, return to me
In mercy, Father, ere I die!
My soaring thoughts now rise above--
O, fill my soul with heavenly love.
Father and mother, now farewell;
And husband, partner of my life,
Go to my father's children, tell
That lives no more on earth thy wife;
That while she dwelt in cumbrous clay,
For them she prayed both night and day.
My friends, I bid you all adieu;
The Lord hath called, and I must go
And all the joys of this vain earth
Are now to me of little worth;
Twill be the same with you as me,
When brought as near eternity."
Thus closes this mournful recital, and when I pass with my
readers into the next chapter, with them probably may end the
sympathy aroused ,by this rehearsal, but with me it must last while
life endures.
Chapter 4
Life of Stephen Mack
My brother Stephen, who was next in age to Jason was born
in the town of Marlow, June 15, 1766. I shall pass his childhood in
silence, and say nothing about him until he attained the age of
fourteen, at which time he enlisted in the army, the circumstances
of which were as follows:
A recruiting officer came in the neighborhood to draft soldiers
for the Revolutionary War, and he called out a company of militia
to which my brother belonged, in order to take therefrom such as
were best qualified to do military duty. My brother, being very
anxious to go into the army at this time, was so fearful that he
would be passed by on account of his age, that the sweat stood in
large drops on his face, and he shook like an aspen leaf.
Fortunately, the officer made choice of him among others, and he
entered the army, and continued in the service of his country until
he was seventeen. During this time he was in many battles, both on
land and sea, and several times narrowly escaped death by famine;
but, according to his own account, whenever he was brought into a
situation to fully realize his entire dependence upon God, the hand
of Providence was always manifested in his deliverance.
Not long since, I met with an intimate acquaintance of my
brother Stephen, and requested him to furnish me such facts as
were in his possession in relation to him; and he wrote the
following brief, yet comprehensive account, for the gratification of
my readers:
"I, Horace Stanley, was born in Tunbridge,
Orange County, Vermont, August 21, 1798. I have
been personally acquainted with Major Mack and his
family ever since I can remember, as I lived in the same
township, within one mile and a half of the Major's
farm, and two miles from his store, and eight miles
from Chelsea, the county-seat of Orange County; where
he conducted the mercantile and tinning business.
My eldest brother went to learn the tinning
business of the Major's workmen. The Major being a
man of great enterprise, energetic in business, and
possessed of a high degree of patriotism, launched forth
on the frontiers at Detroit, in the year 1800 (if I
recollect rightly), where he immediately commenced
trading with the Indians.
He left his family in Tunbridge, on his farm, and
while he was engaged in business at Detroit he visited
them--sometimes once in a year, in eighteen months, or
in two years, just as it happened.
I visited Detroit, November 1, 1820, where I
found the Major merchandising upon quite an extensive
scale, having six clerks in one store; besides this, he had
many other stores in the territory of Michigan, as well
as in various parts of Ohio.
His business at Pontiac was principally farming
and building, but in order to facilitate these two
branches of business, he set in operation on a saw-and
flour-mill, and afterwards added different branches of
mechanism. He made the turnpike road from Detroit to
Pontiac at his own expense. He also did considerable
other public work, for the purpose of giving
employment to the poor.
He never encouraged idleness, or the man above
his business. In 1828, having been absent from Detroit
a short time, I returned. The Major was then a member
of the Council of the Territory, and had acted a very
conspicuous part in enhancing its prosperity and
enlarging its settlement; and it was a common saying
that he had done much more for the Territory than any
other individual.
In short, the Major was a man of talents of the
first order. He was energetic and untiring. He always
encouraged industry and was very cautious how he
applied his acts of charity. Respectfully, by HORACE
STANLEY."
My brother was in the city of Detroit in 1812, the year in
which Hull surrendered the Territory to the British Crown. My
brother, being somewhat celebrated for his prowess, was selected
by General Hull to take the command of a company, as captain.
After a short service in this office, he was ordered to surrender. At
this his indignation was roused to the highest pitch. He broke his
sword across his knee; and, throwing it into the lake, exclaimed
that he would never submit to such a disgraceful compromise while
the blood of an American continued to run through his veins. This
drew the especial vengeance of the army upon his head; and his
property, doubtless, would have been sacrificed to their
resentment, had they known the situation of his affairs. But this
they did not know, as his housekeeper deceived them by a
stratagem, related by Mr. Stanley, as follows:
"At the surrender of Detroit, not having as yet moved
his family hither, Major Mack had an elderly lady, by
the name of Trotwine, keeping house for him. The old
lady took in some of the most distinguished British
officers as boarders. She justified them in their course
of conduct towards the Yankees, and, by her
shrewdness and tact, she gained the esteem of the
officers, and thus secured through them the good will of
the soldiery, so far as to prevent their burning (what
they supposed to be) her store and dwelling, both of
which were splendid buildings.
The Major never forgot this service done him by
the old lady, for he ever afterwards supported her
handsomely."
Thus was a great amount of goods and money saved from
the hands of his enemies. But this is not all: the news came to her
ears that they were about to burn another trading establishment
belonging 'to the Major, and, without waiting to consult him, she
went immediately to the store, and took from the counting-room
several thousand dollars, which she secreted until the British left
the city. The building and goods were burned. As soon as the
English left the territory, he recommenced business, and removed
his family from Tunbridge to Detroit. Here they remained but a
short time, when he took them to Pontiac; and, as soon as they
were well established or settled in this place, he himself went to the
city of Rochester, where he built a sawmill. But, in the midst of his
prosperity, he was called away to experience another state of
existence, with barely a moment's warning, for he was sick only
four days from the time he was first taken ill until he died; and
even on the fourth day, and in the last hour of his illness, it was not
supposed to be at all dangerous, until his son, who sat by his
bedside, discovered that he was dying. He left his family with an
estate of fifty thousand dollars clear of encumbrance.
Chapter 5
Lydia Mack, third daighter of
Solomon Mack
Of my sister Lydia I shall say but little; not that I loved her
less, or that she was less deserving of honorable mention; but she
seemed to float more with the stream of common events than
those who have occupied the foregoing pages: hence fewer
incidents of a striking character are furnished for the mind to dwell
upon. She sought riches and obtained them; yet in the day of
prosperity she remembered the poor, for she dealt out her
substance to the needy with a liberal hand to the end of her days,
and died the object of affection. As she was beloved in life, so she
was bewailed in death.
Chapter 6
Daniel Mack -- He rescues three men
from a watry grave
Daniel comes next in order. He was rather worldly-minded,
yet he was not vicious; and if he had any peculiar trait of character,
it was this--he possessed a very daring and philanthropic spirit,
which led him to reach forth his hand to the assistance of those
whose lives were exposed to danger, even to the hazard of his own
life. For instance; he, in company with several others, was once
standing on the bank of Miller's River, in the town of Montague,
when one of the number proposed taking a swim. Daniel objected,
saying it was a dangerous place to swim in, yet they were
determined, and three went in; but, going out into the stream rather
too far, they were overpowered by the current, and a kind of eddy
which they fell into, and they sunk immediately.
At this Daniel said, "Now, gentlemen, these men are
drowning: who will assist them at the risk of his life?" No one
answered. At this he sprang into the water, and diving to the
bottom, found one of them fastened to some small roots. Daniel
took hold of him, and tore up the roots to which he was clinging,
and brought him out, and then told the by-standers to get a barrel,
for the purpose of rolling him on it, in order to make him disgorge
the water which he had taken. He then went in again, and found
the other two in the same situation as the first, and saved them in
like manner.
After roiling them a short time on barrels, he took them to a
house, and gave them every possible attention, until they had so far
recovered as to be able to speak. As soon as they could talk, one
of them, fixing his eyes upon Daniel, said, "Mr. Mack, we have
reason to look upon you as our savior, for you have delivered us
from a watery tomb; and I would that I could always live near you.
We are now assured that you have not only wisdom to counsel,
but, when men have spurned your advice, you have still that
greatness of soul which leads you to risk your own life to save
your fellow man. No, I will never leave you as long as I live, for I
wish to convince you that I ever remember you, and that I will
never slight your counsel again."
In this they were all agreed, and they carried out the same in
their future lives.
Chapter 7
Solomon Mack
My youngest brother, Solomon, was born and married in the
town of Gilsum, New Hampshire, where he is still living1 and,
although he is now very aged, he has never traveled farther than
Boston, to which place his business leads him twice a year. He has
gathered to himself in this rocky region, fields, flocks, and herds,
which multiply and increase upon the mountains. He has been
known for at least twenty years as Captain Solomon Mack, of
Gilsum; but, as he lives to speak for himself, and, as I have to do
chiefly with the dead and not with the living, I shall leave him,
hoping that, as he has lived peaceably with all men, he may die
happily. I have now given a brief account of all my father's family,
save myself; and what I have written has been done with the view
of discharging an obligation which I considered resting upon me,
inasmuch as they have all passed off this stage of action except
myself and youngest brother.2 And seldom do I meet with an
individual with whom I was even acquainted in my early years, and
I am constrained to exclaim, "The friends of my youth? where are
they?" The tomb replies, "Here are they !" But, through my
instrumentality,
"Safely, truth to urge her claims, presumes On names
now found alone on books and tombs."
1.& 2. 1853
Chapter 8
Earley Life of Lucy Mack -- her
marriage with Joseph Smith
I shall now introduce the history of my own life. I was born
in the town of Gilsum, Cheshire County, New Hampshire, on the
8th of July, 1776.
When I arrived at the age of eight years, my mother had a
severe fit of sickness. She was so low that she, as well as her
friends, entirely despaired of her recovery. During this sickness she
called her children around her bed, and, after exhorting them
always to remember the instructions which she had given them--to
fear God and walk uprightly before him, she gave me to my
Brother Stephen, requesting him to take care of me and bring me
up as his own child, then bade each of us farewell.
This my brother promised to do; but, as my mother shortly
recovered, it was not necessary, and I consequently remained at
my father's house until my sister Lovisa was married. Some time
after this event I went to South Hadley to pay Lovisa, who was
living there, a visit.
I returned home to my parents in about six months, and
remained with them in Gilsum until the death of Lovina, soon after
which my Brother Stephen, who was living at Tunbridge,
Vermont, came to my father's on a visit; and he insisted so
earnestly on my accompanying him home that my parents
consented. The grief occasioned by the death of Lovina was
preying upon my health and threatened my constitution with
serious injury, and they hoped that to accompany my brother
home might serve to divert my mind and thus prove a benefit to
me. For I was pensive and melancholy, and often in my reflections
I thought that life was not worth possessing.
In the midst of this anxiety of mind I determined to obtain
that which I had heard spoken of so much from the pulpit--a
change of heart.
To accomplish this I spent much of my time in reading the
Bible and praying; but, notwithstanding my great anxiety to
experience a change of heart, another matter would always
interpose in all my meditations: If I remain a member of no church
all religious people will say I am of the world; and, if I join some
one of the different denominations, all the rest will say I am in
error. No church will admit that I am right, except the one with
which I am associated. This makes them witnesses against each
other; and how can I decide in such a case as this, seeing they are
all unlike the church of Christ, as it existed in former days!
While I remained at Tunbridge, I became acquainted with a
young man by the name of Joseph Smith, to whom I was
subsequently married. I continued with my brother one year, then
went home. I was at home but a short time when my brother came
after me again and insisted so hard upon my returning with him,
that I concluded to do so. And this time I remained with him until I
was married, which took place the next January.
Chapter 9
Seven Generations of the
Smith Family
Four Generations of the Mack Family
Here, I would like to give the early history of my
husband, for many facts might be mentioned, that
doubtless would be highly interesting; but, as I am not
capable of giving them in order, I shall decline making
the attempt, and in the place thereof shall insert a
transcript from the record of his family, beginning with
Samuel Smith, who was the son of Robert and Mary
Smith, who came from England. The above Samuel
Smith, was born January 26, 1666, in Topsfield, Essex
County, Massachusetts; and was married to Rebecca
Curtis, daughter of John Curtis, January 25, 1707.
Children of Samuel and Rebecca Smith
Name
Born
Married to..
Died
Phoebe
Jan. 8, 1708
Stephen Averel
1st Mary
Aug. 14, 1711
Amos Towne
2d Samuel
Jan. 26, 1714
Priscilla Gould
Nov. 14, 1780
Rebecca
Oct. 1, 1715
John Batch
Elizabeth
July 8, 1718
Elizer Gould
March, 1753
Hephzibah
May 12, 1722
William Gallop
Nov. 15, 1774
Robert
Apr. 25, 1724
Susanna
May 2, 1726
May 5, 1741
Hannah
April 5, 1729
John Peabody
Aug. 17, 1764
1st Samuel Smith died July 12, 1748 - His wife, Rebecca Smith March 2, 1753
Children of 2d Samuel, and 1st Priscilla Smith,
Samuel was the son of 1st Samuel and Rebecca Smith
Name
Born
Married to..
Died
Priscilla
Sept. 26, 1735
Jacob Kimball - Sept. 15, 1755
3d Samuel
Oct. 28, 1737
Rebecca Towne - Jan. 2, 1760
Vasta
Oct. 5, 1739
Solomon Curtis - Sept. 15, 1763
(second time to Jacob Hobbs, 1767)
Susanna
Jan. 24, 1742
Isaac Hobbs, 1767
1st Asael
March 1, 1744
Mary Duty, Feb. 12, 1761
Children of 1st Asael and Mary Smith;
which Asael was the son of 2d Samuel and Priscilla Smith
Name
Born
Married to..
Died
1st Jesse
April. 20, 1768
Hannah Peabody, Jan. 20, 1792
Priscilla
Oct. 27, 1769
John C. Waller, Aug. 24, 1796
1st Joseph
July 12, 1771
Lucy Mack, Jan. 24, 1796
Sept. 14, 1840
2d Asael
May 21, 1773
Betsy Schillinger; Mar. 21, 1802
Mary
June 4, 1775
Israel Pierce
4th Samuel
Sept. 15, 1777
1st Silas
Oct. 1, 1779
Ruth Stevens, Jan. 29, 1805
(second time to Mary Atkins, March 4, 1828)
1st John
July 16, 1781
Clarissa Lyman, Sep. 11, 1815
3d Susanna
May 18, 1783
Stephen
April 17, 1785
July 25, 1802
Sarah
May 17, 1789
Joseph Sanford, Oct. 15, 1809
May 27, 1824.
1st Jesse / Hannah Smith;
Jesse was the son of 1st Asael and Mary Smith
John C. / Priscilla Waller
Pricilla was the daughter of 1st Asael Smith
Name
Born
Name
Born
Benjamin G
May 2, 1793
Calvin C.
June 6, 1797
Eliza
March 9, 1795
Dolly
Oct. 16, 1799
Ira
Jan. 30, 1797
Marshall
March 18, 1801
Harvey
April 1, 1799
Royal
Nov. 29, 1802
Harriet
April 8, 1801
Dudley C.
Sept. 29, 1804
Stephen
May 2, 1803
Bushrod
Oct. 18, 1806
Mary
May 4, 1805
Silas B.
Jan. 1, 1809
Catherine
July 13, 1807
Sally P.
Oct. 31, 1810
Royal
July 2, 1809
John H.
Sept. 9, 1812
Sarah
Dec. 16, 1810
Children of 1st Joseph and Lucy Smith
Joseph was the son of the 1st Asael and Mary Smith
Name
Born
Married to..
Died
Alvin
Feb. 11, 1799
Nov. 19, 1824
Hyrum
Feb. 9, 1800 -
Tunbridge, Vermont
Jerusha Barden Nov. 2, 1826, Manchester,
N. Y (2nd time to Mary Fielding, 1837)
Died Murdered by mob, June 27, 1844, in Carthage Jail, Hancock County, Illinois, while
under the protection of Governor Thomas Ford.
Sophronia
May 18, 1803
Tunbridge, Vermont
Calvin Stoddard,
Dec. 2, 1827, Palmyra, N. Y.
2d Joseph
Dec. 23, 1805 [see p. 33]
Sharon, Windsor Co.
Emma Hale, daughter of Isaac Hale, in
South Vermont,Bainbridge, Chenango
County, N.Y., Jan. 18, 1827
Died Murdered by mob, June 27, 1844, in Carthage Jail, Hancock County, Illinois, while
under the protection of Governor Thomas Ford.
5th Samuel
Mar. 13, 1808
Tunbridge, Vermont
Mary Baily Aug. 13, 1834.
(2d Levira Clark, April 29, 1842)
Died July 30, 1844, of a fever, occasioned by over exertion in getting away from a mob
when his brothers were killed. Mar. 24, 1810.
Ephraim
March 13, 1810
March 24, 1810
William
March 13, 1811, Royalton,
Vermont.
Caroline Grant
daughter of Joshua Grant, Feb. 14, 1833
Catherine
July 8, 1812
Lebanon, N. Hampshire
Wilkins J. Salisbury, Jan. 8, 1831
Don Carlos
March 25, 1816
Agnes Coolbrith, July 30, 1835
Kirtland, Ohio
Aug. 7, 1841
Lucy
July 18, 1821
Arthur Millikin, June 4, 1840, Nauvoo
2nd Asael / Betsy Smith
Asael was the son of 1st Asael and Mary Smith
Israel / Mary Pierce
Mary was daughter of 1st Asael and Mary Smith
Name
Born
Name
Born
Elias
Sept. 6, 1804
Eunice
April 29, 1799
Emily
Sept. 1, 1806
Miranda
June 17, 1803
2nd Jessie J.
Oct. 6, 1808
Horace
June 8, 1805
Esther
Sept. 20, 1810
John S.
March 6, 1807
Mary J.
April 28, 1813
Susan
June 20, 1809
Julia P.
March 4, 1815
Mary
April 25, 1811
Martha
June 9, 1817
Laura
Feb. 8, 1814
2nd Silas
June 5, 1822
Eliza A.
Sept. 2, 1817
Children of 1st Silas and Ruth Smith
Silas was the son of 1st Asael and Mary Smith
Name
Born
Name
Born
Charles
Nov. 11, 1806
3rd Asael
Oct. 12, 1819
Charity
April 1, 1808
Curtis S.
Oct. 29, 1809
Children by his second wife,
Mary Smith
6th Samuel
Oct. 3, 1811
Silas L.
Oct. 20, 1830
Stephen
Jan. 8, 1815
John A.
July 6, 1832
Susan
Oct. 19, 1817
Nathaniel J.
Dec. 2, 1834
Children of 1st John and Clarissa Smith
John was the son of 1st Asael and Mary Smith
Name
Born
Name
Born
George A.
June 26, 1817
2d John L.
Nov. 17, 1823
Caroline
June 6, 1820
Hyrum / Jerusha Smith
Hyrum was the son of 1st Joseph and Lucy Smith
5th Samuel / Mary Smith
Samuel was the son of 1st Joseph and Lucy Smith
Name
Born
Name
Born
Lovina
Sept. 16, 1827
Susanna B.
Oct. 27, 1835
Mary
June 27, 1829
Mary B.
March 27, 1837
John
Sept. 22, 1832
Samuel H.B.
Aug. 1, 1838
2d Hyrurn
April 27, 1834
Lucy B.
Jan. 31, 1841
Jerusha
Jan. 13, 1836
Mary Smith died January 25, 1841.
Sarah
Oct. 2, 1837
Children by his second wife,
Mary
Children by his second wife,
Levira
4th Joseph
Nov. 13, 1838
Levira A.C.
April 29, 1842
Martha
May 14, 1841
Lovisa C.
Aug. 28, 1843
Lucy J.C.
Aug. 20, 1844
2nd Joseph, the Prophet, /
Emma Smith
Joseph was the son of 1st Joseph and Lucy Smith
Don Carlos / Agnes Smith
Don C. was the son of 1st Joseph and Lucy Smith
Name
Born
Name
Born
Julia adopted daughter
April 30, 1831
Agnes C.
Aug. 1, 1836
3d Joseph
Nov. 6, 1832
Sophronia C.
1838
Frederick G.W.
June 20, 1836
Josephine D
March 10, 1841
Alexander
June 2, 1838
Don Carlos
June 13, 1840
David H
Nov. 18, 1844
William / Caroline Smith
William was the son of 1st Joseph and Lucy Smith
Calvin / Sophronia Stoddard
Name
Born
Name
Born
Mary Jane
Jan. --, 1835
Eunice
March 22, 1830
Caroline L.
Aug. --, 1836
Maria
April 12, 1832
Children of Wilkins J. and Catherine Salisbury
Catherine was the daughter of 1st Joseph Smith
Name
Born
Name
Born
Elizabeth
April 9, 1832
Alvin
June 7, 1838
Lucy
Oct. 3, 1834
Don C.
Oct. 25, 1841
Solomon J.
Sept. 18, 1835
Emma C.
March 25, 1844
Arthur / Lucy Millikin
George A. / Bathsheba Smith
son of 1st John Smith
Name
Born
Name
Born
Don Carlos Millikin
George A. Smith married Bathsheba Bilger July 25, 1842
George Albert
July 7, 1842
Bathsheba
Aug. 14, 1844
Having now given all the names belonging to the family
of Smith, I shall take up another lineage, namely, that of
the Mack family, commencing with my grandfather,
Ebenezer Mack. Ebenezer Mack had three sons, Elisha,
Samuel, and Solomon, and one daughter named
Hypsebeth. His son Solomon was born in the town of
Lyme, state of Connecticut, September 26, 1735; was
married to a young woman by the name of Lydia Gates,
in the year 1759. This Lydia Gates was born in East
Haddam, State of Connecticut, September 3, 1735.
Children of 1st Solomon and Lydia Mack
Solomon was the son of Ebenezer and Hanna Mack
Names of the Mack Children
Jason Mack
Daniel Mack
Lovisa Mack
Lydia.
Stephen Mack
2d Solomon Mack
Lovina Mack
Lucy Mack
Children of 2d Solomon Mack
Solomon was the son of 1st Solomon Mack
Name
Born
Name
Born
Calvin
Nov. 28, 1797
Dennis
Oct. 18, 1809
Orlando
Sept. 23, 1799
Merril
Sep. 14, 1812
Chilon
July 26, 1802
Esther
April 2, 1815
3d Solomon
May 23, 1805
Rizpah
June 5, 1818
Amos
May 1, 1807
Chapter 10
A Present of One Thousand Dollars
from John Mudget and Stephen Mack
Soon after I was married, I went with my husband to see my
parents, and as we were about setting out on this visit, my Brother
Stephen, and his partner in business, John Mudget, were making
some remarks in regard to my leaving them, and the conversation
presently turned upon the subject of giving me a marriage present.
"Well," said Mr. Mudget, "Lucy ought to have something worth
naming, and I will give her just as much as you will." "Done," said
my brother, "I will give her five hundred dollars in cash." "Good,"
said the other, "and I will give her five hundred dollars more." So
they wrote a check on their bankers for one thousand dollars, and
presented me with the same.
This check I laid aside, as I had other means by me sufficient
to purchase my housekeeping furniture. Having visited my father
and mother, we returned again to Tunbridge, where my companion
owned a handsome farm, upon which we settled ourselves, and
began to cultivate the soil. We lived on this place about six years,
tilling the earth for a livelihood. In 1802 we rented our farm in
Tunbridge, and moved to the town of Randolph, where we opened
a mercantile establishment. When we came to this place we had
two children, Alvin and Hyrum.
Chapter 11
Sickness in Randolph
We had lived in Randolph but six months when I took a
heavy cold, which caused a severe cough. To relieve this, every
possible exertion was made, but it was all in vain. A hectic fever
set in, which threatened to prove fatal, and the physician
pronounced my case to be confirmed consumption. During this
sickness my mother watched over me with much anxiety, sparing
herself no pains in administering to my comfort, yet I continued to
grow weaker, until I could scarcely endure even a footfall upon the
floor, except in stocking-foot, and no one was allowed to speak in
the room above a whisper.
While I was in this situation a Methodist exhorter came to see
me. On coming to the door, he knocked in his usual manner, and
his knocking so agitated me that it was a considerable length of
time before my nerves became altogether quieted again. My
mother motioned him to a chair, and in a whisper informed him of
my situation, which prevented his asking me any questions. He
tarried some time, and while he sat he seemed deeply to mediate
upon the uncertainty of my recovering; in the meantime, he
showed a great desire to have conversation with me respecting my
dying.
As he thus sat pondering, I fancied to myself that he was
going to ask me if I was prepared to die, and I dreaded to have him
speak to me, for then I did not consder myself ready for such an
awful event, inasmuch as I knew not the ways of Christ; besides,
there appeared to be a dark and lonesome chasm, between myself
and the Savior, which I dared not attempt to pass.
I thought I strained my eyes, and by doing so I could discern
a faint glimmer of the light that was beyond the gloom which lay
immediately before me. When I was meditating upon death, in this
manner, my visitor left, soon after which my husband came to my
bed, and took me by the, hand, and said, "O, Lucy! my wife! my
wife! you must die! The doctors have given you up; and all say
you can not live."
I then looked to the Lord, and begged and pleaded with him
to spare my life in order that I might bring up my children, and be
a comfort to my husband. My mind was much agitated during the
whole night. Sometimes I contemplated heaven and heavenly
things; then my thoughts would turn upon those of earth--my
babes and my companion.
During this night I made a solemn covenant with God, that, if
he would let me live, I would endeavor to serve him according to
the best of my abilities. Shortly after this, I heard a voice say to
me, "Seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto
you. Let your heart be comforted; ye believe in God, believe also
in me."
In a few moments my mother came in, and, looking upon
me, she said, "Lucy, you are better." I replied, as my speech
returned at that instant, "Yes, mother, the Lord will let me live, if I
am faithful to the promise which I made to him, to be a comfort to
my mother, my husband, and my children."
I continued to gain strength, until I became quite well as to
bodily health; but my mind was considerably disquieted. It was
wholly occupied upon the subject of religion. As soon as I was
able, I made all diligence in endeavoring to find some one who was
capable of instructing me more perfectly in the way of life and
salvation.
As soon as I had strength sufficient, I visited one Deacon
Davies, a man whom I regarded as exceedingly pious; and, as he
was apprised of my sudden and miraculous recovery, I expected to
hear about the same which I had heard from my mother--"The
Lord has done a marvelous work; let his name have the praise
thereof." But, no; from the time I arrived at his house until I left, I
heard nothing, except, "Oh, Mrs. Smith has come--help her
in--run, build a fire, make the room warm--fill the teakettle--get the
great arm-chair," etc., etc. Their excessive anxiety concerning my
physical convenience and comfort, without being seasoned with
one word in relation to Christ or godliness, sickened me, and I
returned home very sorrowful and much disappointed.
From my anxiety of mind to abide the covenant which I had
made with the Lord, I went from place to place, for the purpose of
getting information, and finding, if it were possible, some congenial
spirit who could enter into my feelings, and thus be able to
strengthen and assist me in carrying out my resolutions.
I heard that a very devout man was to preach the next
Sabbath in the Presbyterian church; I therefore went to meeting, in
the full expectation of hearing that which my soul desired--the
Word of Life. When the minister commenced speaking, I fixed my
mind with deep attention upon the spirit and matter of his
discourse; but, after hearing him through, I returned home,
convinced that he neither understood nor appreciated the subject
upon which he spoke, and I said in my heart that there was not
then upon earth the religion which I sought. I therefore determined
to examine my Bible, and, taking Jesus and his disciples for my
guide, to endeavor to obtain from God that which man could
neither give nor take away. Notwithstanding this, I would hear all
that could be said, as well as read much that was written, on the
subject of religion, but the Bible I intended should be my guide to
life and salvation.
This course I pursued a number of years. At length I
considered it my duty to be baptized, and, finding a minister who
was willing to baptize me, and leave me free in regard to joining
any religious denomination, I stepped forward and yielded
obedience to this ordinance; after which I continued to read the
Bible as formerly, until my eldest son had attained his
twenty-second year.
Chapter 12
Joseph Smith, Senior, Loses His
Property and Becomes Poor
Receives a visit from Jason Mack --
The history of the latter, concluded
My husband, as before stated, followed merchandising for a
short period in the town of Randolph. Soon after he commenced
business in this place, he ascertained that crystalized ginseng root
sold very high in China, being used as a remedy for the plague,
which was then raging there. He therefore concluded to embark in
a traffic of this article, and consequently made an investment of all
the means which he commanded, in that way and manner which
was necessary to carry on a business of this kind, viz, crystalizing
and exporting the root. When he had obtained a quantity of the
same, a merchant by the name of Stevens, of Royalton, offered
him three thousand dollars for what he had; but my husband
refused his offer, as it was only about two thirds of its real value,
and told the gentleman that he would rather venture shipping it
himself.
My husband, in a short time, went to the city of New York,
with the view of shipping his ginseng, and finding a vessel in port
which was soon to set sail, he made arrangements with the captain
to this effect--that he was to sell the ginseng in China, and return
the avails thereof to my husband; and this the captain bound
himself to do, in a written obligation.
Mr. Stevens, hearing that Mr. Smith was making arrangements
to ship his ginseng, repaired immediately to New York, and, by
taking some pains, he ascertained the vessel on board of which Mr.
Smith had shipped his ginseng; and having some of the same article
on hand himself, he made arrangements with the captain to take his
also, and he was to send his son on board the vessel to take charge
of it.
It appears, from circumstances that afterwards transpired,
that the ginseng was taken to China, and sold there to good
advantage, or at a high price, but not to much advantage to us, for
we never received anything, except a small chest of tea, of the
avails arising from this adventure.
When the vessel returned, Stevens, the younger, also
returned with it, and when my husband became apprised of his
arrival, he went immediately to him and made inquiry respecting
the success of the captain in selling his ginseng. Mr. Stevens told
him quite a plausible tale, the particulars of which I have forgotten;
but the amount of it was, that the sale had been a perfect failure,
and the only thing which had been brought for Mr. Smith from
China was a small chest of tea, which chest had been delivered into
his care, for my husband.
In a short time after this young Stevens hired a house of
Major Mack, and employed eight or ten hands, and commenced
the business of crystalizing ginseng. Soon after engaging in this
business, when he had got fairly at work, my brother, Major
Mack, went to see him, and, as it happened, he found him
considerably intoxicated. When my brother came into his presence,
he spoke to him thus, "Well, Mr. Stevens, you are doing a fine
business; you will soon be ready for another trip to China." Then
observed again, in a quite indifferent manner, "Oh, Mr. Stevens,
how much did Brother Smith's adventure bring?" Being under the
influence of liquor, he was not on his guard, and took my brother
by the hand and led him to a trunk; then opening it, he observed,
"There, sir, are the proceeds of Mr. Smith's ginseng!" exhibiting a
large amount of silver and gold.
My brother was much astounded at this; however, he
disguised his feelings, and conversed with him a short time upon
different subjects, then returned home, and about ten o'clock the
same night he started for Randolph, to see my husband.
When Mr. Stevens had overcome his intoxication, he began
to reflect upon what he had done, and making some inquiry
concerning my brother, he ascertained that he had gone to
Randolph. Mr. Stevens, conjecturing his business--that he had
gone to see my husband respecting the ginseng adventure, went
immediately to his establishment, dismissed his hands, called his
carriage, and fled with his cash for Canada, and I have never heard
anything concerning him since.
My husband pursued him a while, but finding pursuit vain,
returned home much dispirited at the state of his affairs. He then
went to work to overhaul his accounts, in order to see how he
stood with the world; upon which he discovered that, in addition to
the loss sustained by the China adventure, he had lost about two
thousand dollars in bad debts. At the time he sent his venture to
China he was owing eighteen hundred dollars in the city of Boston,
for store goods, and he expected to discharge the debt at the return
of the China expedition; but, having invested almost all his means
in ginseng, the loss which he suffered in this article rendered it
impossible for him to pay his debt with the property which
remained in his hands.
The principal dependence left him in the shape of property,
was the farm at Tunbridge, upon which we were then living,
having moved back to this place immediately after his venture was
sent to China. This farm, which was worth about fifteen hundred
dollars, my husband sold for eight hundred dollars, in order to
make a speedy payment on the Boston debt; and, as I had not used
the check of one thousand dollars, which my brother and Mr.
Mudget gave me, I added it to the eight hundred dollars obtained
for the farm, and by this means the whole debt was liquidated.
While we were living on the Tunbridge farm, my Brother
Jason made us a visit. He brought with him a young man by the
name of William Smith, a friendless orphan, whom he had adopted
as his own son, and, previous to this time, had kept constantly with
him; but he now thought best to leave him with us, for the purpose
of having him go to school. He remained with us, however, only
six months before my brother came again and took him to New
Brunswick, which they afterwards made their home, and where
my brother had gathered together some thirty families on a tract of
land which he had purchased for the purpose of assisting poor
persons to the means of sustaining themselves. He planned their
work for them, and when they raised anything which they wished
to sell, he took it to market for them. Owning a schooner himself,
he took their produce to Liverpool, as it was then the best market.
When Jason set out on the above-mentioned visit to
Tunbridge, he purchased a quantity of goods which he intended as
presents for his friends, especially his mother and sisters; but, on
his way thither, he found so many objects of charity, that he gave
away not only the goods, but most of his money. On one occasion,
he saw a woman who had just lost her husband, and who was very
destitute; he gave her fifteen dollars in money, and a full suit of
clothes for herself and each of her children, which were six in
number.
This was the last interview I ever had with my Brother Jason,
but, twenty years later, he wrote the following letter to my Brother
Solomon, and that is about all the intelligence I have ever received
from him since I saw him:
"South Branch of Ormucto, Province of New
Brunswick, June 30, 1835.
My Dear Brother Solomon: You will, no doubt, be
surprised to hear that I am still alive, although in an
absence of twenty years I have never written to you
before. But I trust you will forgive me when I tell you
that for most of the twenty years, I have been so
situated that I have had little or no communication with
the lines, and have been holding meetings, day and
night, from place to place; besides, my mind has been
so taken up with the deplorable situation of the earth,
the darkness in which it lies, that, when my labors did
call me near the lines, I did not realize the opportunity
which presented itself of letting you know where I was.
And, again, I have designed visiting you long since, and
annually have promised myself that the succeeding year
I would certainly seek out my relatives, and enjoy the
privilege of one pleasing interview with them before I
passed into the valley and shadow of death. But last,
though not least, let me not startle you when I say, that
according to my early adopted principles of the power
of faith, the Lord has, in his exceeding kindness,
bestowed upon me the gift of healing by the prayer of
faith, and the use of such simple means as seem
congenial to the human system; but my chief reliance is
upon him who organized us at the first, and can restore
at pleasure that which is disorganized.
The first of my peculiar success in this way was
twelve years since, and from nearly that date I have had
little rest. In addition to the incessant calIs which I, in a
short time had, there was the most overwhelming
torrent of opposition poured down upon me that I ever
witnessed. But it pleased God to take the weak to
confound the wisdom of the wise. I have in the last
twelve years seen the greatest manifestations of the
power of God in healing the sick, that, with all my
sanguinity, I ever hoped or imagined. And when the
learned infidel has declared with sober face, time and
again, that disease had obtained such an ascendency
that death could be resisted no longer, that the victim
must wither beneath his potent arm, I have seen the
almost lifeless clay slowly but surely resuscitated, and
revive, till the pallid monster fled so far that the patient
was left in the full bloom of vigorous health. But it is
God that hath done it, and to him let all the praise be
given.
I am now compelled to close this epistle, for I
must start immediately on a journey of more than one
hundred miles, to attend a heavy case of sickness; so
God be with you all. Farewell! JASON MACK."
The next intelligence we received concerning Jason, after his
letter to Brother Solomon, was, that he, his wife, and oldest son,
were dead, and this concludes my account of my Brother Jason.
Chapter 13
The Author's Dream
While we were living in the town of Tunbridge, my mind
became deeply impressed with the subject of religion; which,
probably, was occasioned by my singular experience during my
sickness at Randolph. I began to attend Methodist meetings, and,
to oblige me, my husband accompanied me; but when this came to
the ears of his father and oldest brother, they were so displeased,
and said so much in regard to the matter, that my husband thought
it best to desist. He said that he considered it as hardly worth our
while to attend the meetings any longer, as it would prove of but
little advantage to us; besides this, it gave our friends such
disagreeable feelings. I was considerably hurt by this, yet I made
no reply. I retired to a grove not far distant, where I prayed to the
Lord in behalf of my husband--that the true gospel might be
presented to him, and that his heart might be softened so as to
receive it, or, that he might become more religiously inclined. After
praying some time in this manner, I returned to the house, much
depressed in spirit, which state of feeling continued until I retired to
my bed. I soon fell asleep, and had the following dream:
Dream of two trees
I thought that I stood in a large and beautiful meadow, which
lay a short distance from the house in which we lived, and that
everything around me wore an aspect of peculiar pleasantness. The
first thing that attracted my special attention in this magnificent
meadow, was a very pure and clear stream of water, which ran
through the midst of it; and as I traced this stream, I discovered
two trees standing upon its margin, both of which were on the
same side of the stream. These trees were very beautiful, they
were well proportioned, and towered with majesty beauty to a
great height. Their branches, which added to their symmetry and
glory, commenced near the top, and spread themselves in luxurious
grandeur around.
I gazed upon them with wonder and admiration; and after
beholding them a short time, I saw one of them was surrounded
with a bright belt, that shone like burnished gold, but far more
brilliantly. Presently, a gentle breeze passed by, and the tree
encircled with this golden zone, bent gracefully before the wind,
and waved its beautiful branches in the light air. As the wind
increased, this tree assumed the most lively and animated
appearance, and seemed to express in its motions, the utmost joy
and happiness. If it had been an intelligent creature, it could not
have conveyed, by the power of language, the idea of joy and
gratitude so perfectly as it did; and even the stream that rolled
beneath it, shared, apparently, every sensation felt by the tree, for,
as the branches danced over the stream, it would swell gently, then
recede again with a motion as soft as the breathing of an infant, but
as lively as the dancing of a sunbeam. The belt also partook of the
same influence, and as it moved in unison with the motion of the
stream and of the tree, it increased continually in refulgence and
magnitude, until it became exceedingly glorious.
I turned my eyes upon its fellow, which stood opposite; but it
was not surrounded with the belt of light as the former, and it
stood erect and fixed as a pillar of marble. No matter how strong
the wind blew over it, not a leaf was stirred, not a bough was bent;
but obstinately stiff it stood, scorning alike the zephyr's breath, or
the power of the mighty storm.
I wondered at what I saw, and said in my heart, What can be
the meaning of all this? And the interpretation given me was, that
these personated my husband and his oldest brother, Jesse Smith;
that the stubborn and unyielding tree was like Jesse; that the other,
more pliant and flexible, was like Joseph, my husband; that the
breath of heaven, which passed over them, was the pure and
undefiled gospel of the Son of God, which gospel Jesse would
always resist, but which Joseph, when he was more advanced in
life would hear and receive with his whole heart, and rejoice
therein; and unto him would be added intelligence, happiness,
glory, and everlasting life.
Chapter 14
First Vision of Joseph Smith, Senior
the box -- second vision -- the tree and
the spacious building
After selling the farm at Tunbridge, we moved only a short
distance, to the town of Royalton. Here we resided a few months,
then moved again to Sharon, Windsor County, Vermont. In the
latter place, my husband rented a farm of my father, which he
cultivated in the summer, teaching school in the winter. In this way
my husband continued laboring for a few years, during which time
our circumstances gradually improved, until we found ourselves
quite comfortable again.
In the meantime we had a son, whom we called Joseph, after
the name of his father; he was born December 23, 1805. I shall
speak of him more particularly by and by. We moved thence to
Tunbridge. Here we had another son, whom we named Samuel
Harrison, born March 13, 1808. We lived in this place a short time,
then moved to Royalton, where Ephraim was born, March 13,
1810. We continued here until we had another son, born March
13, 1811, whom we called William.
About this time my husband's mind became much excited
upon the subject of religion; yet he would not subscribe to any
particular system of faith, but contended for the ancient order, as
established by our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, and his apostles.
One night my husband retired to his bed, in a very thoughtful
state of mind, contemplating the situation of the Christian religion,
or the confusion and discord that were extant. He soon fell into a
sleep, and before waking had the following vision, which I shall
relate in his own words, just as he told it to me the next morning:
"I seemed to be traveling in an open, barren field, and
as I was traveling, I turned my eyes towards the east,
the west, the north, and the south, but could see nothing
save dead, fallen timber. Not a vestige of life, either
animal or vegetable, could be seen; besides, to render
the scene still more dreary, the most deathlike silence
prevailed; no sound of anything animate could be heard
in all the field. I was alone in this gloomy desert, with
the exception of an attendant spirit, who kept constantly
by my side. Of him I inquired the meaning of what I
saw, and why I was thus traveling in such a dismal
place. He answered thus:
'This field is the world, which now lieth
inanimate and dumb, in regard to the true
religion, or plan of salvation; but travel on,
and by the wayside you will find on a certain
log a box, the contents of which, if you eat
thereof, will make you wise, and give unto
you wisdom and understanding.'
I carefully observed what was told me by my
guide, and proceeding a short distance, I came to the
box. I immediately took it up, and placed it under my
left arm; then with eagerness I raised the lid, and began
to taste of its contents; upon which all manner of
beasts, horned cattle, and roaring animals, rose up on
every side in the most threatening manner possible,
tearing the earth, tossing their horns, and bellowing
most terrifically all around me, and they finally came so
close upon me, that I was compelled to drop the box,
and fly for my life. Yet, in the midst of all this I was
perfectly happy, though I awoke trembling."
From this forward my husband seemed more confirmed than
ever in the opinion that there was no order or class of religionists
that knew any more concerning the kingdom of God, than those of
the world, or such as made no profession of religion whatever.
In 1811, we moved from Royalton, Vermont, to the town of
Lebanon, New Hampshire. Soon after arriving here, my husband
received another very singular vision, which I will relate:
"I thought," said he, "I was traveling in an open,
desolate field, which appeared to be very barren. As I
was thus traveling, the thought suddenly came into my
mind that I had better stop and reflect upon what I was
doing, before I went any further. So I asked myself,
'What motive can I have in traveling here, and what
place can this be?' My guide, who was by my side, as
before, said, 'This is the desolate world; but travel on.'
The road was so broad and barren that I wondered why
I should travel in it; for, said I to myself, 'Broad is the
road, and wide is the gate that leads to death, and many
there be that walk therein; but narrow is the way, and
straight is the gate that leads to everlasting' life, and few
there be that go in thereat.'
Traveling a short distance farther, I came to a narrow
path. This path I entered, and, when I had traveled a
little way in it, I beheld a beautiful stream of water,
which ran from the east to the west. Of this stream I
could see neither the source nor yet the termination; but
as far as my eyes could extend I could see a rope
running along the bank of it, about as high as a man
could reach, and beyond me was a low, but very
pleasant valley, in which stood a tree such as I had
never seen before. It was exceedingly handsome,
insomuch that I looked upon it with wonder and
admiration. Its beautiful branches spread themselves
somewhat like an umbrella, and it bore a kind of fruit,
in shape much like a chestnut bur, and as white as
snow, or, if possible whiter. I gazed upon the same with
considerable interest, and as I was doing so the burs or
shells commenced opening and shedding their particles,
or the fruit which they contained, which was of dazzling
whiteness. I drew near and began to eat of it, and I
found it delicious beyond description. As I was eating, I
said in my heart, 'I can not eat this alone, I must bring
my wife and children, that they may partake with me.'
Accordingly, I went and brought my family, which
consisted of a wife and seven children, and we all
commenced eating, and praising God for this blessing.
We were exceedingly happy, insomuch that our joy
could not easily be expressed.
While thus engaged, I beheld a spacious building
standing opposite the valley which we were in, and it
appeared to reach to the very heavens. It was full of
doors and windows, and they were filled with people,
who were very finely dressed. When these people
observed us in the low valley, under the tree, they
pointed the finger of scorn at us, and treated us with all
manner of disrespect and contempt. But their
contumely we utterly disregarded.
I presently turned to my guide, and inquired of
him the meaning of the fruit that was so delicious. He
told me it was the pure love of God, shed abroad in the
hearts of all those who love him, and keep his
commandments. He then commanded me to go and
bring the rest of my children. I told him that we were all
there. 'No,' he replied, 'look yonder, you have two
more, and you must bring them also.' Upon raising my
eyes, I saw two small children, standing some distance
off. I immediately went to them, and brought them to
the tree; upon which they commenced eating with the
rest, and we all rejoiced together. The more we ate, the
more we seemed to desire, until we even got down
upon our knees, and scooped it up, eating it by double
handfuls.
After feasting in this manner a short time, I asked
my guide what was the meaning of the spacious building
which I saw. He replied, 'It is Babylon, it is Babylon,
and it must fall. The people in the doors and windows
are the inhabitants thereof, who scorn and despise the
Saints of God because of their humility.'
I soon awoke, clapping my hands together for
joy."
Chapter 15
Sickness at Lebanon -- Sophronia's
Miraculous Recovery
We moved, as before mentioned, to the town of Lebanon, New
Hampshire. Here we settled ourselves down, and began to
contemplate, with joy and satisfaction, the prosperity which had
attended our recent exertions; and we doubled our diligence, in
order to obtain more of this world's goods with the view of
assisting our children, when they should need it; and, as is quite
natural, we looked forward to the decline of life, and were
providing for its wants, as well as striving to procure those things
which contribute much to the comfort of old age.
As our children had, in a great measure, been debarred from
the privilege of schools, we began to make every arrangement to
attend to this important duty. We established our second son
Hyrum in an academy at Hanover; and the rest, that were of
sufficient age, we were sending to a common school that was quite
convenient. Meanwhile, myself and companion were doing all that
our abilities would admit of for the future welfare and advantage of
the family, and were greatly blessed in our labors.
But this state of things did not long continue. The typhus
fever came into Lebanon, and raged tremendously. Among the
number seized with this complaint were, first, Sophronia; next
Hyrum, who was taken while at school, and came home sick; then
Alvin; in short, one after another was taken down, till all of the
family, with the exception of myself and husband, were prostrated
upon a bed of sickness.
Sophronia had a heavy siege. The physician attended upon
her eighty-nine days, giving her medicine all the while; but on the
ninetieth day, he said she was so far gone, it was not for her to
receive any benefit from medicine, and for this cause he
discontinued his attendance upon her. The ensuing night, she lay
altogether motionless, with her eyes wide open, and with that
peculiar aspect which bespeaks the near approach of death. As she
thus lay, I gazed upon her as a mother looks upon the last shade of
life in a darling child. In this moment of distraction, my husband
and myself clasped our hands, fell upon our knees by the bedside,
and poured out our grief to God, in prayer and supplication,
beseeching Him to spare our child yet a little longer.
Did the Lord hear our petition? Yes, he most assuredly did,
and before we rose to our feet, he gave us a testimony that she
should recover. When we first arose from prayer, our child had, to
all appearance, ceased breathing. I caught a blanket, threw it
around her, then, taking her in my arms, commenced pacing the
floor. Those present remonstrated against my doing as I did,
saying, "Mrs. Smith, it is all of no use; you are certainly crazy,
your child is dead.' Notwithstanding, I would not, for a moment,
relinquish the hope of again seeing her breathe and live.
This recital, doubtless, will be uninteresting to some; but
those who nave experienced in life something of this kind are
susceptible of feeling, and can sympathize with me. Are you a
mother who has been bereft of a child? Feel for your heartstrings,
and then tell me how I felt with my expiring child pressed to my
bosom! Would you at this trying moment feel to deny that God
had "power to save to the uttermost all who call on him?" I did not
then; neither do I now.
At length she sobbed. I still pressed her to my breast, and
continued to walk the floor. She sobbed again, then looked up into
my face, and commenced breathing quite freely. My soul was
satisfied, but my strength was gone. I laid my daughter on the bed,
and sunk by her side, completely overpowered by the intensity of
my feelings. From this time forward Sophronia continued mending,
until she entirely recovered.
Chapter 16
The Sufferings of Joseph Smith, Jr.
with a fever sore -- extraction of large
fragments of bone from one of his legs
Joseph, our third son, having recovered from the typhus fever after
something like two weeks' sickness, one day screamed out while
sitting in a chair, with a pain in his shoulder, and, in a very short
time, he appeared to be in such agony that we feared the
consequence would prove to be something very serious. We
immediately sent for a doctor. When he arrived, and had examined
the patient, he said that it was his opinion that this pain was
occasioned by a sprain. But the child declared this could not be the
case, as he had received no injury in any way whatever, but that a
severe pain had seized him all at once, of the cause of which he
was entirely ignorant.
Notwithstanding the child's protestations, still the physician
insisted that it must be a sprain, and consequently, he anointed his
shoulder with some bone liniment; but this was of no advantage to
him, for the pain continued the same after the anointing as before.
When two weeks of extreme suffering had elapsed, the
attendant physician concluded to make closer examination,
whereupon he found that a large fever sore had gathered between
his breast and shoulder. He immediately lanced it, upon which it
discharged fully a quart of purulent matter. As soon as the sore had
discharged itself, the pain left it, and shot like lightning (using his
own terms) down his side into the marrow of the bone of his leg,
and soon became very severe. My poor boy, at this, was almost in
despair, and he cried out, "Oh, father! the pain is so severe, how
can I bear it !"
His leg soon began to swell, and he continued to suffer the
greatest agony for the space of two weeks longer. During this
period I carried him much of the time in my arms, in order to
mitigate his suffering as much as possible, in consequence of which
I was taken very ill myself. The anxiety of mind that I experienced,
together with physical over-exertion, was too much for my
constitution, and my nature sunk under it.
Hyrum, who was rather remarkable for his tenderness and
sympathy, now desired that he might take my place. As he was a
good, trusty boy, we let him do so; and, in order to make the task
as easy for him as possible, we laid Joseph upon a low bed, and
Hyrum sat beside him, almost day and night, for some considerable
length of time, holding the affected part of his leg in his hands, and
pressing it between them, so that his afflicted brother might be
enabled to endure the pain, which was so excruciating that he was
scarcely able to bear it.
At the end of three weeks we thought it advisable to send
again for the surgeon. When he came, he made an incision of eight
inches, on the front side of the leg, between the knee and ankle.
This relieved the pain in a great measure, and the patient was quite
comfortable until the wound began to heal, when the pain became
as violent as ever.
The surgeon was called again, and he this time enlarged the
wound, cutting the leg even to the bone. It commenced healing the
second time, and as soon as it began to heal, it also began to swell
again, which swelling continued to rise till we deemed it wisdom to
call a council of surgeons; and when they met in consultation, they
decided that amputation was the only remedy.
Soon after coming to this conclusion, they rode up to the
door, and were invited into a room, apart from the one in which
Joseph lay. They being seated, I addressed them thus: "Gentlemen,
what can you do to save my boy's leg?" They answered, "We can
do nothing; we have cut it open to the bone, and find it so affected
that we consider the leg incurable, and that amputation is
absolutely necessary in order to save his life."
This was like a 'thunderbolt to me. I appealed to the principal
surgeon, saying, "Doctor Stone, can you not make another trial?
Can you not, by cutting around the bone, take out the diseased
part, and perhaps that which is sound will heal over, and by this
means you will save his leg? You will not, you must not, take off
his leg, until you try once more. I will not consent to let you enter
his room until you make me this promise."
After consulting a short time with each other, they agreed to
do as I had requested, then went to see my suffering son. One of
the doctors, on approaching his bed, said, "My poor boy, we have
come again." "Yes," said Joseph, "I see you have; but you have
not come to take off my leg, have you, sir? "No," replied the
surgeon, "it is your mother's request that we make one more effort,
and that is what we have now come for."
The principal surgeon, after a moment's conversation,
ordered cords to be brought to bind Joseph fast to a bedstead; but
to this Joseph objected. The doctor, however, insisted that he must
be confined, upon which Joseph said very decidedly, "No, doctor,
I will not be bound, for I can bear the operation much better if I
have my liberty,"
"Then," said. Doctor Stone, "will you drink some brandy?"
"No," said Joseph, "not one drop."
"Will you take some wine?" continued the doctor. "You must
take something, or you can never endure the severe operation to
which you must be subjected."
"No," exclaimed Joseph, "I will not touch one particle of
liquor, neither will I be tied down; but I will tell you what I will
do--I will have my father sit on the bed and hold me in his arms,
and then I will do whatever is necessary in order to have the bone
taken out." Looking at me, he said, "Mother, I want you to leave
the room, for I know you can not bear to see me suffer so; father
can stand it, but you have carried me so much, and watched over
me so long, you are almost worn out." Then looking up into my
face, his eyes swimming in tears, he continued, "Now, mother,
promise me that you will not stay, will you? The Lord will help
me, and I get through with it."
To this request I consented, and getting a number of folded
sheets, and laying them under his leg I retired, going several
hundred yards from the house in order to be out of hearing.
The surgeons commenced operating by boring into the bone
of his leg, first on one side of the bone where it was affected, then
on the other side, after which they broke it off with a pair of
forceps or pinchers. They thus took away large pieces of the bone.
When they broke off the first piece, Joseph screamed out so loudly
that I could not forbear running to him. On my entering his room,
he cried out, "Oh, mother, go back, go back; I do not want you to
come in--I will try to tough it out, if you will go away."
When the third piece was taken away, I burst into the room
again--and oh, my God! what a spectacle for a mother's eye! The
wound torn open, the blood still gushing from it, and the bed
literally covered with blood. Joseph was as pale as a corpse, and
large drops of sweat were rolling down his face, whilst upon every
feature was depicted the utmost agony!
I was immediately forced from the room, and detained until
the operation was completed; but when the act was accomplished,
Joseph put upon a clean bed, the room cleared of every
appearance of blood, and the instruments which were used in the
operation removed, I was permitted again to enter. Joseph
immediately commenced getting better, and from this time onward
continued to mend until he became strong and healthy. When he
had so far recovered as to be able to travel, he went with his uncle,
Jesse Smith, to Salem, Massachusetts, for the benefit of his health,
hoping the sea-breezes would be of service to him; and in this he
was not disappointed.
Having passed through about a year of sickness and distress,
health again returned to our family, and we most assuredly
appreciated the blessing; and indeed, we felt to acknowledge the
hand of God, more in preserving our lives through such a
tremendous scene of affliction, than if we had, during this time,
seen nothing but health and prosperity.
Chapter 17
Joseph Smith, Senior, Removes to Norwich thence to Palmyra -- His
dream of the Images -- of the Judgment
When health returned to us, as one would naturally suppose,
it found us in quite low circumstances. We were compelled to
strain every energy to provide for our present necessities, instead
of making arrangements for the future, as we had previously
contemplated. Shortly after sickness left our family, we moved to
Norwich, in the state of Vermont. In this place we established
ourselves on a farm belonging to one Esquire Moredock. The first
year our crops failed; yet, by selling fruit which grew on the place,
we succeeded in obtaining bread for the family, and by making
considerable exertion, we were enabled to sustain ourselves. The
crops the second year were as the year before --a perfect failure.
Mr. Smith now determined to plant once more, and if he should
meet with no better success than he had the two preceding years,
he would then go to the state of New York, where wheat was
raised in abundance.
The next year an untimely frost destroyed the crops, and
being the third year in succession in which the crops had failed, it
almost caused a famine. This was enough; my husband was now
altogether decided upon going to New York. He came in one day,
in quite a thoughtful mood, and sat down; after meditating some
time, he observed that, could he so arrange his affairs, he would be
glad to start soon for New York with a Mr. Howard, who was
going to Palmyra. He further remarked, that he could not leave
consistently, as the situation of the family would not admit of his
absence; besides, he was owing some money that must first be
paid.
I told him it was my opinion that he might get both his
creditors and debtors together, and arrange matters between them
in such a way as to give satisfaction to all parties concerned; and,
in relation to the family, I thought I could make every necessary
preparation to follow as soon as he would be ready for us. He
accordingly called upon all with whom he had any dealings, and
settled up his accounts with them. There were, however, some
who, in the time of settlement, neglected to bring forward their
books, consequently they were not balanced, or there were no
entries made in them to show the settlement; but in cases of this
kind he called witnesses, that there might be evidence of the fact.
Having thus arranged his business, Mr. Smith set out for
Palmyra, in company with Mr. Howard. After his departure, I and
those of the family who were of much size, toiled faithfully, until
we considered ourselves fully prepared to leave at a moment's
warning. We shortly received a communication from Mr. Smith,
requesting us to make ourselves ready to take up a journey for
Palmyra. In a short time after this, a team came for us. As we
were about starting on this journey, several of those gentlemen
who had withheld their books in the time of settlement now
brought them forth, and claimed the accounts which had been
settled, and which they had, in the presence of witnesses, agreed to
erase. We were all ready for the journey, and the teams were
waiting on expense. Under these circumstances I concluded it
would be more to our advantage to pay their unjust claims than to
hazard a lawsuit. Therefore, by making considerable exertion, I
raised the required sum, which was one hundred and fifty dollars,
and liquidated the demand.
A gentleman by the name of Flog, a wealthy settler, living in
the town of Hanover, also a Mr. Howard, who resided in Norwich,
were both acquainted with the circumstance mentioned above.
They were very indignant at it and requested me to give them a
sufficient time to get the witnesses together, and they would
endeavor to recover that which had been taken from me by fraud.
I told them I could not do so, for my husband had sent teams for
me, which were on expense; moreover, there was an uncertainty in
getting the money back again, and in case of failure, I should not
be able to raise the means necessary to take the family where we
contemplated moving.
They then proposed raising some money by subscription,
saying, "We know the people feel as we do concerning this matter,
and if you will receive it we will make you a handsome present."
This I utterly refused. The idea of receiving assistance in such a
way as this was indeed very repulsive to my feelings, and I
rejected their offer.
My aged mother, who had lived with us some time, assisted
in preparing for the journey. She came with us to Royalton, where
she resided until she died, which was two years afterwards, in
consequence of an injury which she received by getting upset in a
wagon while traveling with us.
On arriving at Royalton, I had a scene to pass through, and it
was truly a severe one---one to which I shall ever look back with
peculiar feelings. Here I was to take leave of my affectionate
mother. The parting hour came; my mother wept over me, long
and bitterly. She told me that it was not probable that she should
ever behold my face again; "But, my dear child," said she, "I have
lived long--my days are nearly numbered--I must soon exchange
the things of this world for those which pertain to another state of
existence, where I hope to enjoy the society of the blessed! and
now, as my last admonition, I beseech you to continue faithful in
the service of God to the end of your days, that I may have the
pleasure of embracing you in another and fairer world above."
This parting scene was at one Willard Pierce's, a
tavern-keeper. From his house my mother went to Daniel Mack's
with whom she afterwards lived until her decease.
Having traveled a short distance, I discovered that Mr.
Howard, our teamster, was an unprincipled and unfeeling wretch,
by the way in which he handled both our goods and money, as
well as by his treatment of my children, especially Joseph. He
would compel him to travel miles at a time on foot,
notwithstanding he was still lame. We bore patiently with his abuse
until we got about twenty miles west of Utica, when one morning,
as we were getting ready to continue our journey, my oldest son
came to me and said, "Mother, Mr. Howard has thrown the goods
out of the wagon, and is about starting off with the team."
Upon hearing this, I told him to call the man in. I met him in
the barroom, in the presence of a large company of travelers, both
male and female, and I demanded his reason for the course which
he was taking. He told me the money which I had given him was
all expended, and he could go no further. I then turned to those
present and said, "Gentlemen and ladies, please give your attention
for a moment. Now, as sure as there is a God in Heaven, that
team, as well as the goods, belong to my husband, and this man
intends to take them from me, or at least the team, leaving me with
eight children, without the means of proceeding on my journey."
Then turning to Mr. Howard, I said, "Sir, I now forbid you
touching the team, or driving it one step further. You can go about
your own business; I have no use for you. I shall take charge of
the team myself, and hereafter attend to my own affairs." I
accordingly did so, and, proceeding on our journey, we in a short
time arrived at Palmyra, with a small portion of our effects, and
barely two cents in cash.
When I again met my husband at Palmyra, we were much
reduced--not from indolence, but on account of many reverses of
fortune, with which our lives had been rather singularly marked.
Notwithstanding our misfortunes, and the embarrassments with
which we were surrounded, I was quite happy in once more having
the society of my husband, and in throwing myself and children
upon the care and affection of a tender companion and father.
We all now sat down, and counseled together relative to the
course which was best for us to adopt in our destitute
circumstances, and we came to the conclusion to unite our strength
in endeavoring to obtain a piece of land. Having done considerable
at painting oilcloth coverings for tables, stands, etc., I set up the
business, and did extremely well. I furnished all the provisions for
the family, and, besides this, began to replenish our household
furniture, in a very short time, by my own exertions.
My husband and his sons, Alvin and Hyrum, set themselves
to work to pay for one hundred acres of land, which Mr. Smith
contracted for with a land agent. In a year, we made nearly all of
the first payment, erected a log house, and commenced clearing. I
believe something like thirty acres of land were got ready for
cultivation the first year.
I shall now deviate a little from my subject, in order to relate
another very singular dream which my husband had about this
time, being as follows:
Joseph Senior's dream of the Garden
and the twelve images bowing to him
"I dreamed," said he, "that I was traveling on foot,
and I was very sick, and so lame I could hardly walk.
My guide, as usual, attended me. Traveling some time
together, I became so lame that I thought I could go no
further. I informed my guide of this, and asked him
what I should do. He told me to travel on till I came to
a certain garden. So I arose and started for this garden.
While on my way thither, I asked my guide how I
should know the place. He said, 'Proceed until you
come to a very large gate; open this, and you will see a
garden, blooming with the most beautiful flowers that
your eyes ever beheld, and there you shall be healed.'
By limping along with great difficulty, I finally
reached the gate; and on entering it, I saw the
before-mentioned garden, which was beautiful beyond
description, being filled with the most delicate flowers
of every kind and color. In the garden were walks about
three and a half feet wide, which were set on both sides
with marble stones. One of the walks ran from the gate
through the center of the garden; and on each side of
this was a very richly-carved seat, and on each seat
were placed six wooden images, each of which was the
size of a very large man. When I came to the first image
on the right side, it arose and bowed to me with much
deference. I then turned to the one which sat opposite
me, on the left side, and it arose and bowed to me in
the same manner as the first. I continued turning, first
to the right and then to the left, until the whole twelve
had made their obeisance, after which I was entirely
healed. I then asked my guide the meaning of all this,
but I awoke before I received an answer."
I will now return to the subject of the farm. When the time
for making the second payment drew nigh, Alvin went from home
to get work, in order to raise the money, and after much hardship
and fatigue, returned with the required amount. This payment
being made, we felt relieved, as this was the only thing that
troubled us; for we had a snug log house, neatly furnished, and the
means of living comfortably. It was now only two years since we
entered Palmyra, almost destitute of money, property, or
acquaintance. The hand of friendship was extended on every side,
and we blessed God, with our whole hearts, for His "mercy, which
endureth for ever."
And not only temporal blessings were bestowed upon us, but
also spiritual were administered. The Scripture, which saith, "Your
old men shall dream dreams," was fulfilled in the case of my
husband, for, about this time, he had another vision, which I shall
here relate; this, with one more, is all of his that I shall obtrude
upon the attention of my readers. He received two more visions,
which would probably be somewhat interesting, but I can not
remember them distinctly enough to rehearse them in full. The
following, which was the sixth, ran thus:
Joseph Senior's vision of the Day of
Judgment
"I thought I was walking alone; I was much
fatigued, nevertheless I continued traveling. It seemed
to me that I was going to meeting, that it was the day of
judgment, and that I was going to be judged.
When I came in sight of the meeting-house, I saw
multitudes of people coming from every direction, and
pressing with great anxiety towards the door of this
great building; but I thought I should get there in time,
hence there was no need of being in a hurry. But, on
arriving at the door, I found it shut; I knocked for
admission, and was informed by the porter that I had
come too late. I felt exceedingly troubled, and prayed
earnestly for admittance. Presently I found that my
flesh was perishing. I continued to pray, still my flesh
withered upon my bones. I was almost in a state of total
despair, when the porter asked me if I had done all that
was necessary in order to receive admission. I replied
that I had done all that was in my power to do. 'Then,'
observed the porter, 'justice must be satisfied; after this,
mercy hath her claims.'
It then occurred to me to call upon God, in the
name of His son Jesus; and I cried out, in the agony of
my soul, 'Oh, Lord God, I beseech thee, in the name of
Jesus Christ, to forgive my sins.' After which I felt
considerably strengthened, and I began to amend. The
porter or angel then remarked that it was necessary to
plead the merits of Jesus, for he was the advocate with
the Father, and a mediator between God and man.
I was now made quite whole, and the door was
opened, but, on entering, I awoke."
The following spring we commenced making preparations for
building another house, one that would be more comfortable for
persons in advanced life.
Chapter 18
History of Joseph, the Prophet, Commences
Seventh Vision of Joseph Smith, Senior
I now come to the history of Joseph. By reference to the
table (chapter ix), you will find the date and place of his birth;
besides which, except what has already been said, I shall say
nothing respecting him until he arrived at the age of fourteen.
However, in this I am aware that some of my readers will be
disappointed, for from questions which are frequently asked me, I
suppose that it is thought by some that I shall be likely to tell many
very remarkable incidents which attended his childhood; but, as
nothing occurred during his early life, except those trivial
circumstances which are common to that state of human existence,
I pass them in silence. At the age of fourteen an incident occurred
which alarmed us much, as we knew not the cause of it. Joseph
being a remarkably quiet, well disposed child, we did not suspect
that any one had aught against him. He was out one evening on an
errand, and, on returning home, as he was passing through the
dooryard a gun was fired across his pathway, with the evident
intention of shooting him. He sprang to the door much frightened.
We immediately went in search of the assassin but could find no
trace of him that evening. The next morning we found his tracks
under a wagon; where he lay when he fired; and the following day
we found the balls which were discharged from the gun, lodged in
the head and neck of a cow that was standing opposite the wagon,
in a dark corner. We have not as yet discovered the man who
maple this attempt at murder, neither can we discover the cause
thereof.
I shall here insert the seventh and last vision that my husband
had, which vision was received in the year 1819. It was as follows:
Joseph Senior's Vision of the Plan of
Salvation to be put on paper (Book of
Mormon?)
"I dreamed," said he, "that a man with a peddler's
budget on his back, came in, and thus addressed me:
'Sir, will you trade with me to-day? I have now called
upon you seven times, I have traded with you each
time, and have always found you strictly honest in all
your dealings. Your measures are always heaped, and
your weighers overbalance; and I have now come to tell
you that this is the last time I shall ever call on you, and
that there is but one thing which you lack in order to
secure your salvation.' As I earnestly desired to know
what it was that I still lacked I requested him to write
the same upon paper. He said that he would do so. I
then sprang to get some paper, but, in my excitement, I
awoke."
Shortly after my husband received the foregoing vision there
was a great revival in religion, which extended to all the
denominations of Christians in the surrounding country where we
resided. Many of the world's people becoming concerned about the
salvation of their souls came forward and presented themselves as
seekers after religion. Most of them were desirous of uniting with
some church, but were not decided as to the particular faith which
they would adopt. When the numerous meetings were about
breaking up, and the candidates and the various leading church
members began to consul, t upon the subject of adopting the
candidates into some church or churches, as the case might be, a
dispute arose, and there was a great contention among them.
While these things were going forward Joseph's mind became
considerably troubled with regard to religion. The following extract
from his history will show, more clearly than I can express, the
state of his feelings, and the result of .his reflections on this
occasion:
Joseph Smith, Jr.'s Query About
Religion
"I was at this time in my fifteenth year. My father's family
was proselyted to the Presbyterian faith, and four of them joined
that church, namely, my mother Lucy, my brothers Hyrum and
Samuel Harrison, and my sister Sophronia.
During this time of great excitement my mind was called up
to serious reflection and great uneasiness; but though my feelings
were deep, and often pungent, still I kept myself aloof from all
those parties, though I attended their several meetings as often as
occasion would permit. But in process of time my mind became
somewhat partial to the Methodist sect, and I felt some desire to be
united with them, but so great was the confusion and strife among
the different denominations, that it was impossible for a person,
young as I was, and so unacquainted with men and things, to come
to any certain conclusion who was right and who was wrong. My
mind at different times was greatly excited, the cry and tumult
were so great and incessant. The Presbyterians were most decided
against the Baptists and Methodists, and used all their powers of
either reason or sophistry to prove their errors, or at least to make
the people think they were in error. On the other hand, the Baptists
and Methodists, in their turn, were equally zealous to establish their
own tenets and disprove all others.
In the midst of this war of words, and tumult of opinions, I
often said to myself, 'What is to be done? Who of all these parties
are right? or, are they all wrong together? If any one of them be
right, which is it? and how shall I know it?' While I was laboring
under the extreme difficulties caused by the contests of these
parties of religionists, I was one day reading the epistle of James,
first chapter and fifth verse, which reads,
'If any of you lack wisdom, let
him ask of God, that giveth unto
all men liberally, and upbraideth
not, and it shall be given unto
him.'
Never did any passage of Scripture come with more power to
the heart of man than this did at this time to mine. It seemed to
enter with great force into every feeling of my heart. I reflected on
it again and again, knowing that if any person needed wisdom from
God, I did, for how to act I did not know, and unless I could get
more wisdom than I then had, would never know; for the teachers
of religion of the different sects understood the same passage so
differently, as to destroy all confidence in settling the question by
an appeal to the Bible. At length I came to the conclusion that I
must either remain in darkness and confusion, or else I must do as
James directs, that is, ask of God.
I at length came to the determination to ask of God,
concluding that if he gave wisdom to them that lacked wisdom, and
would give liberally, and not upbraid, I might venture. So, in
accordance with this my determination to ask of God, I retired to
the woods to make the attempt. It was on the morning of a
beautiful clear day, early in the spring of 1820. It was the first time
in my life that I had made such an attempt; for amidst all my
anxieties I had never as yet made the attempt to pray vocally.
After I had retired into the place where I had previously
designed to go, having looked around me, and finding myself
alone, I kneeled down and began to offer up the desires of my
heart to God. I had scarcely done so, when immediately I was
seized upon by some power which entirely overcame me, and had
such astonishing influence over me as to bind my tongue, so that I
could not speak. Thick darkness gathered around me, and it
seemed to me for a time as if I were doomed to sudden
destruction. But exerting all my powers to call upon God, to deliver
me out of the power of this enemy which had seized upon me, and
at the very moment when I was ready to sink into despair, and
abandon myself to destruction--not to an imaginary ruin, but to the
power of some actual being from the unseen world, who had such
a marvelous power as I had never before felt in any being; just at
this moment of great alarm, I saw a pillar of light exactly over my
head, above the brightness of the sun, which descended gradually
until it fell upon me. It no sooner appeared than I found myself
delivered from the enemy which held me bound. When the light
rested upon me, I saw two personages, whose brightness and glory
defy all description, standing above me in the air. One of them
spake unto me, calling me by name, and said, pointing to the other,
'This is my beloved Son; hear Him!'
My object in going to inquire of the Lord, was to know which
of all these sects was right, that I might know which to join. No
sooner, therefore, did I get possession of myself, so as to be able
to speak, than I asked the personages who stood above me in the
light, which of all the sects was right---for at this time it had never
entered into my heart that all were wrong--and which I should join.
I was answered that I should join none of them, for they were all
wrong; and the personage who addressed me said that all their
creeds were an abomination in his sight; that those professors were
all corrupt. 'They draw near me with their lips, but their hearts are
far from me; they teach for doctrine the commandments of men,
having a form of godliness, but they deny the power thereof.'
He again forbade me to join any of them; and many other
things did He say unto me which I can not write at this time. When
I came to myself again, I found myself lying on my back, looking
up into heaven.
Some few days after I had this vision, I happened to be in
company with one of the Methodist preachers who was very active
in the before-mentioned religious excitement, and conversing with
him upon the subject of religion, I took occasion to give him an
account of the vision which I had had. I was greatly surprised at
his behavior; he treated my communication not only lightly, but
with great contempt, saying it was all of the Devil; that there was
no such thing as visions or revelations in these days; that all such
things had ceased with the apostles, and that there never would be
any more of them.
I soon found, however, that my telling the story had excited a
great deal of prejudice against me among professors of religion,
and was the cause of great persecution, which continued to
increase; and though I was an obscure boy, only between fourteen
and fifteen years of age, and my circumstances in life such as to
make a boy of no consequence in the world, yet men of high
standing would take notice sufficient to excite the public mind
against me and create a hot persecution; and this was common
among all the sects--all united to persecute me.
It has often caused me serious reflection, both then and since,
how very strange it was that an obscure boy, of a little over
fourteen years of age--and one, too, who was doomed to the
necessity of obtaining a scanty maintenance by his daily labor,
should be thought a character of sufficient importance to attract the
attention of the great ones of the most popular sects of the day, so
as to create in them a spirit of the hottest persecution and reviling.
But strange or not, so it was, and was often cause of great
sorrow to myself. However, it was, nevertheless, a fact that I had
had a vision. I have thought since, that I felt much like Paul when
he made his defense before King Agrippa, and related the account
of the vision he had when he 'saw a light and heard a voice'; but
still there were but few who believed him. Some said he was
dishonest, others said he was mad, and he was ridiculed and
reviled; but all this did not destroy the reality of his vision. He had
seen a vision--he knew he had--and all the persecution under
heaven could not make it otherwise; and though they should
persecute him unto death, yet he knew, and would know unto his
latest breath, that he had both seen a light and heard a voice
speaking to him, and all the world could not make him think or
believe otherwise.
So it was with me. I had actually seen a light, and in the
midst of that light I saw two personages, and they did in reality
speak unto me, or one of them did; and though I was hated and
persecuted for saying that I had seen a vision, yet it was true; and
while they were persecuting me, reviling me, and speaking all
manner of evil against me falsely, for so saying, I was led to say in
my heart, 'Why persecute for telling the truth? I have actually seen
a vision; and who am I that I can withstand God ? or why does the
world think to make me deny what I have actually seen? for I had
seen a vision.' I knew it, and I knew that God knew it; and I could
not deny it, neither dare I do it--at least, I knew that by so doing I
would offend God, and come under condemnation."1
From this time until the 21st of September, 1823, Joseph
continued, as usual, to labor with his father, and nothing during this
interval occurred of very great importance--though he suffered, as
one would naturally suppose, every kind of opposition and
persecution from the different orders of religionists.
On the evening of the 21st of September, he retired to his
bed in quite a serious and contemplative state of mind. He shortly
betook himself to prayer and supplication to almighty God, for a
manifestation of his standing before him, and while thus engaged
he received the following vision:
"While I was thus in the act of calling upon God, discovered
a light appearing in the room, which continued to increase until the
room was lighter than at noonday, when immediately a personage
appeared at my bedside, standing in the air, for his feet did not
touch the floor. He had on a loose robe of most exquisite
whiteness. It was a whiteness beyond anything earthly I had ever
seen, nor do I believe that any earthly thing could be made to
appear so exceedingly white and brilliant. His hands were naked,
and his arms also, a little above the wrist; so also were his feet
naked, as were his legs a little above the ankles. His head and neck
were also bare. I could discover that he had no other clothing on
but this robe, as it was open, so that I could see into his bosom.
Not only was his robe exceedingly white, but his whole person was
glorious beyond description, and his countenance truly like
lightning. The room was exceedingly light, but not so very bright as
immediately around his person.
When I first looked upon him I was afraid, but the fear soon
left me. He called me by name, and said unto me that he was a
messenger sent from the presence of God to me, and that his name
was Nephi2 that God had a work for me do, and that my name
should be had for good and evil among all nations, kindreds, and
tongues; or that it should be both good and evil spoken of among
all people.
He said there was a book deposited, written upon gold plates,
giving an account of the former inhabitants of this continent, and
the source from whence they sprang. He also said that the fullness
of the everlasting gospel was contained in it, as delivered by the
Savior to the ancient inhabitants. Also, that there were two stones
in silver bows, and these stones fastened to a breastplate,
constituted what is called the Urim and Thummim, deposited with
the plates; and the possession and use of these stones were what
constituted seers in ancient or former times; and that God had
prepared them for the purpose of translating the book. After telling
me these things, he commenced quoting the prophecies of the Old
Testament. He first quoted part of the third chapter of Malachi;
and he quoted also the fourth or last chapter of the same prophecy,
though with a little variation from the way it reads in our Bible.
Instead of quoting the first verse as it reads in our books, he
quoted it thus:
'For behold the day cometh that shall burn as
an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that
do wickedly, shall burn as stubble, for they
that come shall burn them, saith the Lord of
hosts, that it shall leave them neither root or
branch.'
And again he quoted the fifth verse thus:
'Behold, I will reveal unto you the priesthood
by the hand of Elijah, the prophet, before
the coming of the great and dreadful day of
the Lord.'
He also quoted the next verse differently:
'And he shall plant in the hearts of the
children the promises made to the fathers,
and the hearts of the children shall turn to
their fathers; if it were not so, the whole
earth would be utterly wasted at its coming.'
In addition to these, he quoted the eleventh chapter of Isaiah,
saying that it was about to be fulfilled. He quoted also the third
chapter o fActs, twenty-second and twenty-third verses, precisely
as they stand in our New Testament. He said that the prophet was
Christ, but the day had not yet come 'when they who would not
hear His voice should be cut off from among the people,' but soon
would come. He also quoted the second chapter of Joel, from the
twentyeighth verse to the last. He also said that this was not yet
fulfilled, but was soon to be. And he further stated the fullness of
the Gentiles was soon to come in. He quoted many other passages
of Scripture, and offered many explanations which can not be
mentioned here.
Again, he told me that when I got those plates of which he
had spoken, (for the time that they should be obtained was not
then fulfilled,) I should not show them to any person, neither the
breastplate, with the Urim and Thummim, only to those to whom I
should be commanded to show them: if I did I should be
destroyed.
While he was conversing with me about the plates, the vision
was opened to my mind that I could see the place where the plates
were deposited, and that so clearly and distinctly, that I knew the
place again when I visited it.
After this communication, I saw the light in the room begin to
gather immediately around the person of him who had been
speaking to me, and it continued to do so until the room was again
left dark, except just around him; when instantly I saw, as it were,
a conduit open right up into heaven, and he ascended up till he
entirely disappeared, and the room was left as it had been before
this heavenly light made its appearance.
I lay musing on the singularity of the scene, and marveling
greatly at what had been told me by this extraordinary messenger
when, in the midst of my meditation, I suddenly discovered that
my room was again beginning to get lighted, and, in an instant, as it
were, the same heavenly messenger was again by my bedside. He
commenced, and again related the very same things which he had
done at his first visit, without the least variation, which having
done, he informed me of great judgments which were coming upon
the earth, with great desolations by famine, sword, and pestilence;
and that these grevious judgments would come on the earth in this
generation. Having related these things, he again ascended as he
had done before."3
When the angel ascended the second time, he left Joseph
overwhelmed with astonishment, yet gave him but a short time to
contemplate the things which he had told him before he made his
reappearance, and rehearsed the same things over, adding a few
words of caution and instruction, thus: that he must beware of
covetousness, and he must not suppose the record was to be
brought forth with the view of getting gain, for this was not the
case, but that it was to bring forth light and intelligence, which had
for a long time been lost to the world; and that when he went to get
the plates, he must be on his guard, or his mind would be filled
with darkness. The angel then told him to tell his father all which
he had both seen and heard.
Footnote
1. (Times and Seasons, volume 3, page 727. Supplement to Millennial Star,
volume 14, page 2)
2. Moroni, see Doctrine and Covenants, section 50, paragraph 2; Elder's
Journal, volume 1, pages 28 and 129; History of Joseph Smith under year
1838; Deseret News, number 10, volume 3.--0. P.
3. (Times and Seasons, volume 3, page 729. Supplement to Millennial Star,
volume 14, page 4)
Chapter 19
The angel visits
Joseph Again
-- Joseph tells his father
what he has seen and
heard
-- He is permitted to
behold the plates --
Receives further
instructions
-- Communicates the
same to the family
-- Takes the plates into
his hands -- They are
taken from him, and he is
reproved
-- His disappointment
The next day, my husband, Alvin, and Joseph, were reaping
together in the field, and as they were reaping Joseph stopped quite
suddenly, and seemed to be in a very deep study. Alvin, observing
it, hurried him, saying, "We must not slacken our hands, or we will
not be able to complete our task." Upon this Joseph went to work
again, and after laboring a short time, he stopped just as he had
done before. This being quite unusual and strange, it attracted the
attention of his father, upon which he discovered that Joseph was
very pale. My husband, supposing that he was sick, told him to go
to the house, and have his mother doctor him. He accordingly
ceased his work, and started, but on coming to a beautiful green,
under an apple-tree, he stopped and lay down, for he was so weak
he could proceed no further. He was here but a short time, when
the messenger whom he saw the previous night, visited him again,
and the first thing he said was, "Why did you not tell your father
that which I commanded you to tell him?" Joseph replied, "I was
afraid my father would not believe me." The angel rejoined, "He
will believe every word you say to him."
Joseph then promised the angel that he would do as he had
been commanded. Upon this, the messenger departed, and Joseph
returned to the field where he had left my husband and Alvin; but
when he got there his father had just gone to the house, as he was
somewhat unwell.
Joseph then desired Alvin to go straightway and see his
father, and inform him that he had something of great importance
to communicate to him, and that he wanted him to come out into
the field where we were at work. Alvin did as he was requested,
and when my husband got there, Joseph related to him all that had
passed between him and the angel the previous night and that
morning. Having heard this account, his father charged him not to
fail in attending strictly to the instruction which he had received
from this heavenly messenger.
Soon after Joseph had this conversation with his father, he
repaired to the place where the plates were deposited, which place
he describes as follows:
"Convenient to the village of Manchester, Ontario
County, New York, stands a hill of considerable size,
and the most elevated of any in the neighborhood. On
the west side of this hi!l, not far from the top, under a
stone of considerable size, lay the plates, deposited in a
stone box. This stone was thick and rounding in the
middle, on the upper side, and thinner towards the
edges, so that the middle part of it was visible above the
ground; but the edges all round were covered with
earth.
Having removed the earth, and obtained a lever,
which I got fixed under the edge of the stone, with a
little exertion I raised it up. I looked, and there, indeed,
did I behold the plates, the Urim and Thummim, and
the breastplate, as stated by the messenger."1
While Joseph remained here, the angel showed him, by
contrast, the difference between good and evil, and likewise the
consequences of both obedience and disobedience to the
commandments of God, in such a striking manner, that the
impression was always vivid in his memory until the very end of
his days; and in giving a relation of this circumstance, not long
prior to his death, he remarked, that "ever afterwards he was
willing to keep the commandments of God."
-- Communicates the same to the
family
Furthermore, the angel told him, at the interview mentioned
last, that the time had not yet come for the plates to be brought
forth to the world; that he could not take them from the place
wherein they were deposited until he had learned to keep the
commandments of God--not only till he was willing, but able, to do
it. The angel bade Joseph come to this place every year, at the
same time of the year, and he would meet him there and give him
further instruction. The ensuing evening, when the family were all
together, Joseph made known to them all that he had
communicated to his father in the field, and also of his finding the
record, as well as what passed between him and the angel while he
was at the place where the plates were deposited.
Sitting up late that evening, in order to converse upon these
things, together with over-exertion of mind, had much fatigued
Joseph; and when Alvin observed it, he said, "Now, brother, let us
go to bed, and rise early in the morning, in order to finish our day's
work at an hour before sunset; then, if mother will get our suppers
early, we will have a fine long evening, and we will all sit down for
the purpose of listening to you while you tell us the great things
which God has revealed to you."
Accordingly, by sunset the next day we were all seated, and
Joseph commenced telling us the great and glorious things which
God had manifested to him; but, before proceeding, he charged us
not to mention out of the family that which he was about to say to
us, as the world was so wicked that when they came to a
knowledge of these things they would try to take our lives; and that
when we should obtain the plates, our names would be cast out as
evil by all people. Hence the necessity of suppressing these things
as much as possible, until the time should come for them to go
forth to the world.
After giving us this charge, he proceeded to relate further
particulars concerning the work which he was appointed to do, and
we received them joyfully, never mentioning them except among
ourselves, agreeable to the instructions which we had received
from him.
From this time forth, Joseph continued to receive instructions
from the Lord, and we continued to get the children together every
evening, for the purpose of listening while he gave us a relation of
the same. I presume our family presented an aspect as singular as
any that ever lived upon the face of the earth--all seated in a circle,
father, mother, sons, and daughters, and giving the most profound
attention to a boy, eighteen years of age, who had never read the
Bible through in his life: he seemed much less inclined to the
perusal of books than any of the rest of our children, but far more
given to meditation and deep study.
We were now confirmed in the opinion that God was about
to bring to light something upon which we could stay our minds, or
that would give us a more perfect knowledge of the plan of
salvation and the redemption of the human family. This caused us
greatly to rejoice, the sweetest union of happiness pervaded our
house, and tranquility reigned in our midst.
During our evening conversations, Joseph would occasionally
give us some of the most amusing recitals that could be imagined.
He Would describe the ancient inhabitants of this continent, their
dress, mode of traveling, and the animals upon which they rode,
their cities, their buildings, with every particular; their mode of
warfare; and also their religious worship. This he would do with as
much ease, seemingly, as if he had spent his whole life with them.
-- He is permitted to behold the plates
-- Receives further instructions
-- Takes the plates into his hands --
They are taken from him, and he is
reproved
On the 22d of September, 1824, Joseph again visited the
place where he found the plates the year previous; and supposing
at this time that the only thing required, in order to possess them
until the time for their translation, was to be able to keep the
commandments of God--and he firmly believed that he could keep
every commandment which had been given him--he fully expected
to carry them home with him. Therefore, having arrived at the
place, and uncovering the plates, he put forth his hand and took
them up, but, as he was taking them hence, the unhappy thought
darted through his mind that probably there was something else in
the box besides the plates, which would be of some pecuniary
advantage to him. So, in the moment of excitement, he laid them
down very carefully, for the purpose of covering the box, lest some
one might happen to pass that way and get whatever there might
be remaining in it. After covering it, he turned round to take the
record again, but behold it was gone, and where he knew not,
neither did he know the means by which it had been taken from
him.
At this, as a natural consequence, he was much alarmed. He
kneeled down and asked the Lord why the record had been taken
from him; upon which the angel of the Lord appeared to him, and
told him that he had not done as he had been commanded, for in a
former revelation he had been commanded not to lay the plates
down, or put them for a moment out of his hands, until he got into
the house and deposited them in a chest or trunk, having a good
lock and key, and, contrary to this, he had laid them down with the
view of securing some fancied or imaginary treasure that remained.
-- His disappointment
In the moment of excitement, Joseph was overcome by the
powers of darkness, and forgot the injunction that was laid upon
him. Having some further conversation with the angel on this
occasion, Joseph was permitted to raise the stone again, when he
beheld the plates as he had done before. He immediately reached
forth his hand to take them, but instead of getting them, as he
anticipated, he was hurled back upon the ground with great
violence. When he recovered, the angel was gone, and he arose
and returned to the house, weeping for grief and disappointment.
As he was aware that we would expect him to bring the plates
home with him, he was greatly troubled, fearing that we might
doubt his having seen them. As soon as he entered the house, my
husband asked him if he had obtained the plates. The answer was,
"No, father, I could not get them."
His father then said, "Did you see them?"
"Yes," replied Joseph, "I saw them, but could not take them."
"I would have taken them," rejoined his father, with much
earnestness, "if I had been in your place."
"Why," returned Joseph, in quite a subdued tone, "you do not
know what you say. I could not get them, for the angel of the Lord
would not let me."
Joseph then related the circumstance in full, which gave us
much uneasiness, as we were afraid that he might utterly fail of
obtaining the record through some neglect on his part. We,
therefore, doubled our diligence in prayer and supplication to God,
in order that he might be more fully instructed in his duty, and be
preserved from all the wiles and machinations of him "who lieth in
wait to deceive."2
We were still making arrangements to build us a comfortable
house, the management and control of which devolved chiefly
upon Alvin. And when November, 1824, arrived, the frame was
raised, and all the materials necessary for its speedy completion
were procured. This opened to Alvin's mind the pleasing prospect
of seeing his father and mother once more comfortable and happy.
He would say, "I am going to have a nice pleasant room for father
and mother to sit in and everything arranged for their comfort, and
they shall not work any more as they have done.3
Footnotes:
1. (Times and Seasons, volume 3, page 729. Supplement to
Millennial Star, volume 14, page 5.)
2. Whatever may have been Joseph Smith's lack of natural ability,
one thing is quite certain, that the peculiar discipline to which he
was subjected in these early days was of such a character that he
learned that strict obedience and faithfulness to duty were the most
essential requisites to an acceptance with God; this fitted him for
the work that he subsequently did.
3. Of the life of Lucy Smith, familiarly called Grandmother Smith,
after the Martyr's death, little need be written. At the time of the
tragedy at Carthage, Grandmother Smith was living with Joseph,
and continued living with Emma until in September following,
when she removed with her son-in-law, Arthur Millikin, and her
daughter Lucy, into a house known as the Ponson house, hired for
them by the church, which also hired a girl to wait upon her and
help generally. Sometime that fall, the fall of 1844, she
commenced her history, the work now being republished, Mr. and
Mrs. Corey writing for her.
She completed this work sometime in 1845, the copyright
being secured for her by Elder Almon W. Babbit, in that year, or in
the early part of 1846. The family moved into the house owned by
Elder William Marks in 1845, but remained only till the next year,
when they settled in a house bought for Grandmother, by the
church. In the fall of 1846, under the pressure of the mob coming
against the city, they moved to Knoxville, Illinois, remaining over
the winter, and in the spring of 1847 returning to Nauvoo, again.
Here they remained till the fall of 1849, when they moved to
Webster, in the same county, staying there two years, when they
removed to Fountain Green. In the spring of 1852 Grandmother
Smith, and a grandchild, a daughter of Samuel H. Smith, Mary
Bailey Smith by name, went to Nauvoo to live with Major Lewis
C. Bidamon, whom Emma Smith married in 1847. She remained
with them, until her death, which occurred on the farm owned by
the prophet before his death, two and a half miles east of Nauvoo,
on the road to Carthage. The farm was then being carried on by
Sr. Emma and her boys; and there, on May 8, 1855, watched over
and ministered to by Emma, the wife of her son Joseph, her
grandson, Joseph 3d, and the young daughter of a neighboring
farmer, Elizabeth Pilkington by name, this noble-hearted mother in
Israel went to her rest.
Her granddaughter, Mary B. Smith, had some months before
her death married a Mr. Edward Kelteau, and had taken up her
battle with the things of this life for herself. Major Bidamon was
always kind to Grandmother Smith, and being a skillful workman
in wood, constructed for her use a chair and carriage, upon which
she was wheeled about the house and grounds, she being a
bed-ridden invalid for years, helpless to a great extent.
For a time she derived a little income from the exhibition and
some mummies and the papyrus records found with them, which
had been left in her care by the church for this purpose. But after a
time she parted with the mummies and records; how, the writer is
not informed, though he afterwards saw two of the mummies and
records in Wood's Museum in Chicago, where they were
destroyed. by the fire of 1871.
Her son-in-law, Arthur Millikin, states that the "preface for
the history written by Orson Pratt is not correct, for she never
talked of such a thing (her history) till the fall after the Martyr's
death."
Chapter 20
Alvin's Sickness and Death
On the fifteenth day of November, 1824, about ten o'clock in
the morning, Alvin was taken very sick with the bilious colic. He
came to the house in much distress, and requested his father to go
immediately for a physician. He accordingly went, and got one by
the name of Greenwood, who, on arriving, immediately
administered to the patient a heavy dose of calomel. I will here
notice that this Doctor Greenwood was not the physician
commonly employed by the family; he was brought in
consequence of the family physician's absence. And on this
account, as I suppose, Alvin at first refused to take the medicine,
but by much persuasion he was prevailed on to do so.
This dose of calomel lodged in his stomach, and all the
medicine which was freely administered by four very skillful
physicians could not remove it.
On the third day of his sickness, Doctor McIntyre, whose
services were usually employed by the family, as he was
considered very skillful, was brought, and with him four other
eminent physicians. But it was all in vain, their exertions proved
unavailing, just as Alvin had said would be the case--he told them
the calomel was still lodged in the same place, after some exertion
had been made to carry it off, and that it must take his life.
On coming to this conclusion, he called Hyrum to him, and
said, "Hyrum, I must die. Now I want to say a few things, which I
wish to have you remember. I have done all I could to make our
dear parents comfortable. I want you to go on and finish the house,
and take care of them in their old age, and do not any more let
them work hard, as they are now in old age."
He then called Sophronia to him, and said to her, "Sophronia,
you must be a good girl, and do all you can for father and
mother--never forsake them; they have worked hard, and they are
now getting old. Be kind to them, and remember what they have
done for us."
In the latter part of the fourth night he called for all the
children, and exhorted them separately in the same strain as above.
But when he came to Joseph, he said, "I am now going to die, the
distress which I suffer, and the feelings that I have, tell me my time
is very short. I want you to be a good boy, and do everything that
lies in your power to obtain the record. Be faithful in receiving
instruction, and in keeping every commandment that is given you.
Your brother Alvin must leave you; but remember the example
which he has set for you; and set the same example for the
children that are younger than yourself, and always be kind to
father and mother."
He then asked me to take my little daughter Lucy up, and
bring her to him, for he wished to see her. He was always very
fond of her, and was in the habit of taking her up and caressing
her, which naturally formed a very strong attachment on her part
for him. I went to her, and said, "Lucy, Alvin wants to see you."
At this, she started from her sleep, and screamed out, "Amby,
Amby;" (she could not yet talk plain, being very young.) We took
her to him, and when she got within reach of him, she sprang from
my arms and caught him round the neck, and cried out, "Oh! my
Amby," and kissed him again and again.
"Lucy," said he, "you must be the best girl in the world, and
take care of mother; you can't have your Amby any more. Amby
is going away; he must leave little Lucy." He then kissed her, and
said, "Take her away, I think my breath offends her." We took
hold of her to take her away; but she clinched him with such a
strong grasp, that it was with difficulty we succeeded in
disengaging her hands.
As I turned with the child to leave him, he said, "Father,
mother, brothers, and sisters, farewell! I can now breathe out my
life as calmly as a clock." Saying this, he immediately closed his
eyes in death.
The child still cried to go back to Alvin. One present
observed to the child, "Alvin is gone; an angel has taken his spirit
to heaven." Hearing this, the child renewed her cries, and, as I bent
over his corpse with her in my arms, she again threw her arms
around him, and kissed him repeatedly. And until the body was
taken from the house she continued to cry, and to manifest such
mingled feelings of both terror and affection at the scene before
her, as are seldom witnessed.
Alvin was a youth of singular goodness of disposition--kind
and amiable--so that lamentation and mourning filled the whole
neighborhood in which he resided. By the request of the principal
physician, Alvin was cut open, in order to discover, if it were
possible, the cause of his death. On doing so, they found the
calomel lodged in the upper bowels, untouched by anything which
he had taken to remove it, and as near as possible in its natural
state, surrounded as it was with gangrene.
A vast concourse of people attended his obsequies, who
seemed very anxious to show their sympathy for us in our
bereavement. Alvin manifested, if such could be the case, greater
zeal and anxiety in regard to the record that had been shown to
Joseph, than any of the rest of the family; in consequence of which
we could not bear to hear anything said upon the subject.
Whenever Joseph spoke of the record, it would immediately bring
Alvin to our minds, with all his zeal, and with all his kindness; and,
when we looked to his place, and realized that he was gone from it,
to return no more in this life, we all with one accord wept over our
irretrievable loss, and we could "not be comforted, because he was
not."
Chapter 21
Religious Excitement -- Joseph's
Prophecy -- He works for Mr. Stoal
Becomes acquainted with Emma Hale
Shortly after the death of Alvin, a man commenced laboring
in the neighborhood, to effect a union of the different churches, in
order that all might be agreed, and thus worship God with one
heart and with one mind. This seemed about right to me, and
I felt much inclined to join in with them; in fact, the most of the
family appeared quite disposed to unite with their number; but
Joseph, from the first, utterly refused even to attend their meeting,
saying, "Mother, I do not wish to prevent your going to meeting, or
any of the rest of the family; or your joining any church you
please; but, do not ask me to join them. I can take my Bible, and
go into the woods and learn more in two hours than you can learn
at meeting in two years, if you should go all the time."
To gratify me, my husband attended some two or three
meetings but peremptorily refused going any more, either for my
gratification, or any other person's. During this excitement, Joseph
would say, it would do us no injury to join them, that if we did, we
should not continue with them long, for we were mistaken in them,
and did not know the wickedness of their hearts. One day he said
that he would give us an example, and that we might set it down as
a prophecy; viz:
"You look at Deacon Jessup," said he, "and you
hear him talk very piously. Well, you think he is a very
good man. Now suppose that one of his poor neighbors
should owe him the value of a cow, and that this poor
man had eight little children; moreover, that he should
be taken sick and die, leaving his wife with one cow,
but destitute of every other means of supporting herself
and family--now I tell you, that Deacon Jessup,
religious as he is, would not scruple to take the last cow
from the poor widow and orphans, in order to secure
the debt, notwithstanding he himself has an abundance
of everything."
At that time this seemed impossible to us, yet one year had
scarcely expired when we saw Joseph's supposition literally
fulfilled.
The shock occasioned by Alvin's death, in a short time
passed off, and we resumed our usual avocations with considerable
interest. The first move towards business was to complete the
house before mentioned. This we did as speedily as possible, and,
when it was finished, Mr. Stoddard, the principal workman,
offered for it the sum of fifteen hundred dollars; but my husband
refused his offer, as he was unwilling to leave the scene of our
labor, where we had fondly anticipated spending the remainder of
our days.
A short time before the house was completed, a man by the
name of Josiah Stoal, came from Chenango County, New York,
with the view of getting Joseph to assist him in digging for a silver
mine.1 He came for Joseph on account of having heard that he
possessed certain keys, by which he could discern things invisible
to the natural eye.
Joseph endeavored to divert him from his vain pursuit, but he
was inflexible in his purpose, and offered high wages to those who
would dig for him, in search of said mine, and still insisted upon
having Joseph to work for him. Accordingly, Joseph and several
others returned with him and commenced digging. After laboring
for the old gentleman about a month, without success, Joseph
prevailed upon him to cease his operations; and it was from this
circumstance of having worked by the month, at digging for a
silver mine, that the very prevalent story arose of Joseph's being a
money-digger.2
While Joseph was in the employ of Mr. Stoal, he boarded a short
time with one Isaac Hale, and it was during this interval that Joseph
became acquainted with the daughter, Miss Emma Hale, to whom
he immediately commenced paying his addresses, and was
subsequently married.
When Mr. Stoal relinquished his project of digging for silver,
Joseph returned to his father's house. Soon after his return, we
received intelligence of the arrival of a new agent for the Everson
land, of which our farm was a portion. This reminded us of the last
payment, which was still due, and which must be made before we
could obtain a deed of the place.
Shortly after this, a couple of gentlemen, one of whom was
the before-named Stoal, the other a Mr. Knight, came into the
neighborhood for the purpose of procuring a quantity of either
wheat or flour; and we, having sown considerable wheat, made a
contract with them, in which we agreed to deliver a certain quantity
of flour to them the ensuing fall, for which we were to receive a
sufficient amount of money to make the final payment on our
farm. This being done, my husband sent Hyrum to Canandaigua to
inform the new agent of the fact, namely, that the money should
be forthcoming as soon as the 25th of December, 1825. This, the
agent said, would answer the purpose, and he agreed to retain the
land until that time. Having thus, as we supposed, made all secure
pertaining to the land, we gave ourselves no further uneasiness in
regard to the matter.
When the time had nearly arrived for the last payment to be
made, and when my husband was about starting for Mr. Stoal's
and Mr. Knight's, in order to get the money to make the same,
Joseph called my husband and myself aside, and said, "I have been
very lonely ever since Alvin died, and I have concluded to get
married; and if you have no objections to my uniting myself in
marriage with Miss Emma Hale, she would be my choice in
preference to any other woman I have ever seen." We were
pleased with his choice, and not only consented to his marrying
her, but requested him to bring her home with him, and live with
us. Accordingly he set out with his father for Pennsylvania.
Footnotes:
1. This project of Stoal's was undertaken from this cause--an old
document had fallen into his possession, in some way or other,
containing information of silver mines being somewhere in the
neighborhood in which he resided.
2. The fact that Joseph Smith with others did at one time seek for
treasure, either that contained in mines, or that supposed to have
been gathered by others and deposited by them in places of safety,
the traces of which were lost, has formed a serious objection to
Mormonism; it having been apparently taken for granted that
because Joseph Smith dug for money, or treasure, there is no truth
in any of the doctrines that he presented. Shorn of the terrible
things that the opponents of the church have invested this
money-digging business with, the facts seem to be these: It was
rumored that in or near to Harmony, Pennsylvania, the place
where Isaac Hale, the father of Emma Hale whom Joseph Smith
married, was living, there had been found at some time in the past,
rich silver deposits, from which the discoverers had taken fabulous
sums, considerable portions of which had been coined, and left in
safe places waiting the convenience of its owners to remove it; that
owing to the uncertain and shifting nature of the times these hidden
treasures had not been removed, but that the secret of their places
of deposit and the mines whence they were taken had been lost.
Because of these rumors, Josiah Steal, or Stowell, Joseph
Smith and others, did engage in a search for them; nor is it
seriously to the discredit of Joseph Smith, if the fact of his having
had visions, and seemingly prophetic powers given him, or it
having become current rumor that he had, that he should either for
himself or for others, attempt the discovery of those hidden
treasures by the use of those supernatural powers.
The use of the divining rod, of "witch hazel," or other
peculiar wood, for the discovery of water, or treasure, is older than
Joseph Smith, and legends and belief in remarkable finds by its use
are found in regions where Joseph Smith never came, and where
Mormonism is even now a hiss and a byword. There seems to be
no good reason why it should be believed that Joseph Smith
engaged in the avocation of a professional money-hunter, or that
he prostituted the gifts he received to this purpose; the most that
can be shown, being that he, with others, in the employ of one
who chose to pay for the work done, did labor in digging for a
mine. In these days of mining excitement, as fabulous stories of
infatuation and superstitious methods of finding rich deposits pass
current in mining regions without comment, and without serious
detriment to the character of those involved.
Chapter 22
Joseph Smith, Sr. Loses His Farm
-- Joseph Junior is married
-- Has another interview with the
angel by whom he is chastened
-- Receives further instructions
A few days subsequent to my husband's departure, I set
myself to work to put my house in order for the reception of my
son's bride; and I felt all that pride and ambition in doing so, that is
common to mothers upon such occasions. My oldest son had,
previous to this, formed a matrimonial relation with one of the
most excellent of women, with whom I had seen much enjoyment,
and I hoped for as much happiness with my second
daughter-in-law, as I had received from the society of the first, and
there was no reason why I should expect anything to the contrary.
One afternoon, after having completed my arrangements, I
fell into a very agreeable train of reflections. The day was
exceedingly fine, and of itself calculated to produce fine feelings;
besides this, every other circumstance seemed to be in unison, and
to contribute to raise in the heart those soothing and grateful
emotions which we all have seasons of enjoying when the mind is
at rest. Thus, as I stood musing, among other things, upon the
prospect of a quiet and comfortable old age, my attention was
suddenly arrested by a trio of strangers who were just entering.
Upon their near approach I found one of these gentlemen to be
Mr. Stoddard, the principal carpenter in building the house in
which we then lived.
When they entered the house, I seated them, and
commenced commonplace conversation. But shortly one of them
began to ask questions which I considered rather
impertinent--questions concerning our making the last payment on
the place; and if we did not wish to sell the house; furthermore,
where Mr. Smith and my son had gone, etc., etc.
"Sell the house !" I replied, "No, sir, we have no occasion for
that, we have made every necessary arrangement to get the deed,
and also have an understanding with the agent. So you see we are
quite secure in regard to this matter."
To this they made no answer, but went out to meet Hyrum,
who was approaching the house. They asked him the same
questions, and he answered them the same as I had done. When
they had experimented in this way, to their satisfaction, they
proceeded to inform my son that he need put himself to no further
trouble with regard to the farm; "for," said they, "we have bought
the place, and paid for it, and we now forbid your touching
anything on the farm; and we also warn you to leave forthwith,
and give possession to the lawful owners."
This conversation passed within my hearing. When they
reentered the house, I said, "Hyrum, is it a reality? or only a sham
to startle us?" But one collected look at the men convinced me of
their fiendish determination--I was overcome, and fell back into my
chair almost deprived of sensibility.
When I recovered, we (Hyrum and myself) talked to them
some time, endeavoring to persuade them to change their vile
course; but the only answer we could get from them was, "Well,
we've got the place, and d--n you, help yourselves if you can."
Hyrum, in a short time, went to an old friend, Doctor
Robinson, and related to him the grievous story. Whereupon, the
old gentleman sat down, and wrote at some considerable length the
character of the family--our industry, and faithful exertions to
secure a home, with many commendations calculated to beget
confidence in us with respect to business transactions. And keeping
this writing in his own hands, he went through the village, and in an
hour procured sixty subscribers. He then sent the same, by the
hand of Hyrum, to the land agent, who lived in Canandaigua.
On receiving this the agent was highly enraged. He said the
men had told him that Mr. Smith and his son Joseph had run away,
and that Hyrum was cutting down the sugar orchard, hauling off
the rails, burning them, and doing all manner of mischief to the
farm. That, believing this statement, he was induced to sell the
place, for which he had given a deed, and received the money.
Hyrum told him the circumstances under which his father and
brother had left home; also the probability of their being detained
on the road, to attend to some business. Upon this, the agent
directed him to address a number of letters to my husband, and
have them sent and deposited in public-houses on the road which
he traveled, that, perchance some of them might meet his eye, and
thus cause him to return more speedily than he would otherwise.
He then despatched a messenger to those individuals to whom he
had given a deed of the farm in question, with the view of making
a compromise with them; but they refused to do anything
respecting the matter. The agent sent a message to them, stating
that if they did not make their appearance forthwith, he would
fetch them with a warrant. To this they gave heed, and they came
without delay.
The agent strove to convince them of the disgraceful and
impolitic course which they were pursuing, and endeavored to
persuade them to retract, and let the land go back into Mr. Smith's
hands again. For some time they said but little, except in a sneering
and taunting way, about as follows: "We've got .the land, sir, and
we've got the deed, so just let Smith help himself. Oh, no matter
about Smith, he has gold plates, gold bibles, he is rich--he don't
want any;thing." But finally, they agreed, if Hyrum could raise
them one thousand dollars, by Saturday, at ten o'clock in the
evening, they would give up the deed.
It was now Thursday about noon, and Hyrum was at
Canandaigua, which was nine miles distant from home, and hither
he must ride before he could make the first move towards raising
the required amount. He came home with a heavy heart. When he
arrived, he found his father, who had returned a short time before
him. His father had fortunately found, within fifty miles of home,
one of those letters which Hyrum had written.
The following day, by the request of my husband, I went to
see an old Quaker, a gentleman with whom we had been quite
intimate since our commencement on the farm, and who had
always seemed to admire the neat arrangement of the same. We
hoped that he would be both able and willing to purchase the place,
that we might at least have the benefit of the crops that were upon
the ground, as he was a friend and would be disposed to show us
favor. But we were disappointed, not in his will or disposition, but
in his ability. He had just paid out to the land agent all the money
he could spare, to redeem a piece of land belonging to a friend in
his immediate neighborhood. If I had arrived at his house thirty
minutes sooner, I would have found him with fifteen hundred
dollars in his pocket.
When I rehearsed to him what had taken place, he was much
distressed for us, and very much regretted his inability to relieve
our necessity. He said, however, "If I have no money, I will try to
do something for you, and you may say to your husband, that I
will see him as soon as I can, and let him know what the prospect
is."
It was nearly night-- the country was new, and my road lay
through a dense forest. The distance that I had to travel was ten
miles, and that alone, yet I hastened to inform my husband of the
disappointment that I had met with. The old gentleman, as soon as
I left, started in search of some one that could afford us assistance,
and hearing of a Mr. Durfee who lived four miles distant, he came
the same night and directed us to go and see what he could devise
for our benefit.
Accordingly, my husband started without delay for Mr.
Durfee's, and arrived at his house before daylight in the morning.
He sent my husband three miles further, to one of his sons, who
was high sheriff, instructing him to say to the young man that his
father wished to see him as soon as possible. Mr. Durfee, the
younger, was obedient to the call. Immediately after he arrived at
his father's, the three proceeded together to see the farm, and
arrived about ten o'clock A.M. They tarried a short time, then rode
on to see the agent and those villains who held the deed of our
place.
The anxiety of mind that I suffered that day can more easily
be imagined than described. I now looked upon the proceeds of
our industry, which smiled around us on every hand, with a kind of
yearning attachment that I never before had experienced; and our
early losses I did not feel so keenly, for I then realized that we
were young, and by making some exertions we might improve our
circumstances; besides, I had not felt the inconveniences of
poverty as I had since.
My husband, and the Messrs. Durfee, arrived in Canandaigua
at half-past nine o'clock in the evening. The agent sent immediately
for Mr. Stoddard and his friends, and they came without delay; but
in order to make difficulty, they contended that it was after ten
o'clock; however, not being able to sustain themselves upon this
ground, they handed over the deed to Mr. Durfee, the high sheriff,
who now became the possessor of the farm.
I stated before, that at the time Mr. Smith started to see
Knight and Stoal, Joseph accompanied him. When he returned,
Joseph also returned with him, and remained with us until the
difficulty about the farm came to an issue; he then took leave for
Pennsylvania, on the same business as before mentioned and the
next January returned with his wife, in good health and fine spirits.
Not long subsequent to his return, my husband had occasion
to send him to Manchester, on business. As he set off early in the
day, we expected him home at most by six o'clock in the evening,
but when six o'clock came, he did not arrive. We always had a
peculiar anxiety about him whenever he was absent, for it seemed
as though something was always taking place to jeopardize his life.
But to return. He did not get home till the night was far spent. On
coming in, he threw himself into a chair, apparently much
exhausted. My husband did not observe his appearance, and
immediately exclaimed, "Joseph, why are you so late? Has
anything happened to you? We have been much distressed about
you these three hours." As Joseph made no answer, he continued
his interrogations, until, finally, I said, "Now, father, let him rest a
moment--don't trouble him now--you see he is home safe, and he
is very tired, so pray wait a little."
The fact was, I had learned to be a little cautious about
matters with regard to Joseph, for I was accustomed to see him
look as he did on that occasion, and I could not easily mistake the
cause thereof. Presently he smiled, and said in a calm tone,
"I have taken the severest chastisement that I have ever had in my
life."
My husband, supposing that it was from some of the
neighbors, was quite angry, and observed, "I would like to know
what business anybody has to find fault with you?
"Stop, father, stop," said Joseph, "it was the angel of the
Lord: as I passed by the Hill Cumorah, where the plates are, the
angel met me, and said that I had not been engaged enough in the
work of the Lord; that the time had come for the record to be
brought forth; and that I must be up and doing, and set myself
about the things which God had commanded me to do. But, father,
give yourself no uneasiness concerning the reprimand which I have
received, for I know the course that I am to pursue, so all will be
well."
It was also made known to him, at this interview, that he
should make another effort to obtain the plates, on the
twenty-second day of the following September, but this he did not
mention to us at that time.
Chapter 23
Joseph Obtains the Plates
On the twentieth of September, Mr. Knight and his friend
Stoal came to see how we were managing matters with Stoddard
and Company; and they tartaried with us until the twenty-second.
On the night of the twenty-first, I sat up very late, as my work
rather pressed upon my hands. I did not retire until after twelve
o'clock at night. About twelve o'clock, Joseph came to me, and
asked me if I had a chest with a lock and key. I knew in an instant
what he wanted it for, and not having one, I was greatly alarmed,
as I thought it might be a matter of considerable moment. But
Joseph, discovering my anxiety, said, "Never mind, I can do very
well for the present without it--be calm--all is right."
Shortly after this Joseph's wife passed through the room with
her bonnet and riding dress; and in a few minutes they left
together, taking Mr. Knight's horse and wagon. I spent the night in
prayer and supplication to God, for the anxiety of my mind would
not permit me to sleep. At the usual hour, I commenced preparing
breakfast. My heart fluttered at every footstep, as I now expected
Joseph and Emma momentarily, and feared lest Joseph might meet
with a second disappointment.
When the male portion of the family were seated at the
breakfast-table, Mr. Smith inquired for Joseph, for he was not
aware that he had left home. I requested my husband not to call
him, for I would like to have him take breakfast with his wife that
morning.
"No, no," said my husband, "I must have Joseph sit down
here and eat with me."
"Well, now, Mr. Smith," continued I, "do let him eat with his
wife this morning; he almost always takes breakfast with you."
His father finally consented, and ate without him, and no
further questions were made concerning his absence, but in a few
minutes Mr. Knight came in quite disturbed.
"Why, Mr. Smith," exclaimed he, "my horse is gone, and I
can't find him on the premises, and I wish to start for home in half
an hour."
"Never mind the horse," said I. "Mr Knight does not know all
the nooks and corners in the pastures; I will call William, he will
bring the horse immediately."
This satisfied him for the time being; but he soon made
another discovery. His wagon also was gone. He then concluded
that a rogue had stolen them both.
"Mr. Knight," said I, "do be quiet; I would be ashamed to
have you go about, waiting upon yourself--just go out and talk with
Mr. Smith until William comes, and if you really must go home,
your horse shall be brought, and you shall be waited upon like a
gentleman. He accordingly went out, and while he was absent
Joseph returned.
I trembled so with fear, lest all might be lost in consequence
of some failure in keeping the commandments of God, that I was
under the necessity of leaving the room in order to conceal my
feelings. Joseph saw this, and said, "Do not be uneasy, mother, all
is right--see here, I have got a key."
I knew not what he meant, but took the article of which he
spoke into my hands, and upon examination, found that it
consisted of two smooth three-cornered diamonds set in glass, and
the glasses were set in silver bows, which were connected with
each other in much the same way as old-fashioned spectacles. He
took them again and left me, but said nothing respecting the record.
In a short time he returned, and inquired of me in regard to
getting a chest made. I told him to go to a certain cabinet-maker,
who had made some furniture for my oldest daughter, and tell him
that we would pay him for making a chest, as we did for the other
work which he had done for us, namely, one half in cash and the
other in produce. Joseph remarked that he would do so, but that he
did not know where the money would come from, for there was
not a shilling in the house.
The following day one Mr. Warner came to him, and told
him that a widow by the name of Wells, who was living in
Macedon, wanted some labor done in a well, for which she would
pay the money, and that she was anxious to have him (Joseph) do
this labor for her. As this afforded us an opportunity to pay the
cabinet-maker for the chest, Joseph went immediately to the house
of Mrs. Wells, and commenced work. The next day after he
left home, one of the neighbors asked Mr. Smith many questions
concerning the plates. I will here observe, that no one ever heard
anything from us respecting them, except a confidential friend,
whom my husband had spoken to about them some two or three
years previous. It appeared that Satan had now stirred up the
hearts of those who had gotten a hint of the matter from our
friend, to search into it, and make every possible move towards
thwarting the purposes of the Almighty.
My husband soon learned that ten or twelve men were
clubbed together, with one Willard Chase, a Methodist class-leader,
at their head; and what was still more ridiculous, they had sent
sixty or seventy miles for a certain conjuror, to come and divine
the place where the plates were secreted.
We supposed that Joseph had taken the plates, and hid them
somewhere, and we were apprehensive that our enemies might
discover their place of deposit. Accordingly, the next morning, after
hearing of their plans, my husband concluded to go among the
neighbors to see what he could learn with regard to the plans of the
adverse party. The first house he came to, he found the conjuror
and Willard Chase, together with the rest of the clan. Making an
errand, he went in and sat down near the door, leaving it a little
ajar, in order to overhear their conversation. They stood in the
yard near the door, and were devising plans to find "Joe Smith's
gold bible," as they expressed themselves. The conjuror seemed
much animated, although he had traveled sixty miles the day and
night previous.
Presently the woman of the house, becoming uneasy at the
exposures they were making, stepped through a back door into the
yard, and called to her husband, in a suppressed tone, but loud
enough to be heard distinctly by Mr. Smith, "Sam, Sam, you are
cutting your own throat." At this the conjuror bawled out at the top
of his voice, "I am not afraid of anybody--we will have them plates
in spite of Joe Smith, or all the devils in hell."
When the woman came in again, Mr. Smith laid aside a
newspaper which he had been holding in his hand, and remarked,
"I believe I have not time to finish reading the paper now." He then
left the house, and returned home.
Mr. Smith, on returning home, asked Emma if she knew
whether Joseph had taken the plates from their place of deposit, or
if she was able to tell him where they were. She said she could not
tell where they were, or whether they were removed from their
place. My husband then related what he had both seen and heard.
Upon this Emma said that she did not know what to do, but
she supposed if Joseph was to get the record, he would get it, and,
that they would not be able to prevent him.
"Yes," replied Mr. Smith, "he will, if he is watchful and
obedient; but remember, that for a small thing Esau lost his
birthright and his blessing. It may be so with Joseph."
"Well," said Emma, "if I had a horse I would go and see
him."
Mr. Smith then said, "You shall have one in fifteen minutes;
for although my team is gone, there is a stray on the place, and I
will send William to bring him immediately."
In a few minutes William brought up the horse with a large
hickory withe round his neck; (for it was according to law, to put a
withe round the neck of a stray before turning it into an inclosure);
and Emma was soon under way for Macedon.
Joseph kept the Urim and Thummim constantly about his
person, by the use of which he could in a moment tell whether the
plates were in any danger. Just before Emma rode up to Mrs.
Wells, Joseph, from an impression that he had had, came up out of
the well in which he was laboring, and met her not far from the
house. Emma immediately informed him of what had transpired,
whereupon he looked in the Urim and Thummim, and saw that the
record was as yet safe; nevertheless, he concluded to return with
his wife, as something might take place that would render it
necessary for him to be at home where he could take care of it.
He then told Mrs. Wells that business at home rendered it
necessary for him to return. To this she did not agree at first, but
finally consented. She then sent a boy for a horse, which Joseph
mounted in his linen frock, and with his wife by his side on her
horse, decorated as before with a hickory withe round his neck, he
rode through the village of Palmyra, which was on the way home.
On arriving at home, he found his father pacing the ground
near his door, in great anxiety of mind. Joseph spoke to .him,
saying, "Father, there is no danger--all is perfectly safe--there is no
cause of alarm."
When he had taken a little refreshment, he sent Carlos, my
youngest son, to his brother Hyrum's, to have him come up
immediately, as he desired to see him. When he came, Joseph
requested him to get a chest, having a good lock and key, and to
have it there by the time he (Joseph) should return. And, after
giving these instructions, Joseph started for the plates.
The plates were secreted about three miles from home, in the
following manner. Finding an old birch log much decayed,
excepting the bark, which was in a measure sound, he took his
pocket-knife and cut the bark with some care, then turned it back,
and make a hole of sufficient size to receive the plates, and laying
them in the cavity thus formed, he replaced the bark; after which
he laid across the log, in several places, some old stuff that
happened to lay near, in order to conceal, as much as possible, the
place in which they were deposited.
Joseph, on coming to them, took them from their secret
place, and, wrapping them in his linen frock, placed them under his
arm and started for home.
After proceeding a short distance, he thought it would be
more safe to leave the road and go through the woods. Traveling
some distance after he left the road, he came to a large windfall,
and as he was jumping over a log, a man sprang up from behind it,
and gave him a heavy blow with a gun. Joseph turned around and
knocked him down, then ran at the top of his speed. About half a
mile further he was attacked again in the same manner as before;
he knocked this man down in like manner as the former, then ran
on again; and before he reached home he was assaulted the third
time. In striking the last one he dislocated his thumb, which,
however, he did not notice until he came within sight of the house,
when he threw himself down in the corner of the fence in order to
recover his breath. As soon as he was able, he arose and came to
the house. He was still altogether speechless from fright and the
fatigue of running.
After resting a few moments, he desired me to send Carlos
for my husband, Mr. Knight, and his friend Stoal, and have them
go immediately and see if they could find the men who had been
pursuing him. And after Carlos had done this, he wished to have
him sent to Hyrum's, to tell him to bring the chest. I did as I was
requested, and when Carlos arrived at Hyrum's, he found him at
tea, with two of his wife's sisters. Just as Hyrum was raising a cup
to his mouth Carlos touched his shoulder. Without waiting to hear
one word from the child, he dropped the cup, sprang from the
table, caught the chest, turned it upside down, and emptying its
contents on the floor, left the house instantly with the chest on his
shoulder.
The young ladies were greatly astonished at his singular
behavior, and declared to his wife--who was then confined to her
bed, her oldest daughter, Lovina, being but four days old---that he
was certainly crazy. His wife laughed heartily, and replied,
"Oh, not in the least; he has just thought of something which he
has neglected, and it is just like him to fly off in a tangent when he
thinks of anything in that way."
When the chest came, Joseph locked up the record, then
threw himself upon the bed, and after resting a little, so that he
could converse freely, he arose and went into the kitchen, where
he related his recent adventure to his father, Mr. Knight, and Mr.
Stoal, besides many others, who had by this time collected, with
the view of hearing something in regard to the strange circumstance
which had taken place. He showed them his thumb, saying, "I
must stop talking, father, and get you to put my thumb in place, for
it is very painful."
I will here mention that my husband, Mr. Knight, and Mr.
Stoal, went in pursuit of those villains who had attempted Joseph's
life, but were not able to find them.
When Joseph first got the plates, the angel of the Lord stood
by, and said: "Now you have got the record into your own hands,
and you are but a man, therefore you will have to be watchful and
faithful to your trust, or you will be overpowered by wicked men,
for they will lay every plan and scheme that is possible to get it
away from you, and if you do not take heed continually, they will
succeed. While it was in my hands, I could keep it, and no man
had power to take it away; but now I give it up to you. Beware,
and look well to your ways, and you shall have power to retain it,
until the time for it to be translated."
That of which I spoke, which Joseph termed a key, was
indeed, nothing more nor less than the Urim and Thummim, and it
was by this that the angel showed him many things which he saw
in vision; by which he could also ascertain, at any time, the
approach of danger, either to himself or the record, and on account
of which he always kept the Urim and Thummim about his person.
Chapter 24
Joseph Brings Home the Breastplate
Martin Harris and wife introduced --
The translation commences
Mrs. Harris begins to oppose the work
After bringing home the plates, Joseph commenced working
with his father and brothers on the farm, in order to be as near as
possible to the treasure which was confided to his care. Soon after
this, he came in from work, one afternoon, and after remaining a
short time, he put on his great coat, and left the house. I was
engaged at the time, in an upper room, in preparing some oilcloths
for painting. When he returned, he requested me to come
down-stairs. I told him that I could not leave my work just then,
yet upon his urgent request, I finally concluded to go down and see
what he wanted, upon which he handed me the breastplate spoken
of in his history.
It was wrapped in a thin muslin handkerchief, so thin that I
could see the glistening metal, and ascertain its proportions without
any difficulty.
It was concave on one side and convex on the other, and
extended from the neck downwards as far as the center of the
stomach of a man of extraordinary size. It had four straps of the
same material for the purpose of fastening it to the breast, two of
which ran back to go over the shoulders, and the other two were
designed to fasten to the hips. They were just the width of two of
my fingers, (for I measured them,) and they had holes in the ends
of them, to be convenient in fastening.
The whole plate was worth at least five hundred dollars.
After I had examined it, Joseph placed it in the chest with the Urim
and Thummim.
Shortly after this circumstance, Joseph came to the house in
great haste, and inquired if there had been a company of men
about. I told him not a single individual had come to the house
since he left. He then said that a mob would be there that night, if
they did not come before that time, to search for the record, and
that it must be removed immediately.
Soon afterwards, a man by the name of Braman came in
from the village of Livonia, a man in whom we reposed much
confidence, and who was well worthy of the same. Joseph told
him his apprehensions of a mob being there that night, and that
they must prepare themselves to drive them away; but that the first
thing to be attended to, was to secure the record and the
breastplate.
In view of this it was determined that a portion of the hearth
should be taken up, and that the record and breastplate should be
buried under the same, and then the hearth be relaid, to prevent
suspicion. This was done as speedily as possible, but the hearth
was scarcely relaid when a large company of men, well armed,
came rushing up to the house. Joseph threw open the door, and
taking a hint from the stratagem of his grandfather Mack, hallooed
as if he had a legion at hand, in the meanwhile giving the word of
command with great emphasis; while all the male portion of the
family, from the father down to little Carlos, ran out of the house
with such fury upon the mob, that it struck them with terror and
dismay, and they fled before the little Spartan band into the woods,
when they dispersed themselves to their several homes.
In a short time Joseph received another intimation of the
approach of a mob, also of the necessity of removing the record
and breastplate from the place wherein they were secreted;
consequently he took them out of the box in which they were
placed, and wrapping them in clothes, carried them across the road
to a cooper's shop, and laid them in a quantity of flax, which was
stowed in the shop loft. After which he nailed up the box again,
then tore up the floor of the shop, and put it under the same.
As soon as night came, the mob came also, and commenced
ransacking the place. They rummaged round the house, and all
over the premises, but did not come into the house. After making
satisfactory search they went away. The next morning we found
the floor of the cooper's shop torn up, and the box which was laid
under it shivered in pieces.
In a few days afterwards we learned the cause of this last
move--why their curiosity led them in the direction of the cooper's
shop. A young woman by the name of Chase, sister to Willard
Chase, found a green glass, through which she could see many
very wonderful things, and among her great discoveries she said
that she saw the precise place where "Joe Smith kept his gold bible
hid," and obedient to her directions, the mob gathered their forces
and laid seige to the cooper's shop.
Notwithstanding their disappointment in not finding the plates
in the shop, their confidence was not in the least shaken in Miss
Chase, for they still went from place to place by her direction,
determined to get, if possible the much desired object of their
search.
Not long after the circumstance of the mob's going into the
cooper's shop, and splitting in pieces the box, Joseph began to
make arrangements to accomplish the translation of the record.
The first step that he was instructed to take in regard to this work,
was to make a facsimile of some of the characters, which were
called reformed Egyptian, and to send them to some of the most
learned men of this generation, and ask them for the translation
thereof.
The reader will here observe, that on a preceding page of this
volume, I spoke of a confidential friend to whom my husband
merely mentioned the existence of the plates, some two or three
years prior to their coming forth. This was no other than Martin
Harris, one of the witnesses to the book subsequent to its being
translated.
With the view of commencing the work of translation, and
carrying it forward as speedily as circumstances would permit,
Joseph came to me one afternoon and requested me to go to this
Mr. Harris, and inform him that he had got the plates, and that he
desired to see Mr. Harris concerning the matter. This, indeed, was
an errand which I much disliked, as Mr. Harris's wife was a very
peculiar woman, one that was naturally of a very jealous
disposition; besides this, she was rather dull of hearing, and when
anything was said that she did not hear distinctly, she suspected
that it was some secret, which was designedly kept from her. So I
told Joseph that I would rather not go, unless I could have the
privilege of speaking to her first upon the subject. To this he
consented, and I went according to his request.
On arriving at Mr. Harris's I cautiously detailed the particulars
with regard to Joseph's finding the plates, so far as wisdom dictated
and necessity demanded, in order to satisfy Mrs. Harris's curiosity.
However, she did not wait for me to get through with my story,
before she commenced urging upon me a considerable amount of
money, that she had at her command. Her husband always allowed
her to keep a private purse, in order to satisfy her singular
disposition, and it was this private money that she wished me to
receive. She also had a sister living with her who desired me to
receive an amount of money, I think some seventy-five dollars, to
assist in getting the record translated.
I told her that I came on no such business, that I did not want
her money, and that Joseph would attend to his own affairs; but,
that I would like to talk with Mr. Harris a moment, and then return
home, as my family would soon be expecting me. Yet,
notwithstanding all this, she was determined to assist in the
business, for she said she knew that we should want money, and
she could spare two hundred dollars as well as not.
After detaining me a few minutes, she went with me to her
husband, and told him that I wished to speak to him. He replied
that he was not going to stop his work, for he was just laying the
last brick in his hearth. "You see," said he, "this is the last
work I shall do about the house, or on the farm, in one year. And
when this is done, I am going to hire a hand to work a year for me,
as I shall travel that length of time before I shall settle myself at
home again."
After completing the work in which he was engaged, he left
the house, but was absent only a short time. On returning, he came
to me and said, "Now I am a free man--my hands are altogether
untied--I can come and go and do as I please."
I related, in short, the errand on which I had come. He said
that he would see Joseph in the course of a few days. At this his
wife exclaimed, "Yes, and I am coming to see him too, and I will
be there on Tuesday afternoon, and will stop over night."
Accordingly, when Tuesday afternoon arrived, Mrs. Harris
made her appearance, and as soon as she was well seated, she
began to importune my son relative to the truth of what he had said
concerning the record, declaring that if he really had any plates, she
would see them, and that she was determined to help him publish
them.
He told her that she was mistaken--that she could not see
them, for he was not permitted to exhibit them to any one, except
those whom the Lord should appoint to testify of them. "And, in
relation to assistance," he observed, "I always prefer dealing with
men, rather than their wives."
This highly displeased Mrs. Harris, for she considered herself
altogether superior to her husband, and she continued her
importunities. She would say, "Now, Joseph, are you not telling me
a lie? Can you look full in my eye, and say before God that you
have in reality found a record, as you pretend ?"
To this, Joseph replied, rather indifferently, "Why, yes, Mrs.
Harris, I would as soon look you in the face and say so as not, if
that will be any gratification to you."
Then said she, "Joseph, I will tell you what I will do; if I can
get a witness that you speak the truth, I will believe all you say
about the matter, and I shall want to do something about the
translation--I mean to help you any way."
This closed the evening's conversation. The next morning,
soon after she arose, she related a very remarkable dream which
she had had during the night. It ran about as follows:
She said that a personage appeared to her, who told her
that as she had disputed the servant of the Lord, and
said his word was not to be believed, and had also
asked him many improper questions, she had done that
which was not right in the sight of God. After which he
said to her, "Behold, here are the plates, look upon
them and believe."
After giving us an account of her dream, she described the
record very minutely, then told us that she had made up her mind
in relation to the course which she intended to pursue, namely, that
she had in her possession twenty-eight dollars which she received
from her mother just before she died, while she was on her
death-bed, and that Joseph should accept it. If he would he might
give his note, but he should certainly take it upon some terms.
The last proposal Joseph accepted, in order to get rid of
further importunity upon the subject.
Soon afterwards, Alva Hale, Joseph's brother-in-law, came to
our house from Pennsylvania for the purpose of moving Joseph to
his father-in-law's, as word had been sent to them that Joseph
desired to move there as soon as he could settle up his business.
During the short interval of Alva's stay with us, he and Joseph
were one day in Palmyra, at a public-house transacting some
business. As they were thus engaged, Mr. Harris came in; he
stepped immediately up to my son, and taking him by the hand
said, "How do you do, Mr. Smith?" After which he took a bag of
silver from his pocket, and said again, "Here, Mr. Smith, is fifty
dollars; I give this to you to do the Lord's work with; no, I give it
to the Lord for his own work."
"No," said Joseph; "we will give you a note; Mr. Hale, I
presume, will sign it with me."
"Yes," said Alva, "I will sign it."
Mr. Harris, however, insisted that he would give the money
to the Lord, and called those present to witness the fact that he
gave it freely, and did not demand any compensation, that is was
for the purpose of helping Mr. Smith to do the Lord's work. And
as I have been informed, many were present on that occasion, who
witnessed the same circumstance. Joseph, in a short time, arranged
his affairs, and was ready for the journey. The record and
breastplate, for security, he nailed up in a box and then put them
into a strong cask; and after filling the cask with beans, headed it
up again.
When it became generally known that Joseph was about
moving to Pennsylvania, a mob of fifty men collected themselves
together, and they went to one Doctor Mcintyre, and requested
him to take the command of the company, stating, that they were
resolved on following "Joe Smith," and taking his "gold bible" from
him. The doctor's ideas and feelings did not altogether harmonize
with theirs, and he told them they were a pack of devilish fools,
and to go home and mind their own business; that, if Joseph Smith
had any business of that sort to attend to, he was capable of doing
it, and that it would be better for them to busy themselves about
that which more concerned them.
After this a quarrel arose among them respecting who should
be captain, and it ran so high that it broke up the expedition.
When Joseph had had sufficient time to accomplish the
journey, and transcribe some of the Egyptian characters, it was
agreed that Martin Harris should follow him--and that he (Martin)
should :take the characters to the East, and, on his way, he was to
call on all the professed linguists, in order to give them an
opportunity to display their talents in giving a translation of the
characters.
When Mrs. Harris heard of what her husband had in
contemplation, she resolved to accompany him; but he, concluding
that it would be better to go without her, left quite suddenly
without her knowledge, in company with my son Hyrum.
Mrs. Harris soon missed her husband, and came to me, for
the purpose of ascertaining if I knew where he was. I told her what
he had said concerning his leaving, suppressing, however, his
remarks pertaining to herself.
On hearing this, she became highly exasperated, and charged
me with planning the whole affair. I protested against it, asserting
that I had nothing to do with the plan, nor the execution of it.
Furthermore, that the business of the house, which was the natural
care of a woman, was all that I attempted to dictate, or interfere
with, unless it was by my husband's or son's request.
Mrs. Harris then observed that she had property, and knew
how to take care of it, which she would convince me of.
"Now, stop," said I, "do you not know that we have never
asked you for money or property? and that if we had been
disposed to take advantage of your liberality, could we not have
got, at least, two hundred and seventy dollars of your cash?" She
answered in the affirmative, notwithstanding she went home in a
great rage, determined to have satisfaction for the treatment which
she had received.
In a short time Mr. Harris returned, and his wife's anger
kindled afresh at his presence, insomuch that she prepared a
separate bed and room for him, which room she refused to enter.
A young man by the name of Dikes had been paying some
attention to Miss Lucy, Martin Harris's oldest daughter. To this
young man Mr. Harris was quite attached, and his daughter Lucy
was by no means opposed to him; but Mrs. Harris, of course, was
decidedly upon the negative. However, just at this crisis, a scheme
entered her brain which materially changed her deportment to Mr.
Dikes. She told him, if he would manage to get the Egyptian
characters from Mr. Harris's possession, and procure a room in
Palmyra for the purpose of transcribing them, and then bring her
the transcript, that she would consent to his marriage with her
daughter Lucy.
To this Mr. Dikes cheerfully consented, and suffice it to say
he succeeded to her satisfaction, and thus received the promised
reward.
When Mr. Harris began to make preparations to start for
Pennsylvania the second time, with the view of writing for Joseph,
his wife told him that she had fully decreed in her heart to
accompany him. Mr. Harris having no particular objections,
informed her that she might do so; that she might go and stay one
or two weeks, and then he would bring her home again, after
which he would return, and resume his writing for Joseph. To this
she cheerfully agreed. But Mr. Harris little suspected what he had
to encounter by this move. The first time he exhibited the
characters before named, she took out of her pocket an exact copy
of ,the same, and told those present, that "Joe Smith" was not the
only one who was in possession of this great curiosity, that she had
the same characters, and they were quite as genuine as those
shown by Mr. Harris. This course she continued to pursue, until
they arrived at Joseph's.
As soon as she arrived there she informed him that her object
in coming was to see the plates, and that she would never leave
until she had accomplished it. Accordingly, without delay, she
commenced ransacking every nook and corner about the
house---chests, trunks, cupboards, etc.; consequently, Joseph was
under the necessity of removing both the breastplate and the record
from the house, and secreting them elsewhere. Not finding them in
the house, she concluded that Joseph had buried them, and the
next day she commenced searching out of doors, which she
continued to do until about two o'clock in the afternoon. She then
came in rather ill-natured. After warming herself a little, she asked
Joseph's wife if there were snakes in that country in the winter.
She replied in the negative. Mrs. Harris then said, "I have been
walking around in the woods to look at the situation of your place,
and as I turned around to come home, a tremendous black snake
stuck up his head before me, and commenced hissing at me."
The woman was so perplexed and disappointed in all her
undertakings, that she left the house and took lodgings during her
stay in Pennsylvania with a near neighbor, to whom she stated that
the day previous she had been hunting for the plates, and that,
after a tedious search, she at length came to a spot where she
judged, from the appearance of things, they must be buried; but
upon stooping down to scrape away the snow and leaves, in order
to ascertain the fact, she encountered a horrible black snake, which
gave her a terrible fright, and she ran with all possible speed to the
house.
While this woman remained in the neighborhood, she did all
that lay in her power to injure Joseph in the estimation of his
neighbors--telling them that he was a grand impostor, and, that by
his specious pretentions, he had seduced her husband into the
belief that he (Joseph Smith) was some great one, merely through a
design upon her husband's property.
When she returned home, being about two weeks after her
arrival in Harmony, the place where Joseph resided, she
endeavored to dissuade her husband from taking any further part in
the publication of the record; however, Mr. Harris paid no
attention to her, but returned and continued writing.
Immediately after Martin Harris left home for Pennsylvania,
his wife went from place to place, and from house to house, telling
her grievances, and declaring that Joseph Smith was practicing a
deception upon the people, which was about to strip her of all that
she possessed, and that she was compelled to deposit a few things
away from home in order to secure them. So she carried away her
furniture, linen, and bedding; also other movable articles, until she
nearly stripped the premises of everything that could conduce
either to comfort or convenience, depositing them with those of her
friends and acquaintances in whom she reposed sufficient
confidence to assure her of their future safety.
Chapter 25
Martin Harris is permitted to take the
manuscript home with him
He loses it -- The season of mourning
which ensued
Martin Harris, having written some one hundred and sixteen
pages for Joseph, asked permission of my son to carry the
manuscript home with him, in order to let his wife read it, as he
hoped it might have a salutary effect upon her feelings.
Joseph was willing to gratify his friend as far as he could
consistently, and he inquired of the Lord to know if he might do as
Martin Harris had requested, but was refused. With this Mr. Harris
was not altogether satisfied, and, at his urgent request, Joseph
inquired again, but received a second refusal. Still, Martin Harris
persisted as before, and Joseph applied again, but the last answer
was not like the two former ones. In this the Lord permitted Martin
Harris to take the manuscript home with him, on condition that he
would exhibit it to none, save five individuals whom he had
mentioned, and who belonged to his own family. Mr. Harris
was delighted with this, and bound himself in a written covenant of
the most solemn nature, that he would strictly comply with the
injunctions which he had received. Which being done, he took the
manuscript and went home.
Joseph did not suspect but that his friend would keep his
faith, consequently he gave himself no uneasiness with regard to
the matter.
Shortly after Mr. Harris left, Joseph's wife became the
mother of a son, which, however, remained with her but a short
time before it was snatched from her arms by the hand of death.
And the mother seemed, for some time, more like sinking with her
infant into the mansion of the dead, than remaining with her
husband among the living. Her situation was such for two weeks,
that Joseph slept not an hour in undisturbed quiet. At the expiration
of this time she began to recover, but, as Joseph's anxiety about
her began to subside, another cause of trouble forced itself upon
his mind. Mr. Harris had been absent nearly three weeks, and
Joseph had received no intelligence whatever from him, which was
altogether aside of the arrangement when they separated. But
Joseph kept his feelings from his wife, fearing that if she became
acquainted with them it might agitate her too much.
In a few days, however, she mentioned the subject herself,
and desired her husband to go and get her mother to stay with her,
while he should repair to Palmyra, for the purpose of learning the
cause of Mr. Harris's absence as well as silence. At first Joseph
objected, but seeing her so cheerful, and so willing to have him
leave home, he finally consented.
He set out in the first stage that passed for Palmyra, and,
when he was left to himself, he began to contemplate the course
which Martin had taken, and the risk which he (Joseph) had run in
letting the manuscript go out of his own hands--for it could not be
obtained again, in case Martin had lost it through transgression,
except by the power of God, which was something Joseph could
hardly hope for--and that, by persisting in his eritreaties to the
Lord, he had perhaps fallen into transgression, and thereby lost the
manuscript.
When, I say, he began to contemplate these things, they
troubled his spirit, and his soul was moved with fearful
apprehensions. And, although he was now nearly worn out, sleep
fled from his eyes, neither had he any desire for food, for he felt
that he had done wrong, and how great his condemnation was he
did not know.
Only one passenger was in the stage besides himself. This
man, observing Joseph's gloomy appearance, inquired the cause of
his affliction, and offered to assist him if his services would be
acceptable. Joseph thanked him for his kindness, and mentioned
that he had been watching some time with a sick wife and child,
that the child had died, and that his wife was still very low; but
refrained from giving any further explanation. Nothing more
passed between them on this subject, until Joseph was about
leaving the stage; at which time he remarked that he still had
twenty miles further to travel on foot that night, it being then about
ten o'clock. To this the stranger objected, saying, "I have watched
you since you first entered the stage, and I know that you have
neither slept nor eaten since that time, and you shall not go on foot
twenty miles alone this night; for, if you must go, I will be your
company. Now tell me what can be the trouble that makes you
thus dispirited?"
Joseph replied, about as before--that he had left his wife in so
low a state of health, that he feared he should not find her alive
when he returned; besides, he had buried his first and only child
but a few days previous. This was true, though there was another
trouble lying at his heart, which he dared not to mention. The
stranger then observed, "I feel to sympathize with you, and I fear
that your constitution, which is evidently not strong, will be
inadequate to support you. You will be in danger of falling asleep
in the forest, and of meeting with some awful disaster."
Joseph again thanked the gentleman for his kindness, and,
leaving the stage, they proceeded together. When they reached our
house it was nearly daylight. The stranger said he was under the
necessity of leading Joseph the last four miles by the arm; for
nature was too much exhausted to support him any longer, and he
would fall asleep as he was walking along, every few minutes,
towards the last of this distance.
On entering our house, the stranger remarked that he had
brought our son through the forest, because he had insisted on
coming; that he was sick, and needed rest, as well as refreshment,
and that he ought to have some pepper tea to warm his stomach.
After thus directing us, relative to our son, he said that when we
had attended to Joseph he would thank us for a little breakfast for
himself, as he was in haste to be on his journey again.
When Joseph had taken a little nourishment, according to the
directions of the stranger, he requested us to send immediately for
Mr. Harris. This we did without delay. And when we had given the
stranger his breakfast, we commenced preparing breakfast for the
family; and we supposed that Mr. Harris would be there, as soon
as it was ready, to eat with us, for he generally came in such haste
when he was sent for. At eight o'clock we set the victuals on the
table, as we were expecting him every moment. We waited till
nine, and he came not till ten, and he was not there--till eleven, still
he did not make his appearance. But at half-past twelve we saw
him walking with a slow and measured tread towards the house,
his eyes fixed thoughtfully upon the ground. On coming to the gate,
he stopped, instead of passing through, and got upon the fence,
and sat there some time with his hat drawn over his eyes. At length
he entered the house. Soon after which we sat down to the table,
Mr. Harris with the rest. He took up his knife and fork as if he
were going to use them, but immediately dropped them. Hyrum,
observing this, said, "Martin, why do you not eat? are you sick?"
Upon which Mr. Harris pressed his hands upon his temples, and
cried out in a tone of deep anguish, "Oh, I have lost my soul! I
have lost my soul!"
Joseph, who had not expressed his fears till now, sprang from
the table, exclaiming, "Martin, have you lost that manuscript? Have
you broken your oath, and brought down condemnation upon my
head, as well as your own?"
"Yes, it is gone," replied Martin, "and I know not where."
"Oh, my God!" said Joseph, clinching his hands.
"All 'is lost! all is lost! What shall I do? I have sinned--it is I
who tempted the wrath of God. I should have been satisfied with
the first answer which I received from the Lord; for he told me
that it was not safe to let the writing go out of my possession."
He wept and groaned, and walked the floor continually. At
length he told Martin to go back and search again.
"No," said Martin, "it is all in vain; for I have ripped open
beds and pillows, and I know it is not there." "Then must I,"
said Joseph, "return to my wife with such a tale as this? I dare not
do it, lest it should kill her at once. And how shall I appear before
the Lord ? Of what rebuke am I not worthy from the angel of the
Most High?"
I besought him not to mourn so, for perhaps the Lord would
forgive him, after a short season of humiliation and repentance.
But what could I say to comfort him, when he saw all the family in
the same situation of mind as himself? for sobs and groans, and the
most bitter lamentations filled the house. However, Joseph was
more distressed than the rest, as he better understood the
consequences of disobedience. And he continued pacing back and
forth, meantime weeping and grieving, until about sunset, when, by
persuasion, he took a little nourishment.
The next morning he set out for home. We parted with heavy
hearts, for it now appeared that all which we had so fondly
anticipated, and which had been the source of so much secret
gratification, had in a moment fled, and fled for ever.
Chapter 26
Martin Harris' Perfidy
I will now give a sketch of the proceeding of Martin Harris
during the time he was absent from Joseph. After leaving Joseph
he arrived at home with the manuscript in safety. Soon after he
exhibited the manuscript to his wife and family. His wife was so
pleased with it that she gave him the privilege of locking it up in her
own set of drawers, which was a special favor, for she had never
before this allowed him even the privilege of looking into them.
After he had shown the manuscript to those who had a right,
according to his oath, to see it, he went with his wife to visit one of
her relatives, who lived some ten or fifteen miles distant.
After remaining with them a short time, he returned home,
but his wife declined accompanying him back. Soon after his
return, a very particular friend of his made him a visit, to whom he
related all that he knew concerning the record. The man's curiosity
was much excited, and, as might be expected, he earnestly desired
to see the manuscript. Martin was so anxious to gratify his friend,
that, although it was contrary to his obligation, he went to the
drawer to get the manuscript, but the key was gone. He sought for
it some time, but could not find it. Resolved, however, to carry his
purpose into execution, he picked the lock, and, in so doing,
considerably injured his wife's bureau. He then took out the
manuscript, and, after showing it to his friend, he removed it to his
own set of drawers, where he could have it at his command.
Passing by his oath, he showed it to any good friend that happened
to call on him.
When Mrs. Harris returned, and discovered the marred state
of her bureau, her irascible temper was excited to the utmost pitch,
and an intolerable storm ensued, which descended with the greatest
violence upon the devoted head of her husband.
Having once made a sacrifice of his conscience, Mr. Harris
no longer regarded its scruples; so he continued to exhibit the
writings, until a short time before Joseph arrived, to any one whom
he regarded as prudent enough to keep the secret, except our
family, but we were not allowed to set our eyes upon them.
For a short time previous to Joseph's arrival, Mr. Harris had been
otherwise engaged, and thought but little about the manuscript.
When Joseph sent for him, he went immediately to the drawer
where he had left it, but, behold it was gone! He asked his wife
where it was. She solemnly averred that she did not know anything
respecting it. He then made a faithful search throughout the house,
as before related.1
The manuscript has never been found; and there is no doubt
but Mrs. Harris took it from the drawer, with the view of retaining
it, until another translation should be given, then, to alter the
original translation, for the purpose of showing a discrepancy
between them, and thus make the whole appear to be a deception.
It seemed as though Martin Harris, for his transgression,
suffered temporally as well as spiritually. The same day on which
the foregoing circumstance took place, a dense fog spread itself
over his fields, and blighted his wheat while in the blow, so that he
lost about two thirds of his crop, whilst those fields which lay only
on the opposite side of the road received no injury whatever. I well
remember that day of darkness, both within and without. To us, at
least, the heavens seemed clothed with blackness, and the earth
shrouded with gloom. I have often said within myself, that if a
continual punishment, as severe as that which we experienced on
that occasion, were to be inflicted upon the most wicked characters
who ever stood upon the footstool of the Almighty--if even their
punishment were no greater than that, I should feel to pity their
condition.
Footnote:
1. In 1860, when conversing with Martin Harris, at Kirtland, Ohio,
in respect to the Book of Mormon and the prophetic mission of
Joseph the Martyr, he in reply to direct inquiries, told me that he
obtained the one hundred and sixteen pages manuscript of the
Book of Mormon from Joseph, and took them to his home, where
he read them in the evenings to his family and some friends, and
that he put them in his bureau in the parlor, locking both bureau
and parlor, putting the keys of each in his pocket, and so retired for
the night, after which he never saw them. He seemed to be still
conscience-smitten for permitting them to be stolen. He reaffirmed
his testimony, in substance, as found in connection with that of O.
Cowdery and D. Whitmer, in respect to the divinity of the Book of
Mormon. W.W. BLAIR.
Chapter 27
The Urim and Thummim are taken
from Joseph
-- He receives them again
For nearly two months after Joseph returned to his family, in
Pennsylvania, we heard nothing from him, and becoming anxious
about him, Mr. Smith and myself set off to make him a visit.
When we came within three quarters of a mile of the house,
Joseph started to meet us, telling his wife, as he left, that father and
mother were coming. When he met us, his countenance wore so
pleasant an aspect, that I was convinced he had something
agreeable to communicate with regard to the work in which he was
engaged. When I entered, the first thing which attracted my
attention was a red morocco trunk, lying on Emma's bureau, which
Joseph shortly informed me contained the Urirn and Thummim,
and the plates. And, in the evening, he gave us the following
relation of what had transpired since our separation:
"On leaving you," said Joseph, "I returned
immediately home. Soon after my arrival, I commenced
humbling myself in mighty prayer before the Lord, and,
as I was pouring out my soul in supplication to God,
that if possible, I might obtain mercy at his hands, and
be forgiven of all that I had done contrary to His will,
an angel stood before me, and answered me, saying,
that I had sinned in delivering the manuscript into the
hands of a wicked man, and, as I had ventured to
become responsible for his faithfulness I would of
necessity have to suffer the consequences of his
indiscretion, and I must now give up the Urim and
Thummim into his (the angel's) hands.
This I did as I was directed, and as I handed them
to him, he remarked, 'If you are very humble and
penitent, it may be you will receive them again; if so, it
will be on the twenty-second of next September.' "
Joseph then related a revelation which he received soon after the
angel visited him. A part of which is as follows:
"Behold, you have been entrusted with these
things, but how strict were your commandments, and
remember, elso, the promises which were made to you,
if you did not transgress them; and behold how oft you
have transgressed the commandments, and the laws of
God, and have gone on in the persuasions of men. For
behold, you should not have feared man more than
God. Although men set at naught the counsels of God,
and despise His words, yet you should have been
faithful, and He would have extended His arm, and
supported you against all the fiery darts of the
adversary, and He would have been with you in every
time of trouble.
Behold, thou art Joseph, and thou wast chosen to
do the work of the Lord; but because of transgression,
if thou art not aware, thou wilt fall. But remember, God
is merciful; therefore, repent of that which thou hast
done, which is contrary to the commandment which I
gave you, and thou art still chosen, and art again called
to the work. Except thou do this, thou shalt be delivered
up, and become as other men, and have no more gift.
And when thou deliveredst up that which God had
given thee sight and power to translate, thou deliveredst
up that which was sacred, into the hands of a wicked
man, who has set at naught the counsels of God, and
has broken the most sacred promises which were made
before God, and has depended upon his own judgment,
and boasted in his own wisdom; and this is the reason
that thou hast lost thy privileges for a season, for thou
hast suffered the counsel of thy Director to be trampled
upon from the beginning.
Nevertheless, My work shall go forth, for
inasmuch as the knowledge of a Savior has come unto
the world through the testimony of the Jews, even so
shall the knowledge of a Savior come untoMy people."
For the sake of brevity, I have omitted part of this revelation,
but the reader will find it in the Doctrine and Covenants, section
thirty.1
I will now return to Joseph's recital.
"After the angel left me," said he, "I continued my
supplications to God, without cessation, and on the
twenty-second of September I had the joy and
satisfaction of again receiving the Urim and Thummim,
with which I have again commenced translating, and
Emma writes for me, but the angel said that the Lord
would send me a scribe, and I trust his promise will be
verified. The angel seemed pleased with me when he
gave me back the Urim and Thummim, and he told me
that the Lord loved me, for my faithfulness and
humility."
A few months after Joseph received them, he inquired of the
Lord, and obtained the following revelation:
"Now, behold I say unto you, that because you
delivered up those writings which you had power given
unto you to translate, by the means of the Urim and
Thummim, into the hands of a wicked man, you have
lost them, and you also lost your gift at the same time,
and your mind became darkened; nevertheless, it is now
restored unto you again; therefore, see that you are
faithful, and continue on unto the finishing of the
remainder of the work of translation as you have begun.
Do not run faster, or labor more than you have
strength and means provided to enable you to translate,
but be diligent unto the end, pray always, that you may
come off conqueror, yea, that you may conquer Satan,
and that you may escape the hands of the servants of
Satan that do uphold his work. Behold, they have
sought to destroy you, yea, even the man in whom you
have trusted, has sought to destroy you, and for this
cause I said, that he is a wicked man, for he has sought
to take away the things wherewith you have been
entrusted, and he has also sought to destroy your gift;
and because you had delivered the writings into his
hands, behold wicked men have taken them from you.
Therefore, you have delivered them up, yea, that which
was sacred, unto wickedness.
And behold, Satan has put it into their hearts to
alter the words which you have caused to be written, or
which you have translated, which have gone out of your
hands; and behold, I say unto you, that because they
have altered the words, they read contrary from that
which you translated and caused to be written; and on
this wise the Devil has sought to lay a cunning plan, that
he may destroy this work. For he has put it into their
hearts to do this, that, by lying, they may say they have
caught you in the words."2
While on this visit we became acquainted with Emma's
father, whose name was Isaac Hale; also his family, which
consisted of his wife, Elizabeth, his sons, Jesse, David, Alva, Isaac
Ward, and Reuben; and his daughters, Phebe, Elizabeth, and
A____.3
They were an intelligent and highly respectable family. They
were pleasantly situated, and lived in good style, in the town of
Harmony, on the Susquehanna River, within a short distance of the
place where Joseph resided. The time of our visit with them, we
passed very agreeably, and returned home relieved of a burden
which was almost insupportable, and our present joy far
overbalanced all our former grief.
Footnote:
1. Late edition, section 2.
2. Doctrine and Covenants, section 362, Late edition, section 3.
3. Trial, wife of Michael Morse, Amboy, Illinois.
Chapter 28
Oliver Cowdery Commences Writing
For Joseph
They attend to the ordinance of
Baptism
When Mr. Smith and myself arrived at home, we found
Samuel and Sophronia very sick; indeed, they were so low that
Hyrum had left his own house, and quitted business, in order to
take care of them during our absence. They continued sick a length
of time--Samuel did not altogether recover for a number of
months.
Soon after we returned from Harmony, a man by the name
of Lyman Cowdery came into the neighborhood, and applied to
Hyrum, (as he was one of the trustees) for the district school. A
meeting was called, and Mr. Cowdery was employed. But the
following day, this Mr. Cowdery brought his brother Oliver to the
trustees, and requested them to receive him instead of himself, as
circumstances had transpired which rendered it necessary for him
to disappoint them, or which would not allow of his attending to
the school himself; and he would warrant the good conduct of the
school under his brother's supervision. All parties being satisfied,
Oliver commenced his school, boarding for the time being at our
house. He had been in the school but a short time, when he began
to hear from all quarters concerning the plates, and as soon began
to importune Mr. Smith upon the subject, but for a considerable
length of time did not succeed in eliciting any information. At last,
however, he gained my husband's confidence, so far as to obtain a
sketch of the facts relative to the plates.
Shortly after receiving this information, he told Mr. Smith
that he was highly delighted with what he had heard; that he had
been in a deep study upon the subject all day, and that it was
impressed upon his mind, that he should yet have the privilege of
writing for Joseph. Furthermore, that he had determined to pay
him a visit at the close of the school which he was then teaching.
On coming in on the following day, he said, "The subject
upon which we were yesterday conversing seems working in my
very bones, and I can not, for a moment, get it out of my mind;
finally, I have resolved on what I will do. Samuel, I understand, is
going down to Pennsylvania .to spend the spring with Joseph; I
shall make my arrangements to be ready to accompany him thither,
by the time he recovers his health; for I have made it a subject of
prayer, and I firmly believe it is the will of the Lord that I should
go. If there is a work for me to do in this thing, I am determined to
attend to it."
Mr. Smith told him that he supposed it was his privilege to
know whether this was the case, and advised him to seek for a
testimony for himself, which he did, and received the witness
spoken of in the Book of Doctrine and Covenants, section eight.1
From this time, Oliver was so completely absorbed in the
subject of the record, that it seemed impossible for him to think or
converse about anything else.
As the time for which we had agreed for the place was now
drawing to a close, we began to make preparations to remove our
family and effects to the house in which Hyrum resided. We now
felt more keenly than ever the injustice of the measure which had
placed a landlord over us on our own premises, and who was
about to eject us from them.
This I thought would be a good occasion for bringing to
Oliver's mind the cause of all our present privations, as well as the
misfortunes which he himself was liable to if he should turn his
back upon the world, and set out in the service of God.
"Now, Oliver," said I, "see what a comfortable home we had
here, what pains each child we have has taken to provide for us
everything necessary to make old age comfortable, and long life
desirable. Here, especially, I look upon the handiwork of my
beloved Alvin; who even upon his death-bed, and in his last
moments, charged his brothers to finish his work of preparing a
place of earthly rest for us; that, if it were possible, through the
exertions of the children, our last days might be our best days.
Indeed, there is scarcely anything which I here see, that has not
passed through the hands of that faithful boy, and afterwards, by
his brothers, been arranged precisely according to his plan, thus
showing to me their affectionate remembrance, both of their
parents, and of the brother whom they loved. All these tender
recollections render our present trial doubly severe, for these dear
relics must now pass into the hands of wicked men, who fear not
God and regard not man. And upon what righteous principle has all
this been brought about? Have they ever lifted a finger to earn any
part of that which they now claim? I tell you they have not. Yet I
now give up all this for the sake of Christ and salvation, and I pray
God to help me to do so, without a murmur or a tear. In the
strength of God, I say, that from this time forth, I will not cast one
longing look upon anything which I now leave behind me.
However, in consequence of these things, Oliver, we can not make
you comfortable any 1onger, and you will be under the necessity
of taking boarding somewhere else."
"Mother," exclaimed the young man, "let me stay with you,
for I can live in any log hut where you and father live, but I can
not leave you, so do not mention it."
In April Samuel and Mr. Cowdery set out for Pennsylvania.
The weather, for some time previous, had been very wet and
disagreeable--raining, freezing, and thawing alternately, which had
rendered the roads almost impassable, particularly in the middle of
the day. Notwithstanding, Mr. Cowdery was not to be detained,
either by wind or weather, and they persevered until they arrived at
Joseph's.
Joseph had been so hurried with his secular affairs, that he
could not proceed with his spiritual concerns so fast as was
necessary for the speedy completion of the work; there was also
another disadvantage under which he labored, his wife had so
much of her time taken up with the care of her house, that she
could write for him but a small portion of the time. On account of
these embarrassments, Joseph called upon the Lord, three days
prior to the arrival of Samuel and Oliver, to send him a scribe,
according to the promise of the angel; and he was informed that
the same should be forthcoming in a few days. Accordingly, when
Mr. Cowdery told him the business that he had come upon, Joseph
was not at all surprised.
They sat down and conversed together till late. During the
evening, Joseph told Oliver his history, as far as was necessary for
his present information, in the things which mostly concerned him.
And the next morning they commenced the work of translation, in
which they were soon deeply engaged.
One morning they sat down to their work, as usual, and the
first thing which presented itself through the Urim and Thummim,
was a commandment for Joseph and Oliver to repair to the water,
and attend to the ordinance of baptism. They did so, and as they
were returning to the house, they overheard Samuel engaged in
secret prayer. Joseph said that he considered this as a sufficient
testimony of his being a fit subject for baptism; and as they had
now received authority to baptize, they spoke to Samuel upon the
subject, and he went straightway to the water with them, and was
baptized. After which Joseph and Oliver proceeded with the work
of translation as before.
Reference:
1. Late edition, section 6.
Chapter 29
Mrs. Harris Prosecutes Joseph
About the first of August, Samuel returned home, bringing us
news of Joseph's success. This intelligence produced in Martin
Harris a great desire to go down .to Pennsylvania to see how they
were prospering. This being made known to his wife, she resolved
to prevent him from going, also to bring Joseph into difficulty,
which would perhaps hinder him from ever accomplishing the
work in which he was engaged.
To this end she undertook to prove .that Joseph never had
the record which he professed to have, and that he pretended to
have .in his possession certain gold plates, for the express purpose
of obtaining money. Accordingly, she mounted her horse, flew
from house to house through the neighborhood, like a dark spirit,
making diligent inquiry wherever she had .the least hopes of
gleaning anything, and stirring up every malicious feeling which
would tend to subserve her wicked purpose. Having ascertained
the number and strength of her adherents, she entered a complaint
against Joseph, before a certain magistrate of Lyons. She then sent
word to Lyman Cowdery, requesting him to come thither, prepared
to go post haste to Pennsylvania, (provided the decision should be
given against Joseph), to assist the officers in securing and
confining him in prison. This call, Lyman Cowdery answered
immediately, and all things seemed going on prosperously with
Mrs. Harris. She made affidavit to many things herself, and
directed the officers whom to subpoena. Among the number was
her husband, who was a principal witness in the case.
When the day of trial came on the neighbors came and
informed us that the witnesses had gone to Lyons with the declared
intention to obtain a verdict against Joseph, if it could be done by
swearing. Immediately after our friends left, Hyrum came in, and I
asked him what could be done.
"Why, mother," said he, "we can do nothing, except to look
to the Lord; in '.him is all help and strength; he can deliver from
every trouble."
I had never neglected this important duty, yet, seeing such
confidence in my son, strengthened me in this hour of trial. Not
being accustomed to lawsuits of this character, I trembled for the
issue, for this was the first time a suit had ever been preferred
before a court against any of my family. I retired to a secluded
place and poured out my whole soul in entreaties to God for the
safety of my son, and continued my supplication for some .time; at
length the Spirit fell upon me so powerfully, that every foreboding
of ill was entirely removed from my mind, and a voice spoke to
me, saying, "Not one hair of his head shall be harmed." I was
satisfied. I arose, and repaired to the house. I had never before in
my life experienced such happy moments. I sat down and began to
read, but my feelings were too intense to allow me to do so. My
daughter-in-law, Jerusha, came into the room soon after this, and
when she turned her eyes upon me, she stopped short and
exclaimed, "Why! mother! what is the matter? I never saw you
look so strangely in my life."
I told her that I had never felt so happy before in my life; that
my heart was so light, and my mind so completely at rest, that it
did not appear possible to me that I should ever have any more
trouble while I should exist. I then informed her in relation to the
witness which I had received from the Lord.
In the evening the proceedings of the court were rehearsed to
us, which were as follows:
The witnesses being duly sworn, the first arose
and testified that Joseph Smith told him that the box
which he had contained nothing but sand; and he,
Joseph Smith, said it was gold to deceive the people.
Second witness swore, that Joseph Smith had told
him that it was nothing but a box of lead, and he was
determined to use it as he saw fit.
Third witness declared, that he once inquired of
Joseph Smith what he had in that box, and Joseph
Smith told him that there was nothing at all in the box,
saying that he had made fools of the whole of them,
and all he wanted was .to get Martin Harris's money
away from him, and that he (witness) was knowing to
the fact that Joseph Smith had, by his persuasion,
already got two or three hundred dollars.
Next came Mrs. Harris's affidavit, in which she
stated that she believed the chief object which Joseph
Smith had in view, was to defraud her husband out of
all his property, and that she did not believe that Joseph
Smith had ever been in possession of the god plates
which he talked so much about.
The magistrate then forbade the introduction of
any more witnesses until Martin Harris should be
sworn. Martin being called upon, testified with
boldness, decision, and energy, to a few simple facts.
When he arose, he raised his hand to heaven, and said,
"I can swear that Joseph Smith never has got one dollar
from me by persuasion since God made me. I did once,
of my own free will and accord, put fifty dollars into his
hands, in the presence of many witnesses, for the
purpose of doing the work of the Lord. This I can
pointedly prove; and I can tell you, furthermore, that I
have never seen in Joseph Smith a disposition to take
any man's money without giving him a reasonable
compensation for the same in return. And as to the
plates which he professes to have, gentlemen, if you do
not believe it, but continue to resist the truth, it will one
day be the means of damning your souls."
After hearing this testimony the magistrate told them they
need not call any more witnesses, but ordered them to bring him
what had been written of the testimony already given. This he tore
in pieces before their eyes, and told them to go home about their
business, and trouble him no more with such ridiculous folly. And
they did go home, perfectly discomfited.
Chapter 30
Joseph and Oliver Remove to Waterloo
They finish the translation
We will now return to Pennsylvania, where we left Joseph
and Oliver busily engaged in translating the Book of Mormon.
After Samuel left them, they still continued the work as
before, until about the time of the trial that took place in New
York. Near this time, as Joseph was translating by means of the
Urim and Thummim, he received, instead of the words of the
book, a commandment to write a letter to a man by the name of
David Whitmer, who lived in Waterloo, requesting him to come
immediately with his team and convey himself and Oliver to his
own residence, as an evil designing people were seeking to take
away his (Joseph's) life, in order to prevent the work of God from
going forth to the world. The letter was written and delivered, and
was shown by Mr. Whirmer to his father, mother, brothers, and
sisters, and their advice was asked in regard to the best course for
him to take in relation to the matter.
His father reminded him that he had as much wheat sown
upon the ground as he could harrow in two days, at least; besides
this, he had a quantity of plaster of paris to spread, which must be
done immediately, consequently he could not go unless he could
get a witness from God that it was absolutely necessary.
This suggestion pleased David, and he asked the Lord for a
testimony concerning his going for Joseph, and was told .by the
voice of the Spirit to go as soon as his wheat was harrowed in. The
next morning David went to the field and found that he had two
heavy days' work before him. He then said to himself that if he
should be enabled, by any means to do this work sooner than the
same had ever been done on the farm before, he would receive it
as an evidence that it was the will of God that he should do all in
his power to assist Joseph Smith in the work in which he was
engaged. He then fastened his horses to the harrow, and instead of
dividing the field into what is usually termed lands, he drove round
the whole of it, continuing thus till noon, when, on stopping for
dinner, he looked around and discovered to his surprise that he had
harrowed in full half the wheat. After dinner he went on as before,
and by evening he finished the whole two days' work.
His father, on going into the field the same evening, saw what
had been done, and he exclaimed, "There must be an overruling
hand in this, and I think you had better go down to Pennsylvania
as soon as your plaster of paris is spread.
The next morning David took a wooden measure under his
arm, and went out to spread the plaster which he had left two days
previous in heaps near his sister's house, but, on coming to the
place, he discovered that it was gone! He then ran to his sister and
inquired of her if she knew what had become of it. Being
surprised, she said, "Why do you ask me? Was it not all spread
yesterday?"
"Not to my knowledge," answered David.
"I am astonished at that," replied his sister; "for the children
came to me in the forenoon, and begged of me to go out and see
the men sow plaster in the field, saying that they never saw
anybody sow plaster so fast in their lives. I accordingly went and
saw three men at work in the field, as the children said, but
supposing that you had hired some help on account of your hurry,
I went immediately into the house and gave the subject no further
attention."
David made considerable inquiry in regard to the matter, both
among his relatives and neighbors, but was not able to learn who
had done it. However, the family were convinced that there was an
exertion of supernatural power connected with this strange
occurrence.
David immediately set out for Pennsylvania, and arrived
there in two days, without injuring his horses in the least, though
the distance was one hundred and thirty-five miles. When he
arrived, he was under the necessity of introducing himself to
Joseph, as this was the first time that they had ever met.
I will observe that the only acquaintance which existed
between the Smith and Whitmer families was that formed by Mr.
Smith and myself when on our way from Manchester to
Pennsylvania to visit Joseph, at which time we stopped with David
over night, and gave him a brief history of the record.
When Joseph commenced making preparations for the
journey, he inquired of the Lord to know in what manner he
should carry the plates. The answer was that he should commit
them into the hands of an angel, for safety, and after arriving at
Mr. Whigmer's, the angel would meet him in the garden, and
deliver them up again into his hands.
Joseph and Oliver set out without delay, leaving Emma to
take charge of affairs during her husband's absence. On arriving at
Waterloo, Joseph received the record according to promise. The
next day he and Oliver resumed the work of translation, which
they continued without further interruption until the whole work
was accomplished.
Chapter 31
The Plates Are Shown To Twelve
Witnesses
Joseph makes arrangements for
printing the Book of Mormon
As soon as the Book of Mormon was translated, Joseph
dispatched a messenger to Mr. Smith, bearing intelligence of the
completion of the work, and a request that Mr. Smith and myself
should come immediately to Waterloo.
The same evening we conveyed this intelligence to Martin
Harris, for we loved the man, although his weakness had cost us
much trouble. Hearing this, he greatly rejoiced, and determined to
go straightway to Waterloo, to congratulate Joseph upon his
success. Accordingly, the next morning we all set off together, and
before sunset met Joseph and Oliver at Mr. Whitmer's.
The evening was spent in reading the manuscript; and it
would be superfluous for me to say; to one who has read the
foregoing pages, that we rejoiced exceedingly. It then appeared to
those of us who did not realize the magnitude of the work, as if the
greatest difficulty was then surmounted; but Joseph better
understood the nature of the dispensation of the gospel which was
committed to him.
The next morning, after attending to the usual services,
namely, reading, singing, and praying, Joseph arose from his knees,
and approaching Martin Harris with a solemnity that thrills through
my veins to this day, when it occurs to my recollection, said,
"Martin Harris, you have got to humble yourself before your God
this day, that you may obtain a forgiveness of your sins. If you do,
it is the will of God that you should look upon the plates, in
company with Oliver Cowdery and David Whitmer."
In a few minutes after this, Joseph, Martin, Oliver, and
David, repaired to a grove, a short distance from the house, where
they commenced calling upon the Lord, and continued in earnest
supplication, until He permitted an angel to come down from His
presence, and declare to them, that all which Joseph had testified
of concerning the plates was true.
When they returned to the house, it was between three and
four o'clock in the afternoon. Mrs. Whirmer, Mr. Smith, and
myself, were sitting in a bedroom at the time. On coming in,
Joseph threw himself down beside me, and exclaimed, "Father,
mother, you do not know how happy I am; the Lord has now
caused the plates to be shown to three more besides myself. They
have seen an angel, who has testified to them, and they will have
to bear witness to the truth of what I have said, for now they know
for themselves, that I do not go about to deceive the people, and I
feel as if I was relieved of a burden which was almost too heavy
for me to bear, and it rejoices my soul, that I am not any longer to
be entirely alone in the world." Upon this, Martin Harris came in:
he seemed almost overcome with joy, and testified boldly to what
he had both seen and heard. And so did David and Oliver, adding
that no tongue could express the joy of their hearts, and the
greatness of the things which they had both seen and heard.
Their written testimony, which is contained in the Book of
Mormon, is as follows:
Testimony of Three
Witnesses
"Be it known unto all nations, kindreds,
tongues, and people, unto whom this
work shall come, that we, through the
grace of God the Father, and our Lord
Jesus Christ, have seen the plates which
contain this record, which is a record of
the people of Nephi, and also of the
Lamanites, their brethren, and also of the
people of Jared, who came from the
tower of which hath been spoken; and we
also know that they have been translated
by the gift and power of God, for His
voice hath declared it unto us; wherefore
we know of a surety that the work is true.
And we also testify that we have seen the
engravings which are upon the plates; and
they have been shown unto us by the
power of God, and not of man. And we
declare, with words of soberness, that an
angel of God came down from heaven,
and he brought and laid before our eyes,
that we beheld and saw the plates, and
the engravings thereon; and we know that
it is by the grace of God the Father, and
our Lord Jesus Christ, that we beheld and
bear record that these things are true; and
it is marvelous in our eyes, nevertheless,
the voice of the Lord commanded us that
we should bear record of it; wherefore, to
be obedient unto .the commandments of
God, we bear testimony of these things.
And we know that if we are faithful in
Christ, we shall rid our garments of the
blood of all men, and be found spotless
before the judgment-seat of Christ, and
shall dwell with him eternally in the
heavens. And the honor be to the Father,
and to the Son, and to the Holy Ghost,
which is one God. Amen."
Oliver Cowdery
David Whitmer
Martin Harris
The following day we returned, a cheerful, happy company. In a
few days we were followed by Joseph, Oliver, and the Whitmers,
who came to make us a visit, and make some arrangements about
getting the book printed. Soon after they came, all the male part of
the company, with my husband, Samuel, and Hyrum, retired to a
place where the family were in the habit of offering up their secret
devotions to God. They went to this place, because it had been
revealed to Joseph that the plates would be carried thither by one
of the ancient Nephites. Here it was, that those eight witnesses,
whose names are recorded in the Book of Mormon, looked upon
them and handled them. Of which they bear record in the following
words:
Testimony of Eight
Witnesses
"Be it known unto all nations,
kindreds, tongues, and people,
unto whom this work shall come,
that Joseph Smith, Jr., the
translator of this work, has shown
unto us the plates of which hath
been spoken, which have the
appearance of gold; and as many
of the leaves as the said Smith
has translated, we did handle
with our hands; and we also saw
the engravings thereon, all of
which has the appearance of
ancient work, and of curious
workmanship. And this we bear
record with words of soberness,
that the said Smith has shown
unto us, for we have seen and
hefted, and know of a surety, that
the said Smith has got the plates
of which we have spoken. And
we give our names unto the world
to witness unto the world that
which we have seen; and we lie
not, God bearing witness of it. "
Christian Whitmer --
Jacob Whitmer
Peter Whitmer, Jr. --
John Whitmer
Joseph Smith, Sr.
-- Hyrum Smith,
Samuel H. Smith --
Hiram Page
After these witnesses returned to the house, the angel again
made his appearance to Joseph, at which time Joseph delivered up
the plates into the angel's hands. The ensuing evening we held a
meeting, in which all the witnesses bore testimony to the facts as
stated above; and all of our family, even to Don Carlos, who was
but fourteen years of age, testified of the truth of the latter-day
dispensation--that it was then ushered in.
In a few days the whole company from Waterloo went to
Palmyra to make arrangements for getting the book printed; and
they succeeded in making a contract with one E. B. Grandin, but
did not draw the writings at that time. The next day the company
from Waterloo returned home, excepting Joseph, and Peter
Whitmer, Joseph remaining to draw writings in regard to the
printing of the manuscript, which was to be done on the day
following.
When Joseph was about starting for Palmyra, where the
writings were to be executed, Doctor Mcintyre came in and
informed us that forty men were collected in the capacity of a
mob, with the view of waylaying Joseph on his way thither; that
they requested him, (Doctor Mcintyre), as they had done once
before, to take command of the company, and, that, upon his
refusing to do so, one Mr. Huzzy, a hatter of Palmyra, proffered
his services, and was chosen as their leader.
On hearing this I besought Joseph not to go; but he smiled at
my fears, saying, "Never mind, mother, just put your trust in God,
and nothing will hurt me to-day." In a short time he set out for
Palmyra. On his way thither, lay a heavy strip of timber, about half
a mile in width, and, beyond it, on the right side of the road, lay a
field belonging to David Jacaway. When he came to this field, he
found the mob seated on the string of fence running along the road.
Coming to Mr. Huzzy first, he took off his hat, and good-naturedly
saying, "Good morning, Mr. Huzzy," passed on to the next, whom
he saluted in like manner, and the next, and so on till he came to
the last.
This struck them with confusion, and while they were
pondering in amazement, he passed on, leaving them perched upon
the fence, like so many roosting chickens, and arrived at Palmyra
without being molested. Here he met Mr. Grandin, and writings
were drawn up between them to this effect: That half of the price
for printing was to be paid by Martin Harris, and the residue by my
two sons, Joseph and Hyrum. These writings were afterwards
signed by all the parties concerned.
When Joseph returned from Palmyra, he said, "Well, mother,
the Lord has been on my side today, the Devil has not
overpowered me in any of my proceedings. Did I not tell you that I
should be delivered from the hands of all my enemies? They
thought they were going to perform great feats; they have done
wonders to prevent me from getting the book printed; they
mustered themselves together, and got upon the fence, made me a
low bow, and went home, and I'll warrant you they wish they had
stayed there in the first place. Mother, there is a God in heaven,
and I know it."
Soon after this, Joseph secured the copyright; and before he
returned to Pennsylvania, where he had left his wife, he received a
commandment, which was, in substance, as follows:
First, that Oliver Cowdery should transcribe the whole
manuscript. Second, that he should take but one copy at a time to
the office, so that if one copy should get destroyed, there would
still be a copy remaining.1 Third, that in going to and from the
office, he should always have a guard to attend him, for the
purpose of protecting the manuscript. Fourth, that a guard should
be kept constantly on the watch, both night and day, about the
house, to protect the manuscript from malicious persons, who
would infest the house for the purpose of destroying the
manuscript. All these things were strictly attended to, as the Lord
commanded Joseph. After giving these instructions, Joseph
returned to Pennsylvania.
Footnote:
1. One of these copies, evidently the one used by the printer, is
now in the hands of the Reorganized Church. It is said the other
was placed in the corner-stone of the Nauvoo House at Nauvoo,
Illinois, but as the building was not finished it was not protected
from the weather, and when subsequently removed little if any if it
was legible. There has been some controversy as to which was the
original. It matters not which was written first. The manuscript
from which the book was printed is the one now preserved, for it
has the printer's marks upon it in many places. So when we speak
of the printed volume there is no question but this is the original
from which it was produced. H. C. S.
Chapter 32
The Printing is Begun -- A Meeting of
the Citizens held in reference to the
Book
Oliver Cowdery commenced the work immediately after
Joseph left, and the printing went on very well for a season, but the
clouds of persecution again began to gather. The rabble, and a
party of restless religionists, began to counsel together, as to the
most efficient means of putting a stop to our proceedings.
About the first council of this kind was held in a room
adjoining that in which Oliver and a young man by the name of
Robinson were printing. Mr. Robinson, being curious to know
what they were doing in the next room, applied his ear to a hole in
the partition wall, and by this means overheard several persons
expressing their fears in reference to the Book of Mormon. One
said, "it was destined to break down everything before it, if not put
a stop to," and, "that it was likely to injure the prospects of their
ministers," and then inquired, whether they should endure it. "No,
no," was the unanimous reply. It was then asked, "How shall we
prevent the printing of this book?" Upon which it was resolved by
the meeting that three of their company should be appointed to go
to the house of Mr. Smith, on the following Tuesday or
Wednesday, while the men were gone to their work, and request
Mrs. Smith to read the manuscript to them; that, after she had
done reading it, two of the company should endeavor to divert her
attention from it to some other object, while the third, seizing the
opportunity, should snatch it from the drawer, or wherever it
should be kept, and commit it to the flames.
"Again," said the speaker, "suppose we fail in this, and the
book is printed in defiance of all that we can do to the contrary;
what means shall we then adopt? Shall we buy their books and
allow our families to read them?" They all responded, "No." They
then entered into a solemn covenant never to purchase a single
copy of the work, or permit one member of their families to buy or
read one, that they might thus avert the awful calamity which
threatened them?
Oliver Cowdery came home that evening, and, after relating
the whole affair with much solemnity, he said, "Mother, what shall
I do with the manuscript? Where shall I put it to keep it away from
them?"
"Oliver," said I, "I do not think the matter so serious after all,
for there is a watch kept constantly about the house, and I need
not take out the manuscript to read it to them unless I choose, and
for its present safety I can have it deposited in a chest, under the
head of my bed, in such a way that it never will be disturbed." I
then placed it in a chest, which was so high, that when placed
under the bed, the whole weight of the bedstead rested upon the
lid. Having made this arrangement, we felt quite at rest, and, that
night, the family retired to rest at the usual hour, all save Peter
Whitmer, who spent the night on guard. But as for myself, soon
after I went to bed I fell into a train of reflections which occupied
my mind, and which caused sleep to forsake my eyelids till the day
dawned, for, when I meditated upon the days of toil, and nights of
anxiety, tnrough which we had all passed for years previous, in
order to obtain the treasure that then lay beneath my head; when I
thought upon the hours of fearful apprehensions which we had all
suffered on the same account, and that the object was at last
accoinplished, I could truly say that my soul did magnify the Lord,
and my spirit rejoiced in God my Savior. I felt that the heavens
were moved in our behalf, and that the angels who had power to
put down the mighty from their seats, and to exalt them who were
of low degree, were watching over us; that those would be filled
who hungered and thirsted after righteousness, when the rich
would be sent away empty; that God had helped his servant Israel
in remembrance of his promised mercy, and in bringing forth a
record, by which is made known the seed of Abraham, our father.
Therefore, we could safely put our trust in him, as he was able to
help in every time of need.
On the fourth day subsequent to the aforementioned council,
soon after my husband left the house to go to his work, those three
delegates appointed by the council, carne to accomplish the work
assigned them. Soon after they entered, one of them began thus:
"Mrs. Smith, we hear that you have a gold bible; we have
come to see if you will be so kind as to show it to us?" "No,
gentlemen," said I, "we have no gold bible, but we have a
translation of some gold plates, which have been brought forth for
the purpose of making known to the world the plainness of the
gospel, and also to give a history of the people which formerly
inhabited this continent." I then proceeded to relate the substance
of what is contained in the Book of Mormon, dwelling particularly
upon the principles of religion therein contained. I endeavored to
show them the similarity between these principles, and the
simplicity of the gospel taught by Jesus Christ in the New
Testament. "Notwithstanding all this," said I, "the different
denominations are very much opposed to us. The Universalists are
alarmed lest their religion should suffer loss, the Presbyterians
tremble for their salaries, the Methodists also come, and they rage,
for they worship a God without body or parts, and they know that
our faith comes in contact with this principle."
After hearing me through, the gentlemen said, "Can we see
the manuscript, then?"
"No, sir," replied I, "you can not see it. I have told you what
it contains, and that must suffice."
He made no reply to this, but said, "Mrs. Smith, you and the
most of your children have belonged to our church for some length
of time, and we respect you very highly. You say a great deal
about the Book of Mormon, which your son has found, and you
believe much of what he tells you, yet we can not bear the
thoughts of losing you, and they do wish--I wish, that if you do
believe those things, you would not say anything more upon the
subject--I do wish you would not."
"Deacon Beckwith," said I, "if you should stick my flesh full
of fagots, and even burn me at the stake, I would declare, as long
as God should give me breath, that Joseph has got the record, and
that I know it to be true."
At this, he observed to his companions, "You see it is of no
use to say anything more to her, for we can not change her mind."
Then, turning to me, he said, "Mrs. Smith, I see that it is not
possible to persuade you out of your belief, therefore I deem it
unnecessary to say anything more upon the subject."
"No, sir," said I, "it is not worth your while."
He then bade me farewell, and went out to see Hyrum, when
the following conversation took place between them. Deacon
Beckwith:
"Mr. Smith, do you not think that you may be deceived about
that record, which your brother pretends to have found?
"Hyrum: "No, sir, I do not."
Deacon Beckwith: "Well, now, Mr. Smith, if you find that
you are deceived, and that he has not got the record, will you
confess the fact to me?"
Hyrum: "Will you, Deacon Beckwith, take one of the books,
when they are printed, and read it, asking God to give you an
evidence that you may know whether it is true?"
Deacon Beckwith: "I think it beneath me to take so much
trouble; however, if you will promise that you will confess to me
that Joseph never had the plates, I will ask for a witness whether
the book is true."
Hyrum: "I will tell you what I will do, Mr. Beckwith, if you
do get a testimony from God, that the book is not true, I will
confess to you that it is not true."
Upon this they parted, and the deacon next went to Samuel,
who quoted to him Isaiah 56:9 to 11: "All ye beasts of the field,
come to devour; yea, all ye beasts in the forest. His watchmen are
blind; they are all ignorant, they are all dumb dogs, they can not
bark; sleeping, lying down, loving to slumber; yea, they are greedy
dogs, which can never have enough, and they are shepherds that
can not understand; they all look to their own way, every one for
his gain, from his quarter."
Here Samuel ended the quotation, and the three gentlemen
left without ceremony.
Return To Contents
Chapter 33
Esquire Cole's Dogberry Paper
Second meeting of the citizens
The work of printing still continued with little or no
interruption, until one Sunday afternoon, when Hyrum became
very uneasy as to the security of the work left at the
printing-office, and requested Oliver to accompany him thither, to
see if all was right. Oliver hesitated for a moment, as to the
propriety of going on Sunday, but finally consented, and they set
off together.
On arriving at the printing establishment, they found it
occupied by an individual by the name of Cole, an ex-justice of the
peace, who was busily employed in printing a newspaper. Hyrum
was much surprised at finding him there, and remarked, "How is it,
Mr. Cole, that you are so hard at work on Sunday?"
Mr. Cole replied that he could not have the press in the
daytime during the week, and was obliged to do his printing at
night, and on Sundays.
Upon reading the prospectus of his paper, they found that he
had agreed with his subscribers to publish one form of "Joe Smith's
Gold Bible" each week, and thereby furnish them with the principal
portion of the book in such a way that they would not be obliged to
pay the Smiths for it. His paper was entitled, Dogberry Paper on
Winter Hill. In this he had thrown together a parcel of the most
vulgar, disgusting prose, and the meanest, and most low-lived
doggerel, in juxtaposition with a portion of the Book of Mormon,
which he had pilfered. At this perversion of common sense and
moral feeling, Hyrum was shocked, as well as indignant at the
dishonest course which Mr. Cole had taken, in order to possess
himself of the work.
"Mr. Cole," said he, "what right have you to print the Book
of Mormon in this manner? Do you not know that we have
secured the copyright?"
"It is none of your business," answered Cole; "I have hired
the press, and will print what I please; so help yourself."
"Mr. Cole," rejoined Hyrum, "that manuscript is sacred, and I
forbid your printing any more of it."
"Smith," exclaimed Cole, in a tone of anger, "I don't care a
d--n for you: that d--d gold bible is going into my paper, in spite of
all you can do."
Hyrum endeavored to dissuade him from his purpose, but
finding him inexorable, left him to issue his paper, as he had
hitherto done; for when they found him at work, he had already
issued six or eight numbers, and by taking them ten or twenty miles
into the country, had managed to keep them out of our sight.
On returning from the office, they asked my husband what
course was best for them to pursue, relative to Mr. Cole. He told
them that he considered it a matter with which Joseph ought to be
made acquainted. Accordingly, he set out himself for Pennsylvania,
and returned with Joseph the ensuing Sunday. The weather was so
extremely cold that they came near perishing before they arrived at
home; nevertheless, as soon as Joseph made himself partially
comfortable, he went to the printing-office, where he found Cole
employed, as on the Sunday previous.
"How do you do, Mr. Cole," said Joseph. "You seem hard at
work."
"How do you do, Mr. Smith," answered Cole, dryly. Joseph
examined his Dogberry Paper, and then said firmly, "Mr. Cole,
that book [the Book of Mormon], and the right of publishing it,
belongs to me, and I forbid you meddling with it any further."
At this Mr. Cole threw off his coat, rolled up his sleeves, and
came towards Joseph, smacking his fists together with vengeance,
and roaring out, "Do you want to fight, sir? Do you want to fight? I
will publish just what I please. Now, if you want to fight, just come
on."
Joseph could not help smiling at his grotesque appearance, for
his behavior was too ridiculous to excite indignation.
"Now, Mr. Cole," said he, "you had better keep your coat
on--it is cold, and I am not going to fight you; nevertheless, I
assure you, sir, that you have got to stop printing my book, for I
know my rights, and shall maintain them."
"Sir," bawled out the wrathy gentleman, "if you think you are
the best man, just pull off your coat and try it."
"Mr. Cole," said Joseph, in a low, significant tone, "there is
law, and you will find that out, if you do not understand it, but I
shall not fight you, sir."
At this, the ex-justice began to cool off a little, and finally
concluded to submit to an arbitration, which decided that he should
stop his proceedings forthwith, so that he made us no further
trouble. Joseph, after disposing of this affair, returned to
Pennsylvania, but not long to remain there, for when the
inhabitants of the surrounding country perceived that the work still
progressed, they became uneasy, and again called a large meeting.
At this time, they gathered their forces together, far and near, and
organizing themselves into a committee of the whole, they
resolved, as before, never to purchase one of our books, when
they should be printed. They then appointed a committee to wait
upon E. B. Grandin, and inform him of the resolutions which they
had passed, and also to explain to him the evil consequences which
would result to him therefrom. The men who were appointed to do
this errand fulfilled their mission to the letter, and urged upon Mr.
Grandin the necessity of his putting a stop to the printing, as the
Smiths had lost all their property, and consequently would be
unable to pay him for his work, except by the sale of the books.
And this they would never be able to do, for the people would not
purchase them. This information caused Mr. Granain to stop
printing, and we were again compelled to send for Joseph. These
trips, back and forth, exhausted nearly all our means, yet they
seemed unavoidable.
When Joseph came, he went immediately with Martin Harris
to Grandin, and succeeded in removing his fears, so that he went
on with the work, until the books were printed, which was in the
spring of eighteen hundred and thirty.
Return To Contents
Chapter 34
The Church Organized
About the first of April of the same year in which the Book
of Mormon was published, Joseph came again from Pennsylvania,
and preached to us several times. On the morning of the sixth day
of the same month, my husband and Martin Harris were baptized.
When Mr. Smith came out of the water, Joseph stood upon the
shore, and taking his father by the hand, he exclaimed, with tears
of joy, "O, my God! have I lived to see my own father baptized
into the true Church of Jesus Christ?
On the same day, April 6, 1830, the church was organized.
Shortly after this my sons were all ordained to the ministry, even
Don Carlos, who was but fourteen years of age. Samuel was
directed to take a number of the Books of Mormon, and go on a
mission to Livonia, to preach, and make sale of .the books, if
possible. Whilst he was making preparations to go on this mission,
Miss Almira Mack arrived in Manchester from Pontiac. This young
woman was a daugher of my brother, Stephen Mack, whose
history I have already given. She received the gospel as soon as
she heard it, and was baptized immediately, and has ever since
remained a faithful member of the church.
On the 30th of June, Samuel started on the mission to which
he had been set apart by Joseph, and in traveling twenty-five miles,
which was his first day's journey, he stopped at a number of places
in order to sell his books, but was turned out of doors as soon as
he declared his principles. When evening came on, he was faint
and almost discouraged, but coming to an inn, which was
surrounded with every appearance of plenty, he called to see if the
landlord would buy one of his books. On going in, Samuel inquired
of him if he did not wish to purchase a history of the origin of the
Indians.
"I do not know," replied the host, "how did you get hold of
it?"
"It was translated," rejoined Samuel, "by my brother, from
some gold plates that he found buried in the earth."
"You d--d liar! cried the landlord, "get out of my house--you
shan't stay one minute with your books." Samuel was sick at
heart, for this was the fifth time he had been turned out of doors
that day. He left the house, and traveled a short distance, and
washed his feet in a small brook, as a testimony against the man.
He then proceeded five miles further on his journey, and seeing an
apple-tree a short distance from the road, he concluded to pass the
night under it; and here he lay all night upon the cold, damp
ground.
In the morning he arose from his comfortless bed, and
observing a small cottage at no great distance, he drew near,
hoping to get a little refreshment. The only inmate was a widow,
who seemed very poor. He asked her for food, relating the story of
his former treatment. She prepared him some victuals, and, after
eating, he explained to her the history of the Book of Mormon. She
listened attentively, and believed all that he told her, but, in
consequence of her poverty, she was unable to purchase one of the
books. He presented her with one, and proceeded to Bloomington,
which was eight miles further. Here he stopped at the house of one
John P. Green, who was a Methodist minister, and was at that time
about starting on a preaching mission. He, like the others, did not
wish to make a purchase of what he considered at that time to be a
nonsensical fable, however, he said that he would take a
subscription paper, and if he found any one on his route who was
disposed to purchase, he would take his name, and in two weeks
Samuel might call again, and he would let him know what the
prospect was of selling. After making this arrangement, Samuel left
one of his books with him, and returned home.
At the time appointed, Samuel started again for the Reverend
John P. Green's, in order to learn the success which this gentleman
had met with in finding sale for the Book of Mormon. This time
Mr. Smith and myself accompanied him, and it was our intention
to have passed near the tavern where Samuel was so abusively
treated a fortnight previous, but just before we came to the house,
a sign of small-pox intercepted us. We turned aside, and meeting a
citizen of the place, we inquired of him to what extent this disease
prevailed. He answered that the tavern-keeper and two of his
family had died with it not long since, but he did not know that any
one else had caught the distemper, and that it was brought into the
neighborhood by a traveler, who stopped at the tavern over night.
This is a specimen of the peculiar disposition of some
individuals, who would purchase their death for a few shillings, but
sacrifice their soul's salvation rather than give a saint of God a meal
of victuals. According to the word of God, it shall be more
tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrah, in the day of judgment, than
for such persons.
We arrived at Esquire Beaman's, in Livonia, that night. The
next morning Samuel took the road to Mr. Green's, and finding
that he had made no sale of the books, we returned home the
following day.
Return To Contents
Chapter 35
Joseph Smith, Senior, and Don
Carlos, Visit Stockholm
Soon after the church was organized, my husband set out,
with Don Carlos, to visit his father, Asael Smith. After a tedious
journey, they arrived at the house of John Smith, my husband's
brother. His wife, Clarissa, had never before seen my husband, but
as soon as he entered, she exclaimed, "There, Mr. Smith, is your
brother Joseph." John, turning suddenly, cried out, "Joseph, is this
you?'
"It is I," said Joseph; "is my father yet alive? I have come to
see him once more, before he dies."
For a particular account of this visit, I shall give my readers
an extract from Brother John Smith's journal. He writes as follows:
"The next morning after Joseph arrived, we set out
together for Stockholm to see our father, who was
living at that place with our brother Silas. We arrived
about dark at the house of my brother Jesse, who was
absent with his wife. The children informed us that their
parents were with our father, who was supposed to be
dying. We hastened without delay to the house of
Brother Silas, and upon arriving there were told, that
father was just recovering from a severe fit, and, as it
was not considered advisable to let him or mother know
that Joseph was there, we went to spend the night with
Brother Jesse.
As soon as we were settled, Brothers Jesse and
Joseph entered into conversation respecting their
families. Joseph briefly related the history of his family,
the death of Alvin, etc. He then began to speak of the
discovery and translation of the Book of Mormon. At
this, Jesse grew very angry, and exclaimed, 'If you say
another word about that Book of Mormon, you shall
not stay a minute longer in my house, and if I can't get
you out any other way, I will hew you down with my
broadax.'
We had always been accustomed to being treated
with much harshness by our brother, but he had never
carried it to so great an extent before. However, we
spent the night with him, and the next morning visited
our aged parents. They were overjoyed to see Joseph,
for he had been absent from them so long that they had
been fearful of never beholding his face again in the
flesh.
After the usual salutations, inquiries, and
explanations, the subject of the Book of Mormon was
introduced. Father received with gladness, that which
Joseph communicated; and remarked, that he had
always expected that something would appear to make
known the true gospel.
In a few minutes brother Jesse came in, and on
hearing that the subject of our conversation was the
Book of Mormon, his wrath rose as high as it did the
night before. 'My father's mind,' said Jesse, 'is weak,
and I will not have it corrupted with such blasphemous
stuff, so just shut up your heads.'
Brother Joseph reasoned mildly with him, but to
no purpose. Brother Silas then said, 'Jesse, our brother
has come to make us a visit, and I am glad to see him,
and am willing he should talk as he pleases in my
house.' Jesse replied in so insulting a manner, and
continued to talk so abusively, that Silas was under .the
necessity of requesting him to leave the house.
After this, brother Joseph proceeded in
conversation, and father seemed to be pleased with
every word which he said. But I must confess that I
was too pious, at that time, to believe one word of it.
I returned home the next day, leaving Joseph with
my father, soon after which Jesse came to my house
and informed me that all my brothers were coming to
make me a visit, 'And as true as you live,' said he, 'they
all believe that cursed Mormon book, every word of it,
and they are setting a trap for you, to make you believe
it.'
I thanked him for taking so much trouble upon
himself, to inform me that my brothers were coming to
see me, but told him that I considered myself amply
able to judge for myself in matters of religion. 'I know,'
he replied, 'that you are a pretty good judge of such
things, but I tell you that they are as wary as the Devil.
And I want you to go with me and see our sisters,
Susan and Fanny, and we will bar their minds against
Joseph's influence.'
We accordingly visited them, and conversed upon
the subject as we thought proper, and requested them to
be at my house the next day.
My brothers arrived according to previous
arrangement, and Jesse, who came also, was very
careful to hear every word which passed among us, and
would not allow one word to be said about the Book of
Mormon. They agreed that night to visit our sisters the
following day, and as we were about leaving, brother
Asael took me aside and said, 'Now, John, I want you
to have some conversation with Joseph, but if you do,
you must cheat it out of Jesse. And if you wish, I can
work the card for you.'
I told him that I would be glad to talk with Joseph
alone, if I could get an opportunity.
'Well,' replied Asael, 'I will take a certain number
in my carriage, and Silas will take the rest, and you may
bring out a horse for Joseph to ride, but when we are
out of sight, take the horse back to the stable again, and
keep Joseph over night.'
I did as Asael advised, and that evening Joseph
explained to me the principles of 'Mormonism,' the truth
of which I have never since denied.
The next morning, we (Joseph and myself) went
to our sisters, where we met our brothers, who
censured me very sharply for keeping Joseph over night
--Jesse, because he was really displeased; the others, to
make a show of disappointment.
In the evening, when we were about to separate, I
agreed to take Joseph in my wagon twenty miles on his
journey the next day. Jesse rode home with me that
evening, leaving Joseph with our sisters. As Joseph did
not expect to see Jesse again, when we were about
starting, Joseph gave Jesse his hand in a pleasant,
affectionate manner, and said, 'Farewell, Brother Jesse!
'Farewell, Joe, for ever,' replied Jesse, in a surly tone.
'I am afraid,' returned Joseph in a kind, but
solemn manner, 'it will be for ever, unless you repent.'
This was too much for even Jesse's obdurate
heart. He melted into tears; however, he made no reply,
nor ever mentioned the circumstance afterwards.
I took my brother twenty miles on his journey the
next day, as I had agreed. Before he left me, he
requested me to promise him that I would read a Book
of Mormon, which he had given me, and even should I
not believe it, that I would not condemn it; 'For,' said
he, 'if you do not condemn it, you shall have a
testimony of its truth.' I fulfilled my promise, and thus
proved his testimony to be true."
Just before my husband's return, as Joseph was about
commencing a discourse one Sunday morning, Parley P. Pratt
came in, very much fatigued. He had heard of us at some
considerable distance, and had traveled very fast, in order to get
there by meeting time, as he wished to hear what we had to say,
that he might be prepared to show us our error. But when Joseph
had finished his discourse, Mr. Pratt arose, and expressed his
hearty concurrence in every sentiment advanced. The following
day he was baptized and ordained. In a few days he set off for
Canaan, New York, where his brother Orson resided, whom he
baptized on the 19th of September, 1830.
After Joseph ordained Parley, he went home again to
Pennsylvania, for he was only in Manchester on business. About
this time, his trouble commenced at Colesville, with the mob, who
served a writ upon him, and dragged him from the desk as he was
about taking his text to preach. But as a relation of this affair is
given in his history,' I shall mention only one circumstance
pertaining to it, for which I am dependent upon Esquire Reid,
Joseph's counsel in the case, and I shall relate it as near in his own
words as my memory will admit:
&nb>
Transfer interrupted!
when Mr. Smith sent for me, that it was almost
impossible for me to attend the case, and never having
seen Mr. Smith, I determined to decline going. But soon
after coming to this conclusion, I thought I heard some
one say, 'You must go, and deliver the Lord's anointed!'
Supposing that it was the man who came after me, I
replied, 'The Lord's anointed? What do you mean by
the Lord's anointed?' He was surprised at being
accosted in this manner, and replied, 'What do you
mean, sir? I said nothing about the Lord's anointed.' I
was convinced that he told the truth, for these few
words filled my mind with peculiar feelings, such as I
had never before experienced; and I immediately
hastened to the place of trial.
Whilst I was engaged in the case, these emotions
increased, and when I came to speak upon it, I was
inspired to an eloquence which was altogether new to
me, and which was overpowering and irresistible. I
succeeded, as I expected, in obtaining the prisoner's
discharge. This the more enraged the adverse party, and
I soon discovered that Mr. Smith was liable to abuse
from them, should he not make his escape. The most of
them being fond of liquor, I invited them into another
room to drink, and thus succeeded in attracting their
attention, until Mr. Smith was beyond their reach. I
knew not where he went, but I was satisfied that he was
out of their hands."
Since this circumstance occurred, until this day, Mr. Reid has
been a faithful friend to Joseph, although he has never attached
himself to the church.
After escaping the hands of the mob, Joseph traveled till
daybreak the next morning before he ventured to ask for victuals,
although he had taken nothing, save a small crust of bread, for two
days. About daybreak he arrived at the house of one of his wife's
sisters, where he found Emma, who had suffered great anxiety
about him, since his first arrest. They returned home together, and
immediately afterwards Joseph received a commandment by
revelation, to move his family to Waterloo.
We had at this time just completed a house, which Joseph
had built on a small farm, that he had purchased of his
father-in-law; however, he locked up his house with his furniture in
it, and repaired with Emma immediately to Manchester. About the
time of his arrival at our house, Hyrum had settled up his business,
for the purpose of being at liberty to do whatever the Lord required
of him, and he requested Joseph to ask the Lord for a revelation
concerning the matter. The answer given was, that he should take
a bed, his family, and what clothing he needed for them, and go
straightway to Colesville, for his enemies were combining in secret
chambers to take away his life. At the same time Mr. Smith
received a commandment to go forthwith to Waterloo, and prepare
a place for our family, as our enemies also sought his destruction in
the neighborhood in which we then resided, but in Waterloo he
should find favor in the eyes of the people. The next day, by ten
o'clock, Hyrum was on his journey. Joseph and Emma left for
Macedon, and William went away from home in another direction,
on business. Samuel was absent on a third mission to Livonia, for
which he had set out on the 1st of October, soon after the arrival
of my husband and Don Carlos from their visit to Father Smith.
Catherine and Don Carlos were also away from home. Calvin
Stoddard and his wife, Sophronia, had moved several miles distant
some time previous. This left no one but Mr. Smith, myself, and
our little girl, Lucy, at home.
Reference:
1. See Times and Seasons, vol. 4, pp. 40 and 61. Supplement to
Millennial Star, vol. 14. p. 31
Return To Contents
Chapter 36
Joseph Smith, Senior, Imprisoned
An attempt to take Hyrum
On the same day that Hyrum left for Colesville, which was
Wednesday, the neighbors began to call, one after another, and
inquire very particularly for Hyrum. This gave me great anxiety,
for I knew that they had no business with him. The same night, my
husband was taken rather ill, and, continuing unwell the next day,
he was unable to take breakfast with me. About ten o'clock I
commenced preparing him some milk porridge, but, before it was
ready for him a Quaker gentleman called to see him, and the
following is the substance of their conversation:
Quaker: "Friend Smith, I have a note against thee of fourteen
dollars, which I have lately bought, and I have come to see if thou
hast the money for me."
Mr. Smith: "Why, sir, did you purchase that note? You
certainly was in no want of the money?"
Quaker: "That is business of my own; I want the money, and
must have it."
Mr. Smith: "I can pay you six dollars now,-- the rest you will
have to wait for, as I can not get it for you."
Quaker: "No, I will not wait one hour; and if thou dost not
pay me immediately, thou shalt go forthwith to the jail, unless
(running to the fireplace, and making violent gestures with his
hands towards the fire) thou wilt burn up those Books of Mormon;
but if thou wilt burn them up, then I will forgive thee the whole
debt," Mr. Smith (decidedly): "That I shall not do."
Quaker: "Then, thou shalt go to jail."
"Sir," I interrupted (taking my gold beads from my neck, and
holding them towards him), "these beads are the full value of the
remainder of the debt. I beseech you to take them, and give. up the
note."
Quaker: "No, I will not. Thou must pay the money, or thy
husband shall go straightway to jail."
"Now, here, sir," I replied, "just look at yourself as you are.
Because God has raised up my son to bring forth a book, which
was written for the salvation of the souls of men, for the salvation
of your soul as well as mine, you have come here to distress me,
by taking my husband to jail; and you think, by this, that you will
compel us to deny the work of God, and destroy a book which
was translated by the gift and power of God. But, sir, we shall not
burn the Book of Mormon, nor deny the inspiration of the
Almighty."
The Quaker then stepped to the door, and called a constable,
who was waiting. there for the signal. The constable came forward,
and, laying his hand on Mr. Smith's shoulder, said, "You are my
prisoner."
I entreated the officer to allow me time to get some one to
become my husband's security, but he refused. I then requested
that he might be permitted to eat the porridge which I had been
preparing, as he had taken no nourishment since the night before.
This was also denied, and the Quaker ordered my husband to get
immediately into a wagon which stood waiting to convey him to
prison.
After they had taken him to the wagon, the Quaker stood
over him as guard, and the officer came back and ate up the food
which I had prepared for my husband, who sat in the burning sun,
faint and sick.
I shall make no remarks in regard to my feelings on this
occasion. Any human heart can imagine how I felt. But verily,
verily, those men will have their reward.
They drove off with my husband, leaving me alone with my
little girl. The next morning I went on foot see a friend by the
name of Abner Lackey, who, I hoped, would assist me. I was not
disappointed. We went without delay to the magistrate's office, and
had my papers prepared, so that I could get my husband out of the
prison cell, although he would still be confined in the jail-yard.1
Shortly after I returned home, a pert young gentleman came
in, and asked if Mr. Hyrum Smith was at home. I told him, as I
had others, that he was in Colesville. The young man said that
Hyrum was owing a small debt to Doctor Mcintyre, and that he
had come to collect it by the doctor's orders, as he (Mcintyre) was
from home. I told the young man that this debt was to be paid in
corn and beans, which should be sent to him the next day. I then
hired a man to take the produce the following day to the doctor's
house, which was accordingly done, and, when the man returned,
he informed me that the clerk agreed to erase the account.
It was now too late in the day to set out for Canandaigua,
where my husband was confined in prison, and I concluded to
defer going, till the next morning, in hopes that some of my sons
would return during the interval. The night came on, but neither
of my sons made their appearance. When the night closed in, the
darkness was hideous, scarcely any object was discernible. I sat
down and began to contemplate the situation of myself and family.
My husband, an affectionate companion and tender father, as
ever blessed the confidence of a family, was an imprisoned
debtor, torn from his family and immured in a dungeon,
where he had already lain two dismal nights, and now another
must be added to the number, before I could reach him to
render him any assistance. And where were his children?
Alvin was murdered by a quack physician; but still he lay at
peace.
Hyrum was flying from his home, and why I knew not; the
secret combinations of his enemies were not yet fully
developed.
Joseph had but recently escaped from his persecutors, who
sought to accomplish his destruction.
Samuel was gone, without purse or scrip, to preach the
gospel, for which he was as much despised and hated as were
the ancient disciples.
William was also gone, and I had not, unlike Naomi, even my
daughters-in- law to comfort my heart in this the hour of my
affliction.
While I was thus meditating, a heavy rap at the door brought
me suddenly to my feet. I bid the stranger enter. He asked me, in a
hurried manner, where Hyrum was. I answered the question, as
usual. Just then a second person came in, and the first observed to
the second, "Mrs. Smith says her son is not at home." The person
addressed looked suspiciously around, and remarked, "He is at
home, for your neighbors have seen him here to-day."
"Then, sir," I replied, "they have seen what I have not."
"We have a search warrant," rejoined he, "and if you do not
give him up, we shall be under the necessity of taking whatever we
find that belongs to him."
Finding some corn stored in the chamber above the room
where Hyrum had lived, they declared their intention of taking it,
but I forbade their meddling with it. At this instant, a third stranger
entered, and then a fourth. The last observed, "I do not know but
you will think strange of so many of us coming in, but my candle
was out, and I came in to relight it by your fire."
I told him I did not know what to think, I had but little reason
to consider myself safe either day or night, and that I would like to
know what their business was, and for what cause they were
seizing upon our property. The foremost replied that it was wanted
to settle a debt which Hyrum was owing to Doctor Mcintyre. I told
him that it was paid. He disputed my word, and ordered his men to
take the corn. As they were going up-stairs, I looked out of the
window, and one glance almost turned my head giddy. As far as I
could see by the light of two candles and a pair of carriage lamps,
the heads of men appeared in every direction, some on foot, some
on horseback, and the rest in wagons. I saw that there was no way
but for me to sit quietly down, and see my house pillaged by a
banditti of blacklegs, religious bigots, and cutthroats, who were
united in one purpose, namely, that of destroying us from the face
of the earth.
However, there was one resource, and to that I applied. I
went aside and kneeled before the Lord, and begged that he would
not let my children fall into their hands, and that they might be
satisfied with plunder without taking life.
Just at this instant, William bounded into the house.
"Mother," he cried, "in the name of God, what is this host of men
doing here? Are they robbing or murdering? What are they about?"
I told him, in short, that they had taken his father to prison, and
had now come after Hyrum, but, not finding him, they were
plundering the house. Hereupon William seized a large handspike,
sprang upstairs, and, in an instant, cleared the scoundrels out or the
chamber. They scampered down-stairs; he flew after them, and,
bounding into the very midst of the crowd, he brandished his
handspike in every direction, exclaiming, "Away from here, you
cutthroats, instantly, or I will be the death of every one of you."
The lights were immediately extinguished, yet he continued to
harangue them boisterously until he discovered that his audience
had left him. They seemed to believe what he said, and fled in
every direction, leaving us again to ourselves.
Between twelve and one o'clock, Calvin Stoddard and his
wife, Sophronia, arrived at our house. Calvin said he had been
troubled about us all the afternoon, and, finally, about the setting of
the sun, he told Sophronia that he would even then start for her
father's if she felt inclined to go with him. Within an hour after
their arrival, Samuel came. He was much fatigued, for he had
traveled twentyone miles after sunset. I told him our situation, and
that I wished him to go early the next morning to Canandaigua, and
procure his father's release from the dungeon. "Well, mother," said
he, "I am sick; fix me a bed, that I may lie down and rest myself,
or I shall not be able to go, for I have taken a heavy cold, and my
bones ache dreadfully." However, by a little nursing and some rest,
he was able to set off by sunrise, and arrived in Canandaigua at ten
o'clock. After informing the jailor his business, he requested that
his father might be immediately liberated from the cell. The jailor
refused, because it was Sunday, but permitted Samuel t.o go into
the cell, where he found my husband confined in the same
dungeon with a man committed for murder. Upon Samuel inquiring
what his treatment had been, Mr. Smith replied as follows:
"Immediately after I left your mother, the men by whom I
was taken commenced using every possible argument to induce me
to renounce the Book of Mormon, saying, 'How much better it
would be for you to deny that silly thing, than to be disgraced and
imprisoned, when you might not only escape this, but also have the
note back, as well as the money which you have paid on it.' To
this I made no reply. They still went on in the same manner till we
arrived at the jail, when they hurried me into this dismal dungeon. I
shuddered when I first heard these heavy doors creaking upon their
hinges; but then, I thought to myself, I was not the first man who
had been imprisoned for the truth's sake; and when I should meet
Paul in the paradise of God, I could tell him that I, too, had been in
bonds for the gospel which he had preached. And this has been my
only consolation.
From the time that I entered until now, and this is the fourth
day, I have had nothing to eat, save a pint basin full of very weak
broth; and there (pointing to the opposite side of the cell) lies the
basin yet."
Samuel was very much wounded by this, and, having
obtained permission of the jailor, he immediately went out and
brought his father some comfortable food. After which he
remained with him until the next morning, when the business was
attended to, and Mr. Smith went out into the jail-yard to a cooper's
shop, where he obtained employment at coopering, and followed
the same until he was released, which was thirty days. He
preached during his confinement here every Sunday, and when he
was released he baptized two persons whom he had thus
converted.
Footnote:
1. Imprisonment for debt was at this time not an uncommon occurrence, the
country not yet having passed statutory enactments disannulling the laws that had
obtained under the old dominion.
Return To Contents
Chapter 37
The Family of Joseph Smith, Senior,
Remove to Waterloo
Samuel returned from Canandaigua the same day that my
husband was liberated from the cell. After relating to us the success
he had met with at Canandaigua, he gave us an account of his third
visit to Livonia:
"When I arrived at Mr. Green's," said he, "Mrs. Green
informed me that her husband was absent from home,
that there was no prospect of selling my books, and
even the one which I had left with them, she expected I
would have to take away, as Mr. Green had no
disposition to purchase it, although she had read it
herself, and was much pleased with it. I then talked
with her a short time, and, binding my knapsack upon
my shoulders, rose to depart; but, as I bade her
farewell, it was impressed upon my mind to leave the
book with her. I made her a present of it, and told her
that the Spirit forbade my taking it away. She burst into
tears, and requested me to pray with her. I did so, and
afterwards explained to her the most profitable manner
of reading the book which I had left with her; which
was, to ask God, when she read it, for a testimony of
the truth of what she had read, and she would receive
the Spirit of God, which would enable her to discern the
things of God. I then left her, and returned home."
I shall now turn aside from my narrative, and give a history
of the above book. When Mr. Green returned home, his wife
requested him to read it, informing him very particularly with
regard to what Samuel had said to her, relative to obtaining a
testimony of the truth of it. This, he, for a while refused to do, but
finally yielded to her persuasions, and took the book and
commenced perusing the same, calling upon God for the testimony
of his Spirit. The result of which was that he and Mrs. Green were
in a short time baptized. They gave the book to Phineas Young,
Mrs. Green's brother, who read it, and commenced preaching it
forthwith. It was next handed to Brigham Young, and from him to
Mrs. Murray, his sister, who is also the mother of Heber C.
Kimball's wife. They all received the work without hesitancy, and
rejoiced in the truth thereof. Joseph Young was at this time in
Canada, preaching the Methodist doctrine; but, as soon as Brigham
became convinced of the truth of the gospel, as contained in the
Book of Mormon, he went straightway to his brother Joseph, and
persuaded him to cease preaching Methodism, and embrace the
truth, as set forth in the Book of Mormon, which he carried with
him.
Thus was this book the means of convincing this whole
family, and bringing them into the church, where they have
continued faithful members from the commencement of their
career until now. And, through their faithfulness and zeal, some of
them have become as great and honorable men as ever stood upon
the earth.1
I shall now resume my subject. The first business which
Samuel set himself about after he returned home, was preparing to
move the family to Waterloo, according to the revelation given to
Joseph. And after much fatigue and perplexities of various kinds,
he succeeded in getting us there. We moved into a house belonging
to an individual by the name of Kellogg. Shortly after arriving
there, we were made to realize that the hearts of the people were in
the hands of the Lord; for we had scarcely unpacked our goods
when one of our new neighbors, a Mr. Osgood, came in and
invited us to drive our stock and teams to his barn-yard, and feed
them from his barn, free of cost, until we could make further
arrangements. Many of our neighbors came in, and welcomed us
to Waterloo. Among whom was Mr. Hooper, a tavern-keeper,
whose wife came with him, and brought us a present of some
delicate eatables. Such manifestations of kindness as these were
shown to us from day to day, during our continuance in the place.
And they were duly appreciated, for we had experienced the
opposite so severely that the least show of good feeling fave rise to
the liveliest sensations of gratitude.
Having settled ourselves in this place, we established the
practice of spending the evenings in singing and praying. The
neighbors soon became aware of this, and it caused our house to
become a place of evening resort for some dozen or twenty
persons. One evening, soon after we commenced singing, a couple
of little boys came in, and one of them, stepping softly up to
Samuel, whispered, "Mr. Smith, won't you pray pretty soon? Our
mother said we must be home by eight o'clock, and we would like
to hear you pray before we go." Samuel told them that prayer
should be attended to immediately. Accordingly, when we had
finished the hymn which we were then singing, we closed the
evening services with prayer, in order that the little boys might be
gratified. After this they were never absent during our evening's
devotions, while we remained in the neighborhood.
Return To Contents
Chapter 38
The First Western Mission
Joseph Smith, Junior, moves to
Kirtland
I mentioned, in a foregoing chapter, that when Joseph and
Emma left Manchester, they went to Macedon. Here he
commenced his ministerial labors, and continued, for some time, to
preach successively in this place, Colesville, Waterloo, Palmyra,
and Manchester, till, finally, he sent to Pennsylvania for his goods,
and settled himself in Waterloo. Soon after which a revelation was
given, commanding Parley P. Pratt, Ziba Peterson, Peter Whitmer,
and Oliver Cowdery, to take a mission to Missouri, preaching by
the way. As soon as this revelation was received, Emma Smith,
and several other sisters began to make arrangements to furnish
those who were set apart for this mission with the necessary
clothing, which was no easy task, as the most of it had to be
manufactured out of the raw material.
Emma's health at this time was quite delicate, yet she did not
favor herself on this account, but whatever her hands found to do,
she did with her might, until she went so far beyond her strength
that she brought upon herself a heavy fit of sickness, which lasted
four weeks. And, although her strength was exhausted, still her
spirits were the same, which, in fact, was always the case with her,
even under the most trying circumstances. I have never seen a
woman in my life who would endure every species of fatigue and
hardship, from month to month, and from year to year, with that
unflinching courage, zeal, and patience, which she has ever done;
for I know that which she has had to endure--she has been tossed
upon the .ocean of uncertainty--she has breasted the storms of
persecution, and buffeted the rage of men and devils, which would
have borne down almost any other woman. It may be that many
may yet have to encounter the same--I pray God that this may not
be the case; but, should it be, may they have grace given them
according to their day, even as has been the case with her.
As soon as those men designated in the revelation were
prepared to leave home, they started on their mission, preaching
and baptizing on their way, wherever an opportunity afforded. On
their route they passed through Kirtland, where they preached a
short time, and raised up a branch of twenty or thirty members.
Before leaving this place, they addressed a letter to Joseph, desiring
him to send an elder to preside over the branch which they had
raised up. Accordingly, Joseph dispatched John Whitmer to take
the presidency of the church at Kirtland; and when he arrived
there, those appointed to go to Missouri proceeded on their
mission, preaching and baptizing as before.
In December of the same year (1830), Joseph appointed a
meeting at our house. While he was preaching, Sidney Rigdon and
Edward Partridge came in, and seated themselves in the
congregation. When Joseph had finished his discourse, he gave all
who had any remarks to make, the privilege of speaking. Upon this
Mr. Partridge arose, and stated that he had been to Manchester,
with the view of obtaining further information respecting the
doctrine which we preached; but, not finding us, he had made
some inquiry of our neighbors concerning our characters, which
they stated had been unimpeachable, until Joseph deceived us
relative to the Book of Mormon. He also said that he had walked
over our farm, and observed the good order and industry which it
exhibited; and, having seen what we had sacrificed for the sake of
our faith, and having heard that our veracity was not questioned
upon any other point than that of our religion, he believed our
testimony, and was ready to be baptized, "if," said he, "Brother
Joseph will baptize me."
"You are now," replied Joseph, "much fatigued, Brother
Partridge, and you had better rest to-day, and be baptized
to-morrow."
"Just as Brother Joseph thinks best," replied Mr. Partridge, "I
am ready at any time."
He was accordingly baptized the next day. Before he left, my
husband returned home from prison, bringing along with him
considerable clothing, which he had earned at coopering in the
jail-yard.
The latter part of the same month Joseph received a letter
from John Whitmer, desiring his immediate assistance at Kirtland
in regulating the affairs of the church there. Joseph inquired of the
Lord, and received a commandment to go straightway to Kirtland
with his family and effects; also to send a message to Hyrum to
have him to take that branch of the church, over which he
presided, and start immediately for the same place. And my
husband was commanded, in the same revelation, to meet Hyrum
at the most convenient point, and accompany him to Kirtland.
Samuel was sent on a mission, into the same region of country,
while I, and my two sons, William and Carlos, were to be left till
the ensuing spring, when we were to take the reminder of the
branch at Waterloo, and move also to Kirtland.
It was but a short time till Joseph and Emma were on their
way, accompanied by Sidney Rigdon, Edward Partridge, Ezra
Thayre, and Newel Knight. When they were about starting, they
preached at our house on Seneca River; and on their way, they
preached at the house of Calvin Stoddard, and likewise at the
house of Preserved Harris. At each of these places, they baptized
several individuals into the church.
Explanation of the differences
between manifestations of the Spirit
of God, and the spirit of Satan
On Joseph's arrival at Kirtland, he found a church consisting
of nearly one hundred members, who were, in general, good
brethren, though a few of them had imbibed some very erroneous
ideas, being greatly deceived by a singular power, which
manifested itself among them in strange contortions of the visage,
and sudden unnatural exertions of the body. This they supposed to
be a display of the power of God. Shortly after Joseph arrived, he
called the church together, in order to show them the difference
between the Spirit of God, and the spirit of the Devil. He said, if a
man arose in meeting to speak, and was seized with a kind of
paroxysm, that drew his face and limbs, in a violent and unnatural
manner, which made him appear to be in pain; and if he gave
utterance to strange sounds, which were incomprehensible to his
audience, they might rely upon it that he had the spirit of the Devil.
But on the contrary, when a man speaks by the Spirit of God, he
speaks from the abundance of his heart---his mind is filled with
intelligence, and even should he be excited, it does not cause him
to do anything ridiculous or unseemly. He then called upon one of
the brethren to speak, who arose and made the attempt, but was
immediately seized with a kind of spasm, which drew his face,
arms, and fingers in a most astonishing manner.
Hyrum, by Joseph's request, laid hands on the man,
whereupon he sunk back in a state of complete exhaustion. Joseph
then called upon another man to speak, who stood leaning in an
open window. This man also attempted to speak, but was thrown
forward into the house, prostrate, unable to utter a syllable. He was
administered to, and the same effects followed as in the first
instance. These, together with a few other examples of the same
kind, convinced the brethren of the mistake under which they had
been laboring; and they all rejoiced in the goodness of God, in once
more condescending to lead the children of men by revelation and
the gift of the Holy Ghost.
Footnote:
1. The course that Brigham Young and the Twelve with him took
after the death of her sons Joseph and Hyrum, was not approved
by Grandmother Smith. She always spoke in kindly terms of the
men, but steadily and persistently refused to give credence to the
doctrine and policy adopted by them. In this she did not waver to
the end of her life that the least show of good feeling gave rise to
the liveliest sensations of gratitude.
Return To Contents
Chapter 39
The Different Branches of the Church
Remove to Kirtland
Miracle in Buffalo
Soon after my husband and Joseph left for Kirtland, William,
being one of the teachers, visited the church; and calling upon each
family, he remained with them until each individual belonging to
the house had prayed in his hearing.
When the brethren considered the spring sufficiently open for
traveling on the water, we all began to prepare for our removal to
Kirtland. We hired a boat of a certain Methodist preacher, and
appointed a time to meet at our house, for the purpose of setting
off together; and when we were thus collected, we numbered
eighty souls. The people of the surrounding country came and bade
us farewell, invoking the blessing of heaven upon our heads.
A few minutes before we started, an old brother by the name
of Humphrey, arrived from Potsdam. This man was brought into
the church by Don Carlos, at the time that he visited his
grandfather in company with my husband. At this time, Brother
Humphrey was the oldest man who was an elder in the church,
and Don Carlos the youngest.
On account of Brother Humphrey's age, I wished him to take
charge of the company, but he refused, saying that everything
should be done, just as Mother Smith said; and to this the whole
company responded, "Yes." At that instant, one Esquire
Chamberlain came on board, and asked me if I had what money I
wanted to make my family comfortable. I replied that I had an
abundance for myself and children, but he might, perhaps, find
some on board who stood in need of assistance. "Well," said he,
"here is a little money, and you can deal it out as you like," and,
handing me seventeen dollars, he left the boat. Soon after this we
were pushed off and under fine headway.
I then called the brethren and sisters together, and reminded
them that we were traveling by the commandment of the Lord, as
much as father Lehi was, when he left Jerusalem; and, if faithful,
we had the same reason to expect the blessings of God. I then
desired them to be solemn, and to lift their hearts to God
continually in prayer, that we might be prospered. We then seated
ourselves and sang a hymn. The captain was so delighted with the
music that he called to the mate, saying, "Do, for God's sake,
come here, and steer the boat; for I must hear that singing." He
afterwards expressed his pleasure and surprise at seeing such an
appearance of devotion among us, stating that his wife had refused
to accompany him, on account of her prejudice against us, which
he very much regretted.
At the approach of sunset, we seated ourselves, and sang
another hymn. The music sounded beautiful upon the water, and
had a salutary effect upon every heart, filling our souls with love
and gratitude to God, for his manifold goodness towards us.
The services of the evening being ended, I inquired of the
brethren concerning the amount of provisions which they had on
hand for the journey; and, to my surprise, I ascertained that we
had on board, besides twenty grown persons, thirty children, who
were almost destitute of food. This was unaccountable to me at
first, but I afterwards learned that they had converted their
substance into clothing, expecting that those who were in better
circumstances would support them, as well as defray their traveling
expenses; those, however, from whom they expected the most
assistance, disappointed them, consequently, the burden was
thrown entirely upon my shoulders. From this time forward I
furnished the whole fifty persons with food from day to day.
I soon discovered among the mothers, a kind of carelessness
with regard to their children, even when their lives were in danger.
So I called them together, and endeavored to impress upon their
minds the importance of doing their duty to their children; that in
such a place as this, especially, they ought to keep them constantly
by their side; that they should consider, that children were given to
them for a blessing, and if they did not treat them as such, they
would be taken from them. Still they were negligent, and excused
themselves by saying that their children were disobedient. I told the
sisters that I could manage their children, and if they were not
better controlled by their mothers, I should take the control of
them.
I then called the children around me, and said to them, "Now,
children, mark what I say to you. When I come up-stairs, and raise
my hand, you must,' every one of you, run to me as fast as you
can. Will you do as I tell you ?"
"Yes," they replied, with one unanimous voice. And they
strictly kept their faith to the end of the journey.
On getting about half way to Buffalo, the canal broke. This
gave rise to much murmuring and discontentment, which was
expressed in terms like the following:
"Well, the canal is broke now, and here we are, and here we
are likely to be, for we can go no further. We have left our homes,
and here we have no means of getting a living, consequently we
shall have to starve."
"No, no," said I, "you will not starve, brethren, nor anything
of that sort; only do be patient and stop your murmuring. I have no
doubt but the hand of the Lord is over us for good; perhaps it is
best for us to be here a short time. It is quite probable that the
boats can not leave Buffalo harbor on account of the ice; if so; the
town must inevitably be crowded with families, in which case it
would be next to impossible for us to get into a comfortable house.
Are we not in far better circumstances in our present situation?"
"Well, well," returned the sisters, "I suppose you know best;
but it does seem as if it would have been better for us to have
stayed where we were, for there we could sit in our rocking-chairs,
and take as much comfort as we pleased, but here we are tired out,
and have no place to rest ourselves."
Whilst this was passing, a citizen of the place came on board,
and after inquiring what denomination we belonged to, he
requested that if there were any preachers on board, a meeting
might be appointed in the neighborhood. I introduced him to Elders
Humphrey and Page, who appointed a meeting for the next day,
which was held on a beautiful green, bordering on the canal, and of
sufficient size to accommodate a hundred persons. They listened
with attention, and requested that another meeting might be
appointed for the succeeding day, but, as the canal was repaired by
eleven o'clock, we proceeded on our journey, and arrived at
Buffalo on the fifth day after leaving Waterloo.
Here we found the brethren from Colesville, who informed
us that they had been detained one week in this place, waiting for
navigation to open. Also, that Mr. Smith and Hyrum had gone
through to Kirtland by land, in order to be there by the first of
April.
I asked them if they confessed to the people that they were
"Mormons." "No, indeed," they replied, "neither must you mention
a word about your religion, for if you do you will never be able to
get a house, or a boat either."
I told them I should tell the people precisely who I was.
"And," continued I, "if you are ashamed of Christ, you must not
expect to be prospered; and I shall wonder if we do not get to
Kirtland before you." While we were talking with the
Colesville brethren, another boat landed, having on board about
thirty brethren, among whom was Thomas B. Marsh, who
immediately joined u,s, and, like the Colesville brethren, he was
decidedly opposed to our attending to prayer, or making known
that we were professors of religion. He said that if our company
persisted in singing and praying, as we had hitherto done, we
should be mobbed before the next morning.
"Mob it is, then," said I, "we shall attend to prayer before
sunset, mob or no mob." Mr. Marsh, at this, felt considerably
irritated. I then requested Brothers Humphrey and Page to go
around among the boatmen, and inquire for one Captain Blake,
who was formerly captain of a boat belonging to my brother,
General Mack, and who, upon my brother's decease, purchased
the boat, and still commanded the same. They went in search of
the man, and soon found him, and learned from him that his boat
was already laden with the usual amount of passengers and freight.
He said, however, that he thought he could make room for us if we
would take a deck passage. As this was our only opportunity, we
moved our goods on board the next day, and by the time that we
had fairly settled ourselves, it began to rain. This rendered our
situation very uncomfortable, and some of the sisters complained
bitterly because we had not hired a house till the boat was ready to
start. In fact, their case was rather a trying one, for some of them
had sick children, in consequence of which Brother Page went out
for the purpose of getting a room for the women and sick children,
but returned unsuccessful. At this the sisters renewed their
complaints, and declared that they would have a house, let the
consequences be what they might. In order to satisfy them, I set
out myself, with my son William, although it was still raining very
fast, to see if it were possible to procure a shelter for them and
their children.
I stopped at the first tavern, and inquired of the landlord if he
could let me have a room for some women and children who were
sick. The landlord replied that he could easily make room for them.
At this, a woman who was present turned upon him very sharply,
saying, "I have put up here myself, and I am not a going to have
anybody's things in my way. I'll warrant the children have got the
whooping-cough or measles, or some other contagious disease,
and, if they come, I will go somewhere else."
"Why, madam," said the landlord, "that is not necessary; you
can still have one large room." "I don't care," said she, "I want 'em
both, and if I can't have 'em, I won't stay--that's it."
"Never mind," said I, "it is no matter; I suppose I can get a
room somewhere else, just as well."
"No, you can't though," rejoined the lady, "for we hunted all
over the town, and we could not find one single one till we got
here."
I left immediately, and went on my way. Presently I came to
a long row of rooms, one of which appeared to be almost vacant. I
inquired if it could be rented for a few days. The owner of the
buildings I found to be a cheerful old lady, near seventy years of
age. I mentioned the circumstances to her, as I before had done to
the landlord.
"Well, I don't know," said she; "where be you going?"
"To Kirtland," I replied. "What be you?" said she. "Be you
Baptists?"
I told her that we were "Mormons." "Mormons!" ejaculated
she, in a quick, goodnatured tone. "What be they? I never heard of
them before."
"I told you that we were 'Mormons,'" I replied, "because that
is what the world calls us, but the only name we acknowledge is
Latter Day Saints."
"Latter Day Saints!" rejoined she, "I never heard of them
either."
I then informed her that this church was brought forth
through the instrumentality of a prophet, and that I was the mother
of this prophet.
"What? said she, "a prophet in these days! I never heard of
the like in my life; and if you will come and sit with me, you shall
have a room for your sisters and their children, but you yourself
must come and stay with me, and tell me all about it."
This I promised to do, and then returned to the boat, and had
the sisters and their sick children removed to the old lady's house;
and after making them comfortable, I went into her room. We
soon fell into conversation, in which I explained to her, as clearly
as I could, the principles of the gospel. On speaking of the laying
on of hands for the reception of the Holy Ghost, she was as much
surprised as those disciples were whom Paul found at Ephesus,
and she asked me, "What do you mean by the Holy Ghost?" I
continued my explanations until after two o'clock the next morning,
when we removed to the boat again. On arriving there, Captain
Blake requested the passengers to remain on board, as he wished
from that time, to be ready to start at a moment's warning; at the
same time he sent out a man to measure the depth of the ice, who,
when he returned, reported that it was piled up to the height of
twenty feet, and that it was his opinion that we would remain in the
harbor at least two weeks longer.
At this, Porter Rockwell started on shore to see his uncle. His
mother endeavored t.o prevent him, but he paid no attention to
her, and she then appealed to me, saying, "Mother Smith, do get
Porter back, for he won't mind anybody but you." I told him that,
if he went, we should leave him on shore, but he could do as he
liked. He left the boat, and several others were about following
him; but when I spoke to them, they replied, "We will do just as
you say, Mother Smith," and returned immediately.
Just then William whispered in my ear, "Mother, do see the
confusion yonder; won't you go and put a stop to it!"
I went to that part of the boat where the principal portion of
our company was. There I found several of the brethren and
sisters engaged in a warm debate, others murmuring and
grumbling, and a number of young ladies were flirting, giggling, and
laughing with gentlemen passengers, who were entire strangers to
them, whilst hundreds of people on shore and on other boats were
witnessing this scene of clamor and vanity among our brethren
with great interest. I stepped into their midst. "Brethren and
sisters," said I, "we call ourselves Saints, and profess to have come
out from the world for the purpose of serving God at the expense
of all earthly things; and will you, at the very onset, subject the
cause of Christ to ridicule by your own unwise and improper
conduct? You profess to put your trust in God; then how can you
feel to murmur and complain as you do? You are even more
unreasonable than the children of Israel were; for here are my
sisters pining for their rocking-chairs, and brethren from whom I
expected firmness and energy, declare that they positively believe
they shall starve to death before they get to the end of the journey.
And why is it so? Have any of you lacked? Have not I set food
before you every day, and made you, who had not provided for
yourselves, as welcome as my own children? Where is your faith?
Where is your confidence in God? Can you not realize that all
things were made by Him, and that He rules over the works of His
own hands? And suppose that all the Saints here should lift their
hearts in prayer to God, that the way might be opened before us,
how easy it would be for Him to cause the ice to break away, so
that in a moment we could be on our journey ?'
Just then a man on shore cried, "Is the Book of Mormon
true?"
"That book," replied I, "was brought forth by the power of
God, and translated by the gift of the Holy Ghost; and, if I could
make my voice sound as loud as the trumpet of Michael, the
Archangel, I would declare the truth from land to land, and from
sea to sea, and the echo should reach to every isle, until every
member of the family of Adam should be left without excuse. For I
do testify that God has revealed Himself to man again in these last
days, and set His hand to gather His people upon a goodly land,
and, if they obey His commandments, it shall be unto them for an
inheritance; whereas, if they rebel against His law, His hand will be
against them to scatter them abroad, and cut them off from the
face of the earth; and that He has commenced a work which will
prove a savor of life unto life, or of death unto death, to every one
that stands here this day--of life unto life, if you will receive it, or
of death unto death, if you reject the counsel of God, for every
man shall have the desires of his heart; if he desires the truth, he
may hear and live, but if he tramples upon the simplicity of the
word of God, he will shut the gate of heaven against himself."
Then, turning to our own company, I said, "Now, brethren and
sisters, if you will all of you raise your desires to heaven, that the
ice may be broken up, and we be set at liberty, as sure as the Lord
lives it will be done."
At that instant a noise was heard, like bursting thunder. The
captain cried, "Every man to his post." The ice parted, leaving
barely a passage for the boat, and so narrow, that, as the boat
passed through, the buckets of the water-wheel were torn off with
a crash, which, joined to the word of command from the captain,
the hoarse answering of the sailors, the noise of the ice, and the
cries and confusion of the spectators, presented a scene truly
terrible. We had barely passed through the avenue, when the ice
closed together again, and the Colesville brethren were left in
Buffalo, unable to follow us.
As we were leaving the harbor, one of the bystanders
exclaimed, "There goes the Mormon company! That boat is sunk
in the water nine inches deeper than ever it was before, and, mark
it, she will sink--there is nothing surer." In fact, they were so sure
of it that they went straight to the office and had it published that
we were sunk, so that when we arrived at Fairport, we read in the
papers the news of our own death. After our miraculous escape
from the wharf at Buffalo, we called our company together, and
had a prayer-meeting, in which we offered up our thanks to God
for his mercy, which he had manifested towards us in our
deliverance; but before our meeting was broken up, the captain's
mate came to me and said, "Mrs. Smith, do, for God's sake, have
your children stop praying, or we shall all go to hell together; we
can not keep one single man to his post, if we should go to the
Devil, for they are so taken up with your praying." Therefore our
meeting was broken up.
Soon after leaving Buffalo, some of our company began to
feel the effects of the motion of the boat, and were overcome with
seasickness. I went to the cook, and, handing him twenty-five
cents, asked him if he could let me have some hot water for the
sick folks. He complied with my request, and I was thus furnished
with the means of making them comfortable.
Upon further acquaintance with the captain, I made myself
known to him as the sister of General Mack. He seemed highly
pleased to find in me a relative of his old friend; and I was treated
with great attention and respect, both by himself and crew, while I
remained on the boat.
A short time before we arrived at Fairport, Brother
Humphrey and myself went on shore to do some trading for the
company. While on shore, this brother told me that I was making a
slave of myself unnecessarily; that those sisters whose families I
had the care of, could as well wait upon their own husbands and
children, as for me to do it; that, as for himself, he was not going
to stay on board much longer. I thanked him for his kindness, but
told him that I thought I could get along with the work without
injuring myself. Nothing further passed between us upon the
subject. At the next landing he left, and whither he went I did not
know.
On drawing near Fairport, where we were to land, the
captain, passengers, and crew, bade me farewell in tears. After
landing, our company were more disheartened than ever, and the
brethren came around me and requested that I should set their
wives to sewing blankets together, and making tents of them, that
the men might camp by their goods and watch them, for they had
no hopes of getting any further.
I told them I should do nothing of the kind. As for the sisters,
some of them were crying, some pouting, and a few of them
attending to the care of their families. As I passed among them, my
attention was attracted by a stranger, who sat a short distance from
us on the shore of the lake. I inquired of him the distance to
Kirtland. He, starting up, exclaimed, "Is it possible that this is
Mother Smith? I have sat here looking for you these three days."
Replying to his question in the affirmative, I asked him if it
would be possible to procure teams to take our goods to Kirtland.
He told me to give myself no uneasiness about the matter, that
Joseph was expected every hour, and in less than twenty-four
hours there would be teams sufficient to take all our company to
houses that were waiting to receive them. When he mentioned
Joseph's name, I started, for I just began to realize that I was so
soon to see both my husband and my sons. I turned from the
stranger, and met Samuel, who was coming towards me, closely
followed by Joseph. I extended my right hand to Samuel and my
left to Joseph. They wept for joy upon seeing me--Samuel;
because he had been warned of God in a dream to meet the
company from Waterloo, and feared that some disaster had
befallen me; and Joseph, because of the information which he had
received from Brother Humphrey, who had arrived at Kirtland a
short time before this, he having informed Joseph that he
apprehended, from the fatigue I was undergoing, that my life was
in danger.
After they informed me of these things, Joseph said he should
take me from the company. As the sisters begged to go with me,
he took them as far as Painesville, where we stopped at the house
of Brother Partridge. Here we found a fine supper prepared for the
whole company.
Soon after partaking of this refreshment, I was taken to
Brother Kingsbury's, in his own carriage, where I was treated with
great kindness and respect. From this place I went with Joseph to
Kirtland. The first house that I entered was Brother Morley's. Here
I met my beloved husband, and great was our joy. Many of my
readers may know my present situation. These can imagine with
what feelings I recite such scenes as that which followed the
reunion of our family; but let it pass--imagination must supply the
elipsis. Were I to indulge my feelings upon such occasions as this,
my strength would not support me to the end of my narrative.
Soon after arriving at Kirtland, a pair of twins were brought
to Emma, which were given to her to fill the place of a pair of her
own that had died.
Return To Contents
Chapter 40
Samuel Smith's First Mission to
Missouri
We remained two weeks at Mr. Morley's, then removed our
family to a farm which had been purchased by Joseph for the
church. On this farm my family were all established with this
arrangement, that we were to cultivate the farm, and, from the
fruits of our labor, we were to receive our support; but all over and
above this was to be used for the comfort of strangers or brethren,
who were traveling through the place.
About this time Joseph was requested by Parley P. Pratt and
his company, who were then in Missouri, to send some elders to
assist them. He inquired of the Lord, and received the revelation
contained in the Times and Seasons, volume 5, page 416, in which
Samuel H. Smith and Reynolds Cahoon were appointed to go
together to Missouri. They departed immediately on their mission.
Before they had proceeded far, they called at a town, the name of
which I do not remember, where they found William E. McLellin,
who was employed as a clerk in a store. After making a little
inquiry, they found that Mr. McLellin was anxious to hear them
preach, and that he was willing to make some exertion to obtain a
house and congregation for them, for the name of Latter Day Saint
was new to him, and he felt curious to hear what the principles of
our faith were. So, by his interposition, they soon had a large
congregation seated in a comfortable room. They preached that
evening and the next morning they pursued their journey.
Shortly after they left, Mr. McLellin became very uneasy
respecting his new acquaintances; he felt that it was his duty to
have gone with them and assisted them on their journey. This
feeling worked so strongly in his breast as to deprive him of rest all
the ensuing night; and, before morning, he concluded to set out for
Missouri, at the hazard of business, character, and everything else.
Accordingly, after settling with his employer, he started in pursuit
of Samuel and Brother Cahoon. He passed 225 them on their way,
and got to Missouri, and was baptized before they arrived there.
On their route, Samuel and Brother Cahoon suffered great
privations, such as want of rest and food. At the time that they
started for Missouri, near fifty others also set out for the same
place, all taking different routes. When they arrived, they dedicated
the spot for the Temple. About this time, or soon after, a number
of revelations were received which the reader will find by following
the history of Joseph in the Times and Seasons, volume 5, from
page 448 to page 446. A clause in one of these reads as follows:
"Let my servant Reynolds Cahoon, and my servant
Samuel H. Smith, with whom I am well pleased, be not
separated until they return to their homes, and this for a
wise purpose in me."--Page 465.
And here, let me say, that Samuel was never censured by
revelation, to my knowledge, for he always performed his missions
faithfully, and his work was well approved.
Return To Contents
Chapter 41
Lucy SmithVisits Detroit
As Hyrum, my eldest son, was directed to go to Missouri by
the way of Detroit, I thought it would be a good opportunity to
visit the family of my brother, General Mack. Acoordingly, my
niece, Almira Mack, Hyrum, Brethren Murdock, Lyman Wight,
and Corril and I, set out together for Detroit. When we first went
on board the vessel which took us across the lake, we concluded to
keep perfectly still upon the subject of religion; but it was
afterwards proposed by Hyrum, that Mother Smith should say just
what she pleased, and if she got into difficulty, the elders should
help her out of it.
Shortly after this I was sitting at the door of the cabin,
reading the Book of Mormon, when a lady came up and inquired
of me what book I was reading. "The Book of Mormon," I replied.
But the title of the book was no advantage to her, for she had
never before heard of there being such a work in existence. By her
request I gave her a brief history of the discovery and translation of
the book. This delighted her, and when I mentioned that it was a
record of the origin of the aborigines of America, she said, "How I
do wish I could get one of your books to carry to my husband, for
he is now a missionary among the Indians.
Just then another lady, who was a doctor's wife, came near
us, with the appearance of wishing to hear our conversation. She
was gorgeously dressed, and carried herself very daintily, I assure
you. She wore a splendid satin scarf, which, as she walked to and
fro before us, she would occasionally let fall from the left shoulder,
and expose a neck and bosom decorated with very brilliant jewels.
Presently she stopped short, and said, "I do not want to hear
any more of that stuff, or anything more about Joe Smith either.
They say that he is a Mormon prophet; but it is nothing but
deception and lies. There was one Mr. Murdock, who believed in
Joe Smith's doctrines; and the Mormons all believe they can cure
the sick and raise the dead; so when this Mr. Murdock's wife was
sick, he refused to send for a doctor, although the poor woman
wanted him to do so, and so by his neglect his wife died."
I told her that I thought she must be a little mistaken, that I
was acquainted with the family, and knew something in regard to
the matter.
I know all about it," said the lady.
"Well, now, perhaps not," said I, "just stop a moment and I
will explain it to you."
"No, I won't," returned the woman.
"Then," said I, "I will introduce you to Mr. Murdock, and let
him tell the story himself."
I then turned to Mr. Murdock, who stood near, and gave her
an introduction to him. Before this, however, the chambermaid
went down-stairs and complained to the doctor of his wife's
unbecoming behavior, and before she had heard a dozen words
from our brother, her husband came bustling upstairs.
"Here," said he to his wife, "they tell me that you are abusing the
old lady"; and taking her hand, he drew it within his arm, and
marched her off without further ceremony.
This circumstance introduced the subject of "Mormonism"
among the passengers, and it continued to be the topic of
conversation until we arrived at Detroit. On landing in Detroit, we
repaired immediately to a tavern, as my niece, Mrs. Cooper, was
exceedingly nervous, and we deemed it imprudent to disturb her
that evening. The next morning, Almira Mack and myself visited
Mrs. Cooper, who was Almira's sister. Almira went into her room,
and found her lying on the bed. After the usual salutations she
informed Mrs. Cooper that Aunt Lucy was in the parlor waiting to
see her, and requested the privilege of inviting me into her room;
but it was some time before her nerves were sufficiently settled to
see me. However, before I was admitted into her presence, she
was further informed that her cousin Hyrum, as also several other
elders, had come to Detroit in company with me, and that I would
expect them to be invited as well as myself. But this was refused,
Mrs. Cooper declaring that she could not endure the presence of so
many visitors. She sent for me, but forbade her sister inviting any
one else.
I went to her, and after the compliments were over, I said,
"Lovisa, I have with me four of my brethren, one of whom is your
cousin Hyrum, if I stay they must be invited also."
"Oh! no, no; I never can consent to it," exclaimed
she,--"Why, aunt, I am so nervous, I am scarcely ever able to see
any company."
"Now, Lovisa," I replied, "do you know what ails you? I can
tell you exactly what it is: there is a good spirit and an evil one
operating upon you, and the bad spirit has almost got possession of
you; and when the good spirit is the least agitated, the evil one
strives for the entire mastery, and sets the good spirit to fluttering,
just ready to be gone, because it has so slight a foothold. But you
have been so for a long time, and you may yet live many years.
These men who are with me are clothed with the authority of the
priesthood, and through their administration you might receive a
blessing; and even should you not be healed, do you not wish to
know something about your Savior before you meet him?
Furthermore, if you refuse to receive my brethren into your house,
I shall leave it myself."
It was finally concluded that a sumptuous dinner should be
prepared, and that the brethren should all be invited. While they
tarried with her they administered to her twice by the laying on of
hands, in the name of the Lord. They stopped with her during the
day, and in the evening left for Pontiac. When she learned that
they were not expected back again, she seemed greatly distressed,
because she had not urged them to stay and preach.
The next morning, I and my niece set out for Pontiac, in the
first stage, to visit Sister Mack, my brother's widow, and her
daughter, Mrs. Whitermore. Here we were treated with great
attention and respect by Mr. Whitermore and his family. The
subject of religion was introduced immediately after our arrival and
continued the theme of conversation until near tea-time, when
Sister Mack arose, saying, "Sister Lucy, you must excuse me, for I
find my nerves are so agitated I can not bear conversation any
longer; the subject is so entirely new, it confuses my mind." I then
requested her to stop a moment. I then repeated to her the same
that I had done two days previous to Lovisa, adding, "Suppose a
company of fashionable people were to come in and begin to talk
about balls, parties, and the latest style of making dresses, do you
think that would agitate you so?" She smiled at this, and said, "I do
not know that it would, Sister Lucy; you know that those are more
common things."
I then told her that I would excuse her, and that she might go
where she pleased, concluding in my own mind never to mention
the subject to her again, unless it should be by her own request.
That night we slept in the same room. When I was about retiring to
rest, she observed, "Do not let my presence prevent you from
attending to any duty which you have practiced at home." And
soon afterwards she again remarked, "The house is now still, and I
would be glad to hear you talk, if you are not too much fatigued." I
told her I would have no objections, provided the subject of
religion would not make her nervous; and, as she did not think it
would, we commenced conversation, the result of which was, she
was convinced of the truth of the gospel.
In a few days subsequent to this, we all set out to visit Mrs.
Stanley, who was also my brother's daughter. Here Mr.
Whitermore gave me an introduction to one Mr. Ruggles, the
pastor of the Presbyterian church to which this Mr. Whitermore
belonged.
"And you," said Mr. Ruggles, upon shaking hands with me,
"are the mother of that poor, foolish, silly boy, Joe Smith, who
pretends to translate the Book of Mormon."
I looked him steadily in the face, and replied, "I am, sir, the
mother of Joseph Smith; but why do you apply to him such
epithets as those?"
"Because," said his reverence, "that he should imagine he was
going to break down all other churches with that simple Mormon
book."
"Did you ever read that book?" I inquired.
"No," said he, "it is beneath my notice."
"But," rejoined I, "the Scriptures say, 'Prove all things'; and
now, sir, let me tell you boldly, that that book contains the
everlasting gospel, and it was written for the salvation of your soul,
by the gift and power of the Holy Ghost."
"Pooh," said the minister, "nonsense--I am not afraid of any
member of my church being led astray by such stuff; they have too
much intelligence."
"Now, Mr. Ruggles," said I, and I spoke with emphasis, for
the Spirit of God was up,on me, "mark my words--as true as God
lives, before three years we will have more than one third of your
church; and, sir, whether you believe it or not, we will take the
very deacon, too."
This produced a hearty laugh at the expense of the minister.
Not to be tedious, I will say that I remained in this section of
the country about four weeks, during which time I labored
incessantly for the truth's sake, and succeeded in gaining the hearts
of many, among whom were David Dort and his wife. Many
desired me to use my influence to have an elder sent into that
region of country, which I agreed to do. As I was about starting
home, Mr. Cooper observed that our ministers would have more
influence if they dressed in broadcloth. When I returned, I made
known to Joseph the situation of things where I had been, so he
dispatched Brother Jared Carter to that country. And in order that
he might not lack influence, he was dressed in a suit of superfine
broadcloth. He went immediately into the midst of Mr. Ruggles'
church, and, in a short time, brought away seventy of his best
members, among whom was the deacon, just as I told the minister.
This deacon was Brother Bent, who now presides over the High
Council.1
In less than a month after my arrival, Samuel returned home
from Missouri, and remained until the succeeding October, at
which time a revelation was given, commanding him and William
McLellin to go to the town of Hiram, which was about thirty miles
distant. Samuel commenced making preparations, but before he
was ready to start, he heard a voice in the night, which said,
"Samuel, arise immediately, and go forth on the mission which
thou wast commanded to take to Hiram." He arose from his bed
and took what clothing .he had in readiness, and set off without
further delay.
On arriving at the above-mentioned place, he found William
E. McLellin there according to previous appointment. Here they
commenced preaching together, and after laboring a while in this
town, they went from place to place, bearing testimony of the truth
in whatever city, town, or village they entered, until the 27th of
December, at which time they arrived at Kirtland. Samuel was not
long permitted to remain at home in quiet; on the first of January
he was sent, with Orson Hyde, on a mission into the eastern
country. They went and preached from city to city until they were
called home to receive the ordinance of The Washing of Feet.
Footnote:
1. October, 1838, Samuel Bent was made a member of the High
Council at Far West, Missouri. One year later he was chosen a
member of the High Council at Commerce [afterwards called
Nauvoo], Illinois. We have no record of his being president of the
High Council in the lifetime of Joseph Smith. May have been made
such by the faction under Brigham Young. He died at Garden
Grove, Iowa, August 16, 1846. H.C.S.
Return To Contents
Chapter 42
An extract from the history of Joseph,
the Prophet
Sidney Rigdon's transgression --
Trouble in Jackson County
I shall now return to the month of September, 1831. Joseph,
at this time, was engaged in translating the Bible, and Sidney
Rigdon was writing for him. About the first of this month, Joseph
came to the conclusion to remove himself and clerk, as well as
their families, to the before-mentioned town of Hiram, in order to
expedite the work. They moved to the house of Father Johnson,
and lived with him in peace until the following March, when a
circumstance occurred, which I shall relate in his own words:
"On the 25th of March (1832), the twins before
mentioned, which had been sick of the measles for
some time, caused us to be broke of our rest in taking
care of them, especially my wife. In the evening I told
her she had better retire to rest with one of the children,
and I would watch with the sickest child. In the night
she told me I had better lie down on the trundle-bed,
and I did so, and was soon after awoke by her
screaming murder! when I found myself going out of
the door in the hands of about a dozen men, some of
whose hands were in my hair, and some hold of my
shirt, drawers, and limbs. The foot of the trundle-bed
was toward the door, leaving only room enough for the
door to swing. My wife heard a gentle tapping .on the
win- dows, which she then took no particular notice of
(but which was unquestionably designed for ascer-
taining whether we were all asleep), and, soon after, the
mob burst open the door and surrounded the bed in an
instant, and, as I said, the first I knew, I was going ,out
of the door, in the ,hands of an infuri- ated mob. I made
a desperate struggle, as I was forced out, to extricate
myself, but only cleared one leg, with which I made a
pass at one man, and he fell on the door steps. I was
immediately confined again, and they swore by God
they would kill me if I did not be still, which quieted
me. As they passed around the house with me, the
fellow that I kicked, came to me and thrust his hand
into my face all covered with blood, (for I hit him on
the nose), and with an exulting horse laugh, muttered,
'Ge, gee, God d--ran ye, I'll fix ye.'
They then seized me by the throat, and held on till
I 1ost my breath. After I came to, as they passed along
with me, about thirty rods from the house, I saw Elder
Rigdon stretched out on the ground, whither they had
dragged him by the heels. I supposed he was dead.
I began to plead with them, saying, You will have
mercy and spare my life, I hope. To which they replied,
'God d--mn ye, call on yer God for help, we'll show ye
no mercy;' and the people began to show themselves in
every direction; one coming from the orchard had a
plank, and I expected they would kill me, and carry me
off on a plank. They then turned to the right, and went
on about thirty rods further--about sixty rods from the
house, and thirty from where I saw Elder Rigdon--into
the meadow, where they stopped, and one said,
'Simonds, Simonds,' (meaning, I suppose, Simonds
Rider), 'Pull up his drawers, pull up his drawers, he will
take cold.' Another replied, 'Ar'nt ye going to kill ira?
Ar'nt ye going to kill 'ira?' when a group of mobbers
collected a little way off, and said, 'Simonds, Simonds,
come here;' and Simonds charged those who had hold
of me to keep me from touching the ground (as they
had done all the time), lest I should get a spring upon
them. They went and held a council, and as I could
occasionally overhear a word, I supposed it was to
know whether it was best to kill me. They returned,
after a while, whenI! learned that they had concluded
not to kill me, but pound and scratch me well, tear off
my shirt and drawers, and leave me naked. One cried,
'Simonds, Simonds, where is the tar bucket?' 'I don't
know,' answered one, 'where 'tis, Eli's left it.' They ran
back and fetched the bucket of tar, when one
exclaimed, 'God d--ran it, let's tar up his mouth;' and
they tried to force the tar-paddle into my mouth; I
twisted my head around, so that they could not; and
they cried out, 'God d--mn ye, hold up your head and
let us give ye some tar.' They then tried to force a vial
into my mouth, and broke it in my teeth. All my clothes
were torn off me, except my shirt collar; and one man
fell on me and scratched my body with his nails like a
mad cat, then muttered out, 'God d--ran ye that's the
way the Holy Ghost falls on folks.'
They then left me, and I attempted to rise, but fell
again; I pulled the tar away from my lips, etc., so that I
could breathe more freely, and after a while I began to
recover, and raised myself up, when I saw two lights. I
made my way towards one of them, and found it was
Father Johnson's. When I had come to the door I was
naked, and the tar made me 1ook as though I was
covered with blood; and when my wife saw me, she
thought I was all mashed to pieces, and fainted. During
the affray abroad, the sisters of the neighborhood had
collected at my room. I called for a blanket, they threw
me one and shut the door; I wrapped it around me, and
went in ....
My friends spent the night in scraping and
removing the tar, and washing and cleansing my body,
so that by morning I was ready to be clothed again.
This being Sabbath morning, the people assembled
for meeting at the usual hour of worship, and among
those came also the mobbers, viz, Simonds Rider, a
Campbellitc preacher, and leader of the mob; one
M'Clentic, son of a Campbellite minister; and Pelatiah
Allen, Esquire, who gave the mob a barrel of whisky to
raise their spirits; and many others. With my flesh all
scarified and defaced, I preached to the congregation, as
usual, and in the afternoon of the same day baptized
three individuals."--Times and Seasons, volume 5, page
611. Millennial Star, volume 14, page 148.
Sidney Rigdon went immediately to Kirtland, but Joseph
remained at Father Johnson's to finish his preparations for a
journey, which he contemplated making to Missouri. Immediately
after Sidney's arrival at Kirtland, we met for the purpose of holding
a prayer-meeting, and, as Sidney had not been with us for some
time, we hoped to hear from him upon this occasion. We waited a
long time before he made his appearance; at last he came in,
seemingly much agitated. He did not go to the stand, but began to
pace back and forth through the house. My husband said, "Brother
Sidney, we would like to hear a discourse from you to-day."
Brother Rigdon replied, in a tone of excitement, "The keys of the
kingdom are rent from the church, and there shall not be a prayer
put up in this house this day."
"Oh! no," said Mr. Smith, "I hope not."
"I tell you they are," rejoined Elder Rigdon, "and no man or
woman shall put up a prayer in this place to-day."
This greatly disturbed the minds of many sisters, and some
brethren. The brethren stared and turned pale, and the sisters cried,
Sister Howe, in particular, was very much terrified; "Oh, dear me!"
said she, "what shall we do? what shall we do? The keys of the
kingdom are taken from us, and what shall we do? .... I tell you
again," said Sidney, with much feeling, "the keys of the kingdom
are taken from you, and you never will have them again until you
build me a new house."
Hyrum was vexed at this frivolous nonsense, and, taking his
hat, he went out of the house, saying, "I'll put a stop to this fuss,
pretty quick; I'm going for Joseph." "Oh, don't," said Sister Howe,
"for pity's sake, don't go for him. Brother Sidney says the keys of
the kingdom are taken from us, and where is the use of bringing
Joseph here."
Hyrum took a horse, and went immediately to Father
Johnson's, for Joseph. He arrived there in the afterpart of the night,
and having aroused Joseph, he said, "You must go straight with me
to Kirtland; we are having terrible times there, and I want you to
come up and see to things."
Joseph being informed of the precise situation of affairs, he
got a horse of Father Johnson, and started without delay, with
Hyrum, for Kirtland. On his arrival there, the brethren were
collected for meeting. Joseph went upon the stand, and informed
the brethren that they were under a great mistake, that the church
had not transgressed; "And, as for the keys of the kingdom," said
he, "I, myself, hold the keys of this last dispensation, and will for
ever hold them, both in time and in eternity; so set your hearts at
rest upon that point, all is right."
He then went on and preached a comforting discourse, after
which he appointed a council to sit the next day, by which Sidney
was tried, for having lied in the name of the Lord. In this council
Joseph told him he must suffer for what he had done, that he
should be delivered over to the buffetings of Satan, who would
handle him as one man handleth another, that the less priesthood
he had the better it would be for him, and that it would be well for
him to give up his license.
This counsel Sidney complied with, yet he had to suffer for
his folly, for, according to his own account, he was dragged out of
bed by the Devil, three times in one night, by his heels. Whether
this be true or not, one thing is certain, his contrition of soul was as
great as a man could well live through.
After he had sufficiently humbled himself, he received
another license; but the old one was retained, and is now in the
hands of Bishop Whitney.
On the 2d of April, 1832, Joseph set off for Missouri,
accompanied by Newel K. Whitney, Peter Whitmer, and Jesse
Gauze. They were taken by Brother Pitkin to the town of Warren
where they were joined by Brother Rigdon, and they all pursued
their journey together. During her husband's absence, Emma Smith
lived with William Cahoon and Brother Williams, occasionally
spending a short time with us.
On the 24th of April Joseph arrived at Independence. He
made haste to attend to the business that lay before him, and on
the 6th of May following, he, with Brothers Whitney and Rigdon,
left Independence for Kirtland. When they arrived at New Albany,
Brother Whitney had the misfortune to get his leg broken.1 This
detained Joseph, who remained, in order to take care of him, four
weeks at Mr. Porter's public-house in Greenville. While they were
at this place, Joseph had poison administered to him in his food,
which operated very violently upon his system, but he soon
recovered, and the next morning they pursued their journey again,
and arrived in Kirtland some time in the month of June. When
Joseph got home, he immediately procured a house for his wife;
and after making his family comfortable, he went on a mission to
the East, leaving his family in the care of Hyrum. Shortly after he
left, Joseph Smith the third was born.2
After Joseph returned from his mission to the East, he
established a school for the elders, and called them all home from
the different parts of the country where they had been laboring.
This was called the School of the Prophets; and was kept in an
upper room of the house in which Joseph resided. At this time my
sons were all called home, and, shortly after they arrived, Joseph
took all the male portion of our family into the before-named
schoolroom, and administered to them the ordinance of Washing of
Feet; after which the Spirit fell upon them, and they spake in
tongues, and prophesied. The brethren gathered together to witness
the manifestations of the power of God. At that time I was on the
farm a short distance from the place where the meeting was held,
and my children being anxious that I should enjoy the meeting, sent
a messenger in great haste for me. I went without delay, and
shared with the rest, the most glorious outpouring of the Spirit of
God that had ever before taken place in the church. We felt that
we had gained a decided victory over the adversary, and,
"We could not believe,
That we ever should grieve,
Or ever should sorrow again."
But, alas! our joy was soon mingled with woe. It was not two
months before a messenger arrived from Missouri, with tidings of
the difficulty in Jackson County; that Brothers Partridge and Allen
had been tarred and leathered, and put into prison; that some had
been killed, and others shot; and among the latter, was Brother
Dibble, who had been dangerously wounded. Upon hearing this,
Joseph was overwhelmed with grief. He burst into tears, and
sobbed aloud. "Oh, my brethren! my brethren;" he exclaimed,
"would that I had been with you, to have shared your fate. Oh, my
God, what shall I do in such a trial as this!" After his grief had a
little subsided, he called a council, and it was resolved that the
brethren from the surrounding country, as well as those in Kirtland,
should go immediately to Missouri, and take with them money and
clothing to relieve the brethren in their distress. Just before this,
Jesse Smith, my husband's nephew, and Amos Fuller, arrived in
Kirtland from Potsdam, and Jesse determined to go with the camp
to Missouri. He was the son of Jesse Smith, my husband's oldest
brother, of whose peculiar disposition I have spoken before.
Knowing that his father would censure us, I endeavored to
dissuade him from going; but to no purpose, for he was determined
upon being one of the company. After making the necessary
collections, they set out for Missouri. The whole company
amounted to two hundred in number.
Footnotes:
1. See Times and Seasons, volume 5, page 626, Millennlial Star, volume 14.
page 163
2. According to the account of Joseph Smith he returned from this Eastern trip
on the day his son was born, November 6, 1832, Times and Seasons, volume
5, page 67, Church History, volume 1, page 259.
Return To Contents
Chapter 43
Lucy Smith Builds A Schoolhouse
Joseph and Hyrum return from
Missouri
They rehearse the history of their
trouble
Previous to taking leave for Missouri, the brethren
commenced building a house, which was designed for both a
meeting-house and a school. This was left in the hands of Brother
Reynolds Cahoon for completion, and was to be in readiness for
use by the commencement of the ensuing winter. It is true we held
meetings in it during the summer, but then it only served as a
shelter from the sun. We were now unusually anxious to meet
together as often as possible, in order to unite our faith and prayers
in behalf of our brethren; but, for a length of time after they left,
almost every meeting was broken up by a storm. In consequence
of this, together with the near approach of winter, we began to
urge upon Brother Cahoon the necessity of hurrying the building,
but he said that he could do nothing about the matter, as he had
neither time nor means. This made me very sorrowful. I studied
upon it a long time. Finally, I told my husband I believed that I
could raise the means myself to finish the building, and, if he
would give his consent, I would try and see what I could do. He
said he would be glad if I could do anything towards forwarding
the the work, and that I might take any course I saw fit, in order to
accomplish it. I then wrote a subscription paper, in which I agreed
to refund all the money that should be given, in case it could not be
appropriated to the purpose for which it should be subscribed.
This article I first took to each member of my family who
were at home, as also my boarders, then proceeded with it to
Father Bosley's. Here I received considerable assistance, and, as I
was leaving the house, I met Brother Cahoon, and informed him of
what I was doing. He seemed pleased, and told me to go on and
prosper. And it was even so, I did prosper; so that in two weeks I
had everything in fine order for commencing the work.
I employed a man by the name of Bar to make and case the
doors, and also to case the windaws and make the sashes. All this
was to be done at a very reduced price. Mr. Bar went immediately
to the house, and began to take the measurement of the windows,
but, in consequence of some misunderstanding, Brother Cahoon
forbade him touching the work. Mr. Bar came to my husband for
an explanation of the affair. A council was called, and, after three
hour's sitting, it was voted that Mother Smith should go on, and
finish the. house as she thought proper. Accordingly, I continued to
collect means and employ hands, until the house was thoroughly
completed, even to the fastenings of the doors; and when this was
accomplished, there was but six dollars remaining unpaid. And this
debt my husband afterwards discharged by the sale of produce.
Late in the fall Joseph and Hyrum returned. They were
overjoyed to meet us again in health, more especially on account of
the perils which they had passed through during their absence.
Joseph and Hyrum sat down beside me, each holding one of my
hands in his, while they related the following story:
"When we started on our journey we made arrangements to
have every one made as comfortable as possible; but the sufferings
which are incident to such an excursion made some of the brethren
discontented, and they began to murmur against us, saying, 'The
Lord never required them to take such a tiresome journey,' and
that it was folly for them to suffer such fatigue and inconvenience
just to gratify us. We warned them, in the name of the Lord, to
stop their murmuring; for, if they did not, the displeasure of the
Almighty would be manifested in judgments in their midst. But the
majority of them paid no attention to what we said, until one
morning when they went out to harness up their horses, and found
them all so lame as to be unable to travel. We told them that this
was a curse which had come upon them because of transgression;
but, if they would repent, it might be removed--if not, a greater
curse would come upon them. They believed what we said, and
repented of their folly. The consequence was, we were soon on
our journey again. It was not long, however, till the spirit of
dissension arose again, and was not quelled, so as to produce any
degree of good feeling, until we arrived at Missouri.
Soon after arriving at the point of destination, the cholera
broke out in our midst; the brethren were so violently attacked that
it seemed impossible to render them any assistance. They
immediately sent for us to lay hands on them, but we soon
discovered that this, also, was a judgment from the Almighty; for,
when we laid our hands upon them, in the name of the Lord, the
disease immediately fastened itself upon us, and in a few minutes
we were in awful agony.
We made signals to each other and left the house, in order to
join in prayer to God that he would deliver us from this dreadful
influence; but, before we could get to a sufficient distance from the
house to be secure from interruption, we were hardly able to stand
upon our feet, and we feared that we should die in that western
wilderness without the privilege of blessing our children, or giving
them one word of parting counsel. We succeeded in getting a few
steps further, and then fell upon our knees and cried unto the Lord
that he would deliver us from this awful calamity, but we arose
worse than before. We kneeled down the second time, and when
we commenced praying the cramp seized us, gathering the cords in
our arms and legs in bunches, and operating equally severe
throughout our system. We still besought the Lord, with all our
strength, to have mercy upon us, but all in vain. It seemed as
though the heavens were sealed against us, and that every power
that could render us any assistance was shut up within its gates.
We then kneeled down the third time, concluding never to arise to
our feet again, until one or the other should get a testimony that we
should be healed; and that the one who should get the first
intimation of the same from the Spirit, should make it known to the
others."
They stated further, that after praying some time the cramp
began to release its hold; and, in a short time Hyrum sprang to his
feet and exclaimed, "Joseph, we shall return to our families. I have
had an open vision, in which I saw mother kneeling under an
apple-tree; and she is even now asking God, in tears, to spare our
lives, that she may again behold us in the flesh. The Spirit testifies,
that her prayers, united with ours, will be answered."
"O, my mother!" said Joseph, "how often have your prayers
been the means of assisting us when the shadows of death
encompassed us!"
William was also taken sick of the same disease; but one of
the sisters took him to her house, and nursed him so faithfully that
he soon recovered. Jesse Smith, my nephew, was seized so
violently that nothing could be done for him, and he died
immediately. Brother Thayre was also taken with the cholera; he
went to the river and commenced dipping himself, and finding that
it helped him, he continued until he was quite restored. His
example was followed by several others, and with the same effect.
After hearing this recital, I took Joseph and Hyrum with me,
and showed them the new meetinghouse, with which they were
highly pleased, and they approved of all that I had done relative to
the matter.
Return To Contents
Chapter 44
The Lord's House at Kirtland
Commenced
A letter from the Prophet to his Uncle
Silas
The summer ensuing Joseph's return from Missouri, the
brethren called a council with the view of investigating the subject
of building a new meeting-house, as the first was now too small to
accommodate the increased congregation.1
In this council, Joseph requested that each of the brethren
should give his views with regard to the house; and when they had
all got through, he would then give his opinion concerning the
matter. They all complied with his request. Some were in favor of
building a frame house, but the majority were of a mind to put up
another log house. Joseph rereminded them that they were not
building a house for man, but for God; "and shall we, brethren,"
said he, "build a house for our God, of logs? No, I have a better
plan than that. I have a plan of the house of the Lord, given by
himself; and you will soon see by this, the difference between our
calculations and His idea of things."
He then gave them a full pattern of the house of the Lord at
Kirtland, with which the brethren were delighted, particularly
Hyrum, who was much more animated than if it were designed for
himself.
After the close of the meeting, Joseph took the brethren with
him, for the purpose of selecting a spot for the building to stand
upon. The place which they made choice of was situated in the
northwest corner of a field of wheat, which was sown by my sons
the fall previous, on the farm upon which we were then living. In a
few minutes the fence was removed, and the standing grain
leveled, in order to prepare a place for the building, and Hyrum
commenced digging a trench for the wall, he having declared that
he would strike the first blow upon the house.
This was Saturday night. On the following Monday the
brethren went to work at the house with great ambition; and
although but thirty families now remained in Kirtland, they never
suffered the work to stop until it was accomplished. They had to
endure great fatigue and privation, in consequence of the
opposition they met with from their enemies, and which was so
great that they were compelled to keep a guard upon the walls
every night after they were commenced, until they were
completed. They "gave no sleep to their eyes, nor slumber to their
eyelid's, until they found a place for the Lord, a habitation for the
mighty God of Jacob."
Mary Baily and Agnes Coolbrith were then boarding with me;
they devoted their whole time to making and mending clothes for
the men who were employed on the house. There was but one
mainspring to all our thoughts and actions, and that was, the
building of the Lord's house.
I often wonder, when I hear brethren and sisters complain at
the trifling inconveniences which they have to suffer in these days,
and I think to myself that salvation is worth as much now as it was
in the commencement of the work. But "all like the purchase, few
the price would pay." How often I have parted every bed in the
house for the accommodation of the brethren, and then laid a
single blanket on the floor for my husband and myself; while
Joseph and Emma slept on the same floor, with nothing but their
cloaks for both bed and bedding.
At this time, John Smith, my husband's brother, was lying
very low with the consumption, and, although he was unable to
stand upon his feet without assistance, he resolved upon being
baptized, which was accordingly done, and he was immediately
healed. In a short time he moved his family to Kirtland, where he
settled himself with the church.
Not long after Brother John arrived, my oldest daughter,
Sophronia Stoddard, was taken sick. Her symptoms soon became
so alarming that her husband sent for a physician, who after
attending upon her for some time, pronounced her beyond the
reach of medicine, and therefore discontinued his visits. As she did
not speak, nor turn herself in bed, many supposed that she was
dying. When she was in this situation, Jared Carter, together with
my husband and our sons, administered to her in the name of the
Lord, and in half an hour she spoke to me saying, "Mother, I shall
get well--not suddenly, but the Lord will heal me gradually." The
same day she sat up half an hour, and in three days she walked
across the street.
We were still living on the farm, and laboring with our might
to make the droves of company, which were constantly coming in,
as comfortable as possible. Joseph saw how we were situated, and
that it would not answer for us to keep a public house, at free cost,
any longer; and, by his request, we moved into an upper room of
his own house, where we lived very comfortably for a season.
About this time Joseph wrote a letter to his Uncle Silas, which I
think would be interesting to my readers, and shall therefore give it
insertion in this place:
KIRTLAND MILLS, Ohio, Sept. 26, 1833.
"Respected Uncle Silas:
It is with feelings of deep interest for the welfare of
mankind, which fill my mind on the reflection that all
were formed by the hand of Him who will call the same
to give an impartial account of all their works on that
great day to which you and myself, in common with
them, are bound, that I take up my pen and seat myself
in an attitude to address a few, though imperfect, lines
to you for your perusal.
I have no doubt but that you will agree with me,
that men will be held accountable for the things they
have done, and not for the things they have not done.
Or that all the light and intelligence communicated to
them from their beneficent Creator, whether it is much
or little, by the same they, in justice, will be judged.
And that they are required to yield obedience, and
improve upon that, and that only, which is given, for
man is not to live by bread alone, but by every word
that proceeds out of the mouth of the Lord.
Seeing that the Lord has never given the world to
understand, by anything heretofore revealed, that He
had ceased for ever to speak to His creatures, when
sought unto in a proper manner, why should it be
thought a thing incredible, that He should be pleased to
speak again 'in these last days for their salvation?
Perhaps you may be surprised at this assertion, that I
should say for the salvation of His creatures in these last
days, since we have already in our possession a vast
volume of His word, which He has previously given.
But you will admit that the word spoken to Noah was
not sufficient for Abraham, or it was not required of
Abraham to leave the land of his nativity, and seek an
inheritance in a strange country upon the word spoken
to Noah, but, for himself he obtained promise at the
hand of the Lord, and walked in that perfection, that he
was called the friend of God. Isaac, the promised seed,
was not required to rest his hope alone upon the
promises made to his father Abraham, but was
privileged with the assurance of his approbation, in the
sight of heaven, by the direct voice of the Lord to him.
If one man can live upon the revelations given to
another, might I not with propriety ask, why the
necessity, then, of the Lord's speaking to Isaac as he
did, as is recorded in the twenty-sixth chapter of
Genesis? For the Lord there repeats, or rather, promises
again to perform the oath which He had previously
sworn to Abraham; and why this repetition to Isaac?
Why was not the 'first promise as sure for Isaac as it
was for Abraham? Was not Isaac Abraham's son? And
could he not place implicit confidence in the veracity of
his father as being a man of God?
Perhaps you may say that he was a very peculiar
man, and different from men in these last days,
consequently, the Lord favored him with blessings,
peculiar and different, as he was different from men in
this age. I admit that he was a peculiar man, and was
not only peculiarly blessed, but greatly blessed. But all
the peculiarity that I can discover in the man, or all the
difference between him and men in this age, is, that he
was more holy and more perfect before God, and came
to him with a purer heart, and more faith than men in
this day.
The same might be said on the subject of Jacob's
history. Why was it that the Lord spake to him
concerning the same promise, after he had made it once
to Abraham, and renewed it to Isaac? Why could not
Jacob rest contented upon the word spoken to his
fathers? When the time of the promise drew nigh for
the deliverance of the children of Israel from the land of
Egypt, why was it necessary that the Lord should begin
to speak to them? The promise or word to Abraham,
was, that his seed should serve in bondage, and be
afflicted, four hundred years, and after that they should
come out with great substance. Why did they not rely
upon this promise, and when they had remained in
Egypt, in bondage, four hundred years, come out,
without waiting for further revelations, but act entirely
upon the promise given to Abraham, that they should
come out?
Paul said to his Hebrew brethren, that God might
more abundantly show unto the heirs of promise the
iramutability of His counsel, He confirmed it by an
oath. He also exhorts them, who, through faith and
patience inherit the promises.
Notwithstanding, we (said Paul) have fled for
refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us, which
hope we have as an archor of the soul, both sure and
steadfast, and which entereth into that within the veil,
yet he was careful to press upon them the necessity of
continuing on until they, as well as those who then
inherited the promises, might have the assurance of
their salvation confirmed to them by an oath from the
mouth of Him who could not lie; for that seemed to be
the example anciently, and Paul holds it out to his
Hebrew brethren as an object attainable in his day. And
why not? I admit, that by reading the Scriptures of
truth, the saints, in the days of Paul, could learn,
beyond the power of contradiction, that Abraham,
Isaac, and Jacob, had the pomise of eternal life
confirmed to them by an oath of the Lord, but that
promise or oath was no assurance to them of their
salvation; but they could, by walking in the footsteps,
continuing in the faith of their fathers, obtain for
themselves an oath for confirmation that they were
meet to be partakers of the inheritance with the saints in
light.
If the saints, in the days of the apostles, were
privileged to take the saints for example, and lay hold of
the same promises, and attain to the same exalted
privileges of knowing that their names were written in
the Lamb's Book of Life, and that they were sealed
there as a perpetual memorial before the face of the
Most High, will not the same faithfulness, the same
purity of heart, and the same faith, bring the same
assurance of eternal life, and that in the same manner to
the children of men now, in this age of the world? I
have no doubt but that the holy prophets, and apostles,
and saints in ancient days were saved in the kingdom of
God; neither do I doubt but that they held converse and
communion with Him while they were in the flesh, as
Paul said to his Corinthian brethren, that the Lord Jesus
showed himself to above five hundred saints at one time
after His resurrection. Job said that he knew that his
Redeemer lived, and that he should see Him in the flesh
in the latter days. I may believe that Enoch walked with
God, and by faith was translated. I may believe that
Noah was a perfect man in his generation, and also
walked with God. I may believe that Abraham
communed with God, and conversed with angels. I may
believe that Isaac obtained a renewal of the covenant
made to Abraham by the direct voice of the Lord. I
may believe that Jacob conversed with holy angels, and
heard the word of his Maker, that he wrestled with the
angel until he prevailed, and obtained a blessing. I may
believe that Elijah was taken to heaven in a chariot of
fire with fiery horses. I may believe that the saints saw
the Lord, and conversed with him face to face after his
resurrection. I may believe that the Hebrew church
came to Mount Zion, and unto the city of the living
God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to an innumerable
company of angels. I may believe that they looked into
eternity, and saw the Judge of all, and Jesus the
Mediator of the New Covenant. But will all this
purchase an assurance for me, and waft me to the
regions of eternal day, with my garments spotless, pure,
and white? Or, must I not rather obtain for myself, by
my own faith and diligence in keeping the
commandments of the Lord, an assurance of salvation
for myself? And have I not an equal privilege with the
ancient saints? And will not the Lord hear my prayers,
and listen to my cries as soon as He ever did to theirs, if
I come to him in the manner they did? Or, is He a
respecter of persons?
I must now close this subject for the want of time;
and, I may say, with propriety, at the beginning. We
would be pleased to see you in Kirtland; and more
pleased to have you embrace the New Covenant.
I remain, yours affectionately, "JOSEPH SMITH,
JR."
Previous to the time of our going to live with Joseph, my
attention had been chiefly taken up with business; I now concluded
to devote the most of my time to the study of the Bible, Book of
Mormon, and Doctrine and Covenants, but a circumstance
occurred which deprived me of the privilege. One day upon going
down-stairs to dinner, I incautiously set my foot upon a round
stick, that lay near the top of the stairs. This, rolling under my foot;
pitched me forward down the steps; my head was severely bruised
in falling; however, I said but little about it, thinking I should be
better soon. In the afternoon I went with my husband to a
blessing-meeting; I took cold, and an inflammation settled in my
eyes, which increased until I became entirely blind. The distress
which I suffered for a few days surpasses all description. Every
effort was made by my friends to relieve me, but all in vain. I
called upon the elders, and requested them to pray to the Lord that
I might be able to see, so as to be able to read without even
wearing spectacles. They did so, and when they took their hands
off my head, I read two lines in the Book of Mormon; and
although I am now seventy years old, I have never worn g!asses
since.2
Footnotes:
1. Other accounts agree that the Kirtland Temple was commenced prior to
Zion's Camp starting to Missouri.
2. Lucy Smith was born in 1776, hence this must have been written about 1846.
H.C.S.
Return To Contents
Chapter 45
The House of the Lord Completed
A division in the Church
The house of the Lord went steadily forward, until it was
completed, notwithstanding the threats of the mob. When this
work was accomplished, there was much rejoicing in the church,
and great blessings were poured out upon the elders; but as I was
not present at the endowment, I shall say but little about it.
Shortly after the completion of the house, Joseph and Martin
Harris took a short tour through the eastern country. When they
arrived at Palmyra, on their return, Joseph had a vision, which
lasted until he besought the Lord to take it from him; for it
manifested to him things which were painful to contemplate. It was
taken from before his eyes for a short time, but soon returned
again, and remained until the whole scene was portrayed before
him.
On his arrival at home, the brethren seemed greatly pleased
to see him. The next day he preached a sermon, and the following
is a part of his remarks:
"Brethren, I am rejoiced to see you, and I have no doubt but
that you are glad to see me. We are now nearly as happy as we
can be on earth. We have accomplished more than we had any
reason to expect when we began. Our beautiful house is finished,
and the Lord has acknowledged it, by pouring out his Spirit upon
us here, and revealing to us much of His will in regard to the work
which He is about to perform.
Furthermore, we have everything that is necessary to our
comfort and convenience, and, judging from appearances, one
would not suppose that anything could occur which would break
up our friendship for each other, or disturb our tranquility. But
brethren, beware; for I tell you in the name of the Lord, that there
is an evil in this very congregation, which, if not repented of, will
result in setting one third of you, who are here this day, so much at
enmity against me, that you will have a desire to take my life; and
you even would do it, if God should permit the deed. But brethren,
I now call upon you to repent, and cease all your hardness of
heart, and turn from those principles of death and dishonesty
which you are harboring in your bosoms, before it is eternally too
late, for there is yet room for repentance."
He continued to labor with them in this way, appealing to
them in the most solemn manner, until almost every one in the
house was in tears, and he was exhausted with speaking.
The following week was spent in surmises and speculations,
as to who would be the traitors, and why they should be so, etc.,
etc.
Prior to this a bank was established in Kirtland. Soon after
the sermon, above mentioned, Joseph discovered that a large
amount of money had been taken away by fraud, from this bank.
He immediately demanded a search warrant of Esquire Williams,
which was flatly refused.
"I insist upon a warrant," said Joseph, "for if you will give me
one, I can get the money, and if you do not, I will break you of
your office."
"Well, break it is, then," said Williams, "and we will strike
hands upon it."
"Very well," said Joseph, "from henceforth I drop you from
my quorum, in the name of the Lord."
Williams, in wrath, replied "Amen."
Joseph entered a complaint against him, for neglect of duty,
as an officer of justice; in consequence of which the magistracy
was taken from him, and given to Oliver Cowdery. Joseph then
went to Cleveland, in order to transact some business pertaining to
the bank; and as he was absent the ensuing Sunday, my husband
preached to the people. In speaking of the bank affair, he reflected
somewhat sharply upon Warren Parrish. Although the reflection
was just, Parrish was highly incensed, and made an attempt to drag
him out of the stand. My husband appealed to Oliver Cowdery,
who was justice of the peace, to have him brought to order; but
Oliver never moved from his seat. William, seeing the abuse which
his father was receiving, sprang forward and caught Parrish, and
carried him in his arms nearly out of the house. At this John
Boynton stepped forward, and drawing a sword from his cane,
presented it to William's breast, and said, "If you advance one step
further, I will run you through." Before William had time to turn
himself, several gathered around him, threatening to handle him
severely, if he should lay the weight of his finger upon Parrish
again. At this juncture of affairs, I left the house, not only terrified
at the scene, but likewise sick at heart to see that the apostasy of
which Joseph had prophesied was so near at hand.
At this time a certain young woman, who was living at David
Whitmer's, uttered a prophecy, which she said was given her by
looking through a black stone that she had found. This prophecy
gave some altogether a new idea of things. She said the reason why
one third of the church would turn away from Joseph, was because
that he was in transgression himself; that he would fall from his
office on account of the same; that David Whitmer, or Martin
Harris would fill Joseph's place; and that the one who did not
succeed him, would be the counselor to the one that did.
This girl soon became an object of great attention among
those who were disaffected. Doctor Williams, the ex-justice of the
peace, became her scribe, and wrote her revelations for her. Jared
Carter, who lived in the same house with David Whitmer, soon
imbibed the same spirit, and I was informed that he said in one of
their meetings, that he had power to raise "Joe Smith" to the
highest heavens, or sink him to the lowest hell. Shortly after
this, Jared came to our house, and I questioned him relative to
what he had said concerning Joseph. Not having mentioned the
matter to my husband, he did not understand what I meant at first;
but after a little explanation, he warned Jared to repent of the
injudicious course that he was taking, and speedily confess his sins
to the church, or the judgments of God would overtake him. Jared
received this admonition, and acknowledging his fault, agreed to
confess to the brethren the first opportunity.
The next morning he was seized with a violent pain in his
eyes, and continued in great distress for two days. On the evening
of the second day, he arose from his bed, and, kneeling down,
besought the Lord to heal him, covenanting to make a full
confession to the church at meeting the next Sunday.
Accordingly, the next Sabbath he arose and stated to the
brethren that he had done wrong; and, asking their forgiveness,
begged to be received again into their confidence. He did not,
however, state what he had done that was wrong; nevertheless his
confession was received, and he was forgiven. But the rest of his
party continued obstinate. They still held their secret meetings at
David Whitmer's, and when the young woman, who was their
instructress, was through giving what revelations she intended for
the evening, she would jump out of her chair and dance over the
floor, boasting of her power, until she was perfectly exhausted. Her
proselytes would also, in the most vehement manner, proclaim
their purity and holiness, and the mighty power which they were
going to have.
They made a standing appointment for meetings to be held
every Thursday, by the pure church in the house of the Lord.
They also circulated a paper, in order to ascertain how many
would follow them, and it was found that a great proportion of the
church were decidedly in favor of the new party. In this spirit they
went to Missouri, and contaminated the minds of many of the
brethren against Joseph, in order to destroy his influence. This
made it more necessary than ever to keep a strict guard at the
houses of those who were the chief objects of their vengeance.1
Return To Contents
Chapter 46
Joseph Smith, Senior, and his Brother,
John go on a Mission to the East
The Death of Jerusha Smith
In the year 1836 my husband and his brother John were sent
on a short mission to New Portage. While there they administered
patriarchal blessings and baptized sixteen persons. Soon after they
left for New Portage, their aged mother arrived in Kirtland from
New York, after traveling the distance of five hundred miles. We
sent immediately for my husband and his brother, who returned as
speedily as possible, and found the old lady in good health and
excellent spirits. She rejoiced to meet so many of her children,
grandchildren, and great-grandchildren, whom she expected never
to see.
In two days after her sons, John and Joseph, arrived, she was
taken sick, and survived but one week, at the end of which she
died, firm in the faith of the gospel, although she had never yielded
obedience to any of its ordinances. Her age was ninety-three years.
In a short time after her death my husband and his brother
John took a journey to visit all the churches, and the following is a
sketch from the journal of John Smith, of this tour:
"As we traveled through New Hampshire, we visited
Daniel Mack, who was Joseph's brother-inlaw. He
treated us very kindly, but was unwilling to hear the
gospel. We traveled thence up the Connecticut River to
Grafton. Here we found an own sister, whom we had
not seen for twenty years. Her prejudice had become so
strong against 'Mormonism,' that she was unwilling to
treat us even decently.
From this place we went to Vermont, through
Windsor and Orange Counties, and found many of our
relatives, who treated us kindly, but would not receive
the gospel. We next crossed the Green Mountains to
Middlebury. Here we found our oldest sister, who was
very much pleased to see us, and received our
testimony. We stayed with her over night, and the next
day set out for St. Lawrence County, New York, where
we had one brother and a sister. Having arrived at this
brother's (who was Jesse Smith), we spent one day with
him. He treated us very ill. Leaving him, we went to see
our sister Susan. I had business about ten miles on one
side, and during my absence Jesse pursued Joseph to
Potsdam, with a warrant, on a pretended debt of twelve
dollars, and took him back to Stockholm. Not satisfied
with this, he abused him most shamefully, in the
presence of strangers; and he exacted fifty dollars of
him, which Joseph borrowed of Brother Silas, who
happened to be there just at that time from Kirtland,
and paid Jesse this sum, in order to save further trouble.
The meekness manifested by Brother Joseph upon
this occasion, won upon the feelings of many, who said
that Jesse had disgraced himself so much that he would
never be able to redeem his character.
From Potsdam we went to Ogdensburg, when to
our joy we found Heber C. Kimball, who had raised up
a small branch in that place. These were the first Latter
Day Saints we had seen in traveling three hundred
miles. On the 10th of October we returned home."
About one year after my husband returned from this mission a
calamity happened to our family that wrung our hearts with more
than common grief. Jerusha, Hyrum's wife, was taken sick, and,
after an illness of perhaps two weeks, died while her husband was
absent on a mission to Missouri. She was a woman whom
everybody loved that was acquainted with her, for she was every
way worthy. The family were so warmly attached to her that, had
she been our own sister, they could not have been more afflicted
by her death.
Chapter 47
The Persecution Revives
Don Carlos and his father fly from
their enemies
Joseph moves to Missouri
Soon after the division that took place in the church, our
enemies without began again to trouble us. Having seen our
prosperity in everything to which we had set our hands previous to
this, they became discouraged, and ceased their operations; but,
suddenly discovering that there was a division in our midst, their
fruitful imaginations were aroused to the utmost, to invent new
schemes to accomplish our destruction.
Their first movement was to sue Joseph for debt, and, with
this pretense, seize upon every piece of property belonging to any
of the family. Joseph then had in his possession four Egyptian
mummies, with some ancient records that accompanied them.
These the mob swore they would take from the meeting-house,
and then burn every one of them. Accordingly, they levied an
execution upon them for an unjust debt of fifty dollars; but, by
various stratagems, we succeeded in keeping them out of their
hands. The persecution finally became so violent that Joseph
regarded it as unsafe to remain any longer in Kirtland, and began to
make arrangements to move to Missouri.
One evening, before finishing his preparations for the
contemplated journey, he sat in council with the brethren at our
house. After giving them directions as to what he desired them to
do, while he was absent from them, and, as he was about leaving
the room, he said, "Well, brethren, I do not recollect anything
more, but one thing, brethren, is certain, I shall see you again, let
what will happen, for I have a promise of life five years, and they
can not kill me until that time is expired.
That night he was warned by the Spirit to make his escape,
with his family, as speedily as possible; he therefore arose from his
bed, and took his family, with barely beds and clothing sufficient
for them, and left Kirtland in the dead hour of the night. The day
following, the constable, Luke Johnson, an apostate, served a
summons upon my husband, telling him that no harm was
intended, and desired him to go immediately to the office.
I begged Johnson not to drag my husband away among our
enemies, for I knew, by sad experience, the direful consequences
of these civil suits. Johnson paid no attention to what I said, but
hurried my husband away to the office. He was taken for marrying
a couple; and as Esquire Cowdery, and the mob, did not consider
that he was a minister of the gospel, they disputed his having the
right to perform this ceremony, and so fined him the sum of three
thousand dollars, and, in case he should fail to pay this amount
forthwith, he was sentenced to go to the penitentiary.
Luke Johnson bustled about, pretending to be very much
engaged in preparing to draw writings for the money, and making
other arrangements, such as were required of him by the party to
which he belonged. The first opportunity that offered itself, he
went to Hyrum, and told him to take his father into a room, which
he pointed out to him, and, said Johnson, "I will manage to get the
window out, which will set him at liberty to jump out, and go
where he pleases." Mr. Smith and Hyrum, who had been together
all the time, then retired from the company, who were kept from
following them by Luke Johnson, who told the mob that the
prisoner had gone to consult about raising the money. In this way
they were stilled, until Mr. Smith, by the help of Hyrum and John
Boynton, escaped from the window.
My husband, after traveling about four miles, stopped with
Brother Snow, who was father to Eliza Snow, the poetess. The old
man told Mr. Smith that he would secrete him, and calling his
family together, he forbade them telling any one of his being there.
When Johnson supposed that my husband was out of their
reach, he started up and ran into the room where he had left him,
saying that he must see after the prisoner, and finding the room
empty, he made a great outcry, and ran, hunting in every direction
for the fugitive. He came to me and inquired if Mr. Smith had
returned home. This frightened me very much, and I exclaimed,
"Luke, you have killed my husband." He denied it, but gave no
further explanation. In a short time I found out where he was, and
sent him both money and clothes to travel with, so that in a few
days, he started with Don Carlos and Brother Wilber.
By this time, handbills were stuck up, on every public, as
well as private road, offering a reward for him, and describing his
person, in order, if possible, to prevent his escape. Runners were
also sent throughout the country to watch for him, with authority
to bring him back, in case he should be found; but, in spite of all
their diligence, he succeeded in making his escape, and getting to
New Rortage, where he stopped with Brother Taylor.
Don Carlos, having accompanied his father to the
above-named place, returned home again to his family; but,
immediately discovering that the mob contemplated taking him for
the same offense, he moved with his family to New Portage, and
was there with his father until the rest of the family were ready to
remove to Missouri. Hyrum had already moved there with his
family.
Shortly after they left, a man by the name of Edward
Woolley came to Kirtland to see Mr. Smith; not finding him there,
he went to New Portage, and persuaded my husband to
accompany him home. After Mr. Smith had been at this
gentleman's residence about two weeks, we became very uneasy
about him, and, as we did not know at that time whither he had
gone, William set out in pursuit of him, in order to learn, if
possible, whether he had met with friends, and was well provided
for, or had fallen into hands of his enemies, and been murdered,
for we had as much reason to apprehend the latter calamity, as to
hope for the former good fortune.
It was some time after William arrived at New Portage before
he could ascertain where my husband had gone. But as soon as he
did receive the desired information he proceeded to Edward
Woolley's, where he found his father in good health, but extremely
anxious about the family.
On hearing that William was in the place, many of the
inhabitants were desirous that he should preach, and he agreed to
do so; but a few declared that if he did they would tar and feather
him. One of these was Mr. Bear, a man of unusual size and
strength; besides him there were three others. These men came
into the house just as William was taking his text, which was, "The
poor deluded Mormons." The singularity of this text excited their
curiosity, and they stopped in the doorway, saying, Wait a little, let
us see what he will do with his text. And they waited so long, that
they either forgot what they came for, or changed their minds, for
they made no further moves towards using their tar and feathers.
After meeting, Mr. Bear frankly acknowledged his conviction
of the truth, and was baptized. Immediately after this William
returned home and his father went again to New Portage. Here he
remained with Don Carlos until we were ready to start to Missouri.
Footnote:
1. The Kirtland Bank affair was an unfortunate one, and has been
made the occasion of strong objection to the claims of the church.
There is, however, reason to believe that the failure was due more
to mismanagement than to dishonesty. Bro. William Marks. Sr., is
credited with stating that he made some advances of money, and
put forth some efforts to have the matter properly settled; but that
a large number of the bills were put afloat without the sanction of
the directors, by an individual, and this rendered such effort
useless. He lost considerable means in the attempt, and did not
avert disaster that occurred subsequently.
Return To Contents
Chapter 48
Joseph Smith, Senior, Moves with his
Family to Missouri
Commencement of the Persecution in
Caldwell
When we were ready to start on our journey, I went to New
Portage, and brought my husband to his family, and we all
proceeded together on our journey, highly delighted to enjoy each
other's society again, after so long a separation.
As soon as we had got fairly started, our sons began to have
calls to preach, and they directly discovered that if they should
yield to every solicitation, our journey would be a preaching
mission of no inconsiderable length, which was quite inconsistent
with the number and situation of our family. They therefore
stopped preaching, while on their journey, and we proceeded as
fast as possible, under the disadvantageous circumstances with
which we were frequently surrounded. Sometimes we lay in our
tents, through driving storms; at other times we were traveling on
foot through marshes and quagmires. Once in particular, we lay all
night exposed to the rain, which fell in torrents, so that when I
arose in the morning I found that my clothing was perfectly
saturated with the rain. However, I could not mend the matter by a
change of dress, for the rain was still falling rapidly, and I wore my
clothes in this situation three days, in consequence of which I took
a severe cold, so that when we arrived at the Mississippi River I
was unable to walk or sit up. After crossing this river, we stopped
at a negro hut, a most unlovely place, yet the best shelter we could
find. This hut was the birthplace of Catharine's daughter.
The next day my husband succeeded in getting a comfortable
place, about four miles distant, for Catharine and her infant
daughter, and they were carried thither on a lumber wagon, the
same day. We then agreed that Sophronia, and her second
husband, McCleary, should stop and take care of Catharine, while
Mr. Smith and the remainder of the party should take me and
make what speed they could to Huntsville.
Our progress was but slow, for I was unable to travel more
than four miles a day, on account of a violent cough with which I
was afflicted; however, we at length arrived there, and succeeded
in getting a place where we could stay for some considerable length
of time, if we should think proper to do so.
The next morning after our arrival, the family being absent, I
seized the opportunity to make an effort to get far enough from the
house to pray without interruption. Accordingly, I took a staff in
each hand, and, by the assistance which they afforded me, I was
enabled to reach a dense thicket, which lay some distance from the
house. As soon as I was sufficiently rested to speak with ease, I
commenced calling upon the Lord, beseeching him to restore me to
health, as well as my daughter Catharine. I urged every claim
which is afforded us by the Scriptures, and continued praying
faithfully for three hours, at the end of which time I was relieved
of every kind of pain, my cough left me, and I was well.
At one o'clock, Wilkins J. Salisbury, Catharine's husband,
came to Huntsville, and informed us that Catharine was so much
better, that, if she had a carriage to ride in, she could proceed on
her journey.
After getting a carriage, Salisbury returned to his wife, who
was forty miles from Huntsville, and the first day she traveled, she
rode thirty miles. The second day, it commenced raining quite
early in the morning, and continued to rain all day. However, this
did not stop Catharine; she started about eight o'clock and arrived
at the above-named place a little before noon. When she got to
Huntsville she was wet and cold. We put her immediately into a
dry bed, and soon after she had an ague fit. The elders were called
to lay hands upon her, after which she seemed better, but
continued weak and inclined to chills and fever some time.
The day following I washed a quantity of clothes, and then
we proceeded on our journey, and met with no further difficulty
until we arrived at Far West.
We moved into a small log house, having but one room, a
very inconvenient place for so large a family. Joseph saw how
uncomfortably we were situated, and proposed that we should take
a large tavern house, which he had recently purchased of Brother
Gilbert. We took the tavern, and moved into it. Samuel, previous
to this, had moved to a place called Marrowbone. William had
moved thirty miles in another direction. We were all now quite
comfortable.
But this state of affairs was of short duration, for it was not
long before our peace was again disturbed by the mob. An election
took place at Gallatin, the county-seat of Daviess County; the
brethren went to the polls, as usual, but, on attempting to vote,
they were forbidden by the mob. They, however, paid no attention
to this, but proceeded to vote; upon which one of the mob struck
Brother John Butler a heavy blow, which was returned by the
latter, with a force that brought his antagonist to the ground. Four
others came to the assistance of the fallen man, and shared the
same fate. The mob saw the discomfiture of their champions with
shame and disappointment, and not choosing to render them any
present help, they waited till evening, when, procuring the
assistance of the judge of the election, they wrote letters to all the
adjoining counties, begging their assistance against the "Mormons."
They stated that Joseph Smith had, himself, killed seven men, at
the election the day previous, and that the inhabitants had every
reason to expect that he would collect his people together, as soon
as possible, and murder all that did not belong to his church.
These letters were extensively circulated, and as widely
believed. A few days subsequent to this, Joseph was at our house
writing a letter. While he was thus engaged, I stepped to the door,
and looking toward the prairie, I beheld a large company of armed
men advancing towards the city, but, as I supposed it to be training
day, said nothing about it.
Presently the main body came to a halt. The officers
dismounting, eight of them came into the house. Thinking that they
had come for some refreshments, I offered them chairs, but they
refund to be seated, and, placing themselves in a line across the
floor, continued standing. I again requested them to sit, but they
replied, "We do not choose to sit down; we have come here to kill
Joe Smith and all the Mormons."
"Ah," said I, "what has Joseph Smith done, that you should
want to kill him?"
"He has killed seven men in Daviess County," replied the
foremost, "and we have come to kill him, and all his church."
"He has not been in Daviess County," I answered,
"consequently the report must be false. Furthermore, if you should
see him, you would not want to kill him."
"There is no doubt but that the report is perfectly correct,"
rejoined the officer; "it came straight to us, and I believe it; and we
were sent to kill the prophet and all who believe in him, and I'll be
d--d if I don't execute my orders."
"I suppose," said I, "you intend to kill me, with the rest?"
"Yes, we do," returned the officer.
"Very well," I continued, "I want you to act the gentlemen
about it, and do the job quick. Just shoot me down at once, then I
shall be at rest; but I should not like to be murdered by inches."
"There it is again," said he.
"You tell a Mormon that you will kill him, and they will
always tell you, 'That is nothing--if you kill us, we shall be happy.'"
Joseph, just at this moment, finished his letter, and, seeing
that he was at liberty, I said, "Gentlemen, suffer me to make you
acquainted with Joseph Smith, the prophet." They stared at him as
if he were a spectre. He smiled, and, stepping towards them, gave
each of them his hand, in a manner which convinced them that he
was neither a guilty criminal nor yet a hypocrite.
Joseph then sat down, and explained to them the views,
feelings, etc., of the church, and what their course had been;
besides the treatment which they had received from their enemies
since the first. He also argued that if any of the brethren had
broken the law they ought to be tried by the law, before any one
else was molested. After talking with them some time in this way,
he said,
"Mother, I believe I will go home now--Emma will be
expecting me." At this two of the men sprang to their feet, and
declared that he should not go alone, as it would be unsafe--that
they would go with him, in order to protect him. Accordingly, the
three left together, and, during their absence, I overheard the
following conversation among the officers, who remained at the
door:
First Officer: "Did you not feel strangely when Smith took
you by the hand ? I never felt so in my life."
Second Officer: "I could not move. I would not harm a hair of
that man's head for the whole world."
Third Officer: "This is the last time you will catch me coming
to kill Joe Smith, or the Mormons either."
First Officer: "I guess this is about my last expedition against
this place. I never saw a more harmless, innocent appearing man,
than that Mormon prophet."
Second Officer: "That story about his killing them men is a
d--d lie, there is no doubt of it; and we have had all this trouble for
nothing; but they will never fool me in this way again, I'll warrant
them."
The men who went home with my son promised to disband
the militia under them, and go home, which they accordingly did,
and we supposed that peace was again restored. After they were
gone, Joseph and Hyrum went to Dayless County, and, receiving
the strongest assurance from the civil officers of that county, that
equal rights should be administered to all parties, they returned,
hoping that all would be well.
About this time we heard that William and his wife were very
sick. Samuel, who was then at Far West, set out with a carriage to
bring them to our house, and, in a few days, returned with them.
They were very low when they arrived; however, by great care
and close attention, they soon began to recover.
Soon after Samuel brought William and Caroline to our
house, there was born unto Samuel a son, whom he called by his
own name. When the child was three days old, his father was
compelled to leave, and, on the fourth day of its existence, his
mother was informed that she must leave home forthwith, and take
a journey of thirty miles to Far West. One of the neighbors offered
to furnish her a team, and a small boy to drive it, if she would start
immediately. To this she agreed. A lumber wagon was brought,
and she, with her bed, her children, and very little clothing either
for them or herself, was put into it, and sent to Far West, under the
care of a boy of eleven years of age.
The day following, Samuel started home from Far West,
although the rain was falling fast, and had been all the night
previous. He had proceeded but ten miles when he met his wife
and children, exposed to the inclemency of the weather, and
dripping with wet. He returned with them to Far West, where they
arrived in about thirty-six hours after they left Marrowbone,
without having taken any nourishment from the time they left
home. She was entirely speechless and stiff with the cold. We laid
her on a bed, and my husband and sons administered to her by the
laying on of hands. We then changed her clothing, and put her into
warm blankets, and, after pouring a little wine and water into her
mouth, she was administered to again. This time she opened her
eyes, and seemed to revive a little. I continued to employ every
means that lay in my power for her recovery, and in this I was
much assisted by Emma and my daughters.
My children soon began to mend, and I felt to rejoice at the
prospect of returning health.
When William began to sit up a little, he told me that he had a
vision during his sickness, in which he saw a tremendous army of
men coming into Far West, and that it was his impression that the
time would not be long before he should see it fulfilled. I was soon
convinced, by the circumstances which afterwards transpired, that
he was not mistaken in his opinion.
Return To Contents
Chapter 49
Testimony of Hyrum Smith
Here I shall introduce a brief history of our troubles in
Missouri, given by my son Hyrum, before the Municipal Court, at
Nauvoo, June 30, 1843, when Joseph was tried for treason against
the state of Missouri:
"Hyrum Smith, sworn: Said that the defendant now in court
is his brother, and that his name is not Joseph Smith, Jr., but his
name is Joseph Smith, Sr., and has been for more than two years
past. I have been acquainted with him ever since he was born,
which was thirty-seven years in December last, and I have not
been absent from him at any one time, not even for the space of
six months, since his birth, to my recollection; and have been
intimately acquainted with all his sayings, doings, business
transactions, and movements, as much as any one man could be
acquainted with any other man's business, up to the present time,
and do know that he has not committed treason against any State
in the Union, by any overt act, or by levying war, or by aiding and
abetting, or assisting an enemy, in any State in the Union.
And that the said Joseph Smith, Sr., has not committed
treason in the state of Missouri, nor violated any law or rule of said
State, I being personally acquainted with the transactions and
doings of said Smith, whilst he resided in said State, which was for
about six months in the year 1838; I being also a resident in said
State, during the same period of time.
And I do knew that said Joseph Smith, Sr, never was subject
to military duty in any State, neither was he in the state of
Missouri, he being exempt by the amputation or extraction of a
bone from his leg, and by his having a license to preach the gospel,
or being in other words, a minister of the gospel.
And I do know that said Smith never bore arms as a military
man, in any capacity whatever, whilst in the state of Missouri, or
previous to that time; neither has he given any orders, or assumed
any command, in any capacity whatever.
But I do know that whilst he was in the state of Missouri,
that the people commonly called 'Mormons,' were threatened with
violence and extermination, and on or about the first Monday in
August, 1838, at the election at Gallatin, the county-seat in Daviess
County, the citizens who were commonly called 'Mormons,' were
forbidden to exercise the rights of franchise, and from that
unhallowed circumstance an affray commenced, and a fight ensued
among the citizens of that place, and from that time a mob
commenced gathering in that county, threatening the extermination
of the 'Mormons.'
The said Smith and myself, upon hearing that mobs were
collecting together, and that they had also murdered two of the
citizens of the same place, and would not suffer them to be buried,
the said Smith and myself went over to Dayless County to learn
the particulars of the affray; but upon our arrival at Diahman, we
learned that none were killed, but several were wounded. We
tarried all night at Colonel Lyman Wight's. The next morning, the
weather being very warm, and having been very dry for some time
previous, the springs and wells in that region were dried up.
On mounting our horses to return, we rode up to Mr. Black's,
who was then an acting justice of the peace, to obtain some water
for ourselves and horses. Some few of the citizens accompanied us
there, and after obtaining the refreshment of water, Mr. Black was
asked, by said Joseph Smith, St., if he would use his influence to
see that the laws were faithfully executed, and to put down mob
violence, and he gave us a paper written by his own hand, stating
that he would do so. He also requested him, (Mr. Black) to call
together the most influential men of the county the next day, that
we might have an interview with them; to this he acquiesced, and
accordingly, the next day they assembled at the house of Colonel
Wight, and entered into a mutual covenant of peace to put down
mob violence, and to protect each other in the enjoyment of their
rights. After this we all parted with the best of feelings, and each
man returned to his own home.
This mutual agreement of peace, however, did not last long;
for but a few days afterwards the mob began to collect again, until
several hundreds rendezvoused at Millport, a few miles distant
from Diahman. They immediately commenced making aggressions
upon the citizens called 'Mormons,' taking away their hogs and
cattle, and threatening them with extermination, or utter
destruction; saying that they had a cannon, and there should be no
compromise only at its mouth; frequently taking men, women, and
children prisoners, whipping them and lacerating their bodies with
hickory withes, and tying them to trees, and depriving them of
food until they were compelled to gnaw the bark from the trees to
which they were bound, in order to sustain life, treating them in the
most cruel manner they could invent or think of, and doing
everything they could to excite the indignation of the 'Mormon'
people to rescue them, in order that they might make that a pretext
for an accusation for the breach of the law, and that they might the
better excite the prejudice of the populace, and thereby get aid and
assistance to carry out their hellish purposes of extermination.
Immediately on the authentication of these facts, messengers
were dispatched from Far West to Austin A. King, judge of the
fifth judicial district of the state of Missouri, and also to
Major-general Atchison, commander-in-chief of that division, and
Brigadier-general Doniphan, giving them information of the existing
facts, and demanding immediate assistance. General Atchison
returned with the messengers, and went immediately to Diahman,
and from thence to Millport, and he found the facts were true as
reported to him; that the citizens of that county were assembled
together in a hostile attitude, to the amount of two or three hundred
men, threatening the utter extermination of the 'Mormons.'
He immediately returned to Clay County, and ordered out a
sufficient military force to quell the mob. Immediately after they
were dispersed, and the army returned, the mob commenced
collecting again; soon after, we again applied for military aid, when
General Doniphan came out with a force of sixty armed men to Far
West; but they were in such a state of insubordination, that he said
he could not control them, and it was thought advisable by Colonel
Hinkle, Mr. Rigdon, and others, that they should return home.
General Doniphan ordered Colonel Hinkle to call out the
militia of Caldwell, and defend the town against the mob, for, said
he, you have great reason to be alarmed; for, he said, Nell Gillum,
from the Platte Country had come down with two hundred armed
men, and had taken up their station at Hunter's Mill, a place distant
about seventeen or eighteen miles northwest of the town of Far
West, and, also, that an armed force had collected again at
Millport, in Daviess County, consisting of several hundred men,
and that another armed force had collected at De Witt, in Carroll
County, about fifty miles southeast of Far West, where about
seventy families of the 'Mormon' people had settled, upon the bank
of the Missouri River, at a little town called De Witt.
Immediately a messenger, whilst he was yet talking, came in
from De Witt, stating, that three or four hundred men had
assembled together at that place, armed cap-a-pie, and that they
threatened the utter extinction of the citizens of that place, if they
did not leave the place immediately, and that they had also
surrounded the town and cut off all supplies of food, so that many
of them were suffering with hunger.
General Doniphan seemed to be very much alarmed, and
appeared to be willing to do all that he could to assist, and to
relieve the sufferings of the 'Mormon' people. He advised that a
petition be immediately got up and sent to the governor. A petition
was accordingly prepared, and a messenger immediately dispatched
to the governor, and another petition was sent to Judge King.
The 'Mormon' people throughout the country were in a state
of great alarm, and also in great distress. They saw themselves
completely surrounded with armed forces, on the north, and on the
northwest, and on the south, and also Bogard, who was a
Methodist preacher, and who was then a captain over a militia
company of fifty soldiers, but who had added to his number, out of
the surrounding counties, about a hundred more, which made his
force about one hundred and fifty strong, was stationed at Crooked
Creek, sending out his scouting parties, taking men, women, and
children prisoners, driving off cattle, hogs, and horses, entering into
every house on Log and Long Creeks, rifling their houses of their
most precious articles, such as money, bedding, and clothing,
taking all their old muskets and their rifles or military implements,
threatening the people with instant death if they did not deliver up
all their precious things, and enter into a covenant to leave the
State or go into the city of Far West by the next morning, saying
that 'they calculated to drive the people into Far West, and then
drive them to hell.'
Gillum also was doing the same on the northwest side of Far
West; and Sashiel Woods, a Presbyterian minister, was the leader
of the mob in Daviess County, and a very noted man, of the same
society, was the leader of the mob in Carroll County; and they
were also sending out their scouting parties, robbing and pillaging
houses, driving away hogs, horses, and cattle, taking men, women,
and children, and carrying them off, threatening their lives, and
subjecting them to all manner of abuses that they could invent or
think of.
Under this state of alarm, excitement, and distress, the
messengers returned from the governor, and from the other
authorities, bringing the fatal news that the 'Mormons' could have
no assistance. They stated that the governor said, 'that the
Mormons had got into a difficulty with the citizens, and they might
fight it out, for all he cared, he could not render them any
assistance.'
The people of De Witt were obliged to leave their homes and
go into Far West; but did not until many of them had starved to
death for want of proper sustenance, and several died on the road
there, and were buried by the wayside, without a coffin or a
funeral ceremony, and the distress, sufferings, and privations of the
people can not be expressed.
All the scattered families of the 'Mormon' people, in all the
counties except Daviess, were driven into Far West, with but few
exceptions.
This only increased their distress, for many thousands who
were driven there had no habitations or houses to shelter them, and
were huddled together, some in tents, and others under blankets,
while others load no shelter from the inclemency of the weather.
Nearly two months the people had been in this awful state of
consternation, many of them had been killed, whilst others had
been whipped until they had to swathe up their bowels to prevent
them from falling out.
About this time, General Parks came out from Richmond,
Ray County, who was one of the commissioned officers who was
sent out to Diahman, and I, myself, and my brother Joseph Smith,
Sr., went out at the same time.
On the evening that General Parks arrived at Diahman, the
wife of the late Don Carlos Smith, my brother, came in to Colonel
Wight's, about eleven o'clock at night, bringing her two children
along with her, one about two years and a half old, the other a
babe in her arms. She came in on foot, a distance of three miles,
and waded Grand River, and the water was then about waist deep,
and the snow about three inches deep. She stated that a party of
the mob, a gang of ruffians, had turned her out of doors, had taken
her household goods, and had burned up her house, and she had
escaped by the skin of her teeth. Her husband at that time was in
Virginia, and she was living alone.
This cruel transaction excited the feelings of the people in
Diahman, especially Colonel Wight, and he asked General Parks,
in my hearing, how long we had got to suffer such base violence ?
General Parks said he did not know how long. Colonel Wight then
asked him what should be done? General Parks told him, 'he
should take a company of men, well armed, and go and disperse
the mob wherever he should find any collected together, and take
away their arms.'
Colonel Wight did so precisely, according to the orders of
General Parks, and my brother Joseph Smith, Sr., made no words
about it. And after Colonel Wight had dispersed the mob, and put a
stop to their burning houses belonging to the 'Mormon' people and
turning women and children out of doors, which they had done up
to that time, to the amount of eight or ten houses, which were
consumed to ashes. After being cut short in their intended designs,
the mob started up a new plan. They went to work, and moved
their families out of the county, and set fire to their houses, and not
being able to incense the 'Mormons' to commit crimes, they had
recourse to this stratagem to set their houses on fire, and send
runners into all the counties adjacent, to declare to the people, that
the 'Mormons' had burned up their houses, and destroyed their
fields; and if the people would not believe them, they would tell
them to go and see if what they had said was not true. Many
people came to see--they saw the houses burning, and being filled
with prejudice, they could not be made to believe but that the
'Mormons' set them on fire; which deed was most diabolical and of
the blackest kind, for indeed the 'Mormons' did not set them on
fire, nor meddle with their houses or their fields. And the houses
that were burned, together with the preemption rights, and the corn
in the fields, had all been previously purchased by the 'Mormons,'
of the people, and paid for in money, and with wagons and horses,
and with other property, about two weeks before; but they had not
taken possession of the premises; but this wicked transaction was
for the purpose of clandestinely exciting the minds of a prejudiced
populace and the Executive, that they might get an order, that they
could the more easily carry out their hellish purposes, in expulsion
or extermination, or utter extinction of the 'Mormon' people.
After witnessing the distressed situation of the people in
Diahman, my brother, Joseph Smith, Sr., and myself, returned
back to the city of Far West, and immediately dispatched a
messenger, with written documents, to General Atchison, stating
the facts as they did then exist, praying for assistance, if possible,
and requesting the editor of the Far West to insert the same in his
newspaper, but he utterly refused to do so.
We still believed that we should get assistance from the
governor, and again petitioned him, praying for assistance, setting
forth our distressed situation. And in the meantime, the presiding
judge of the county court issued orders, upon affidavits made to
him by the citizens, to the sheriff of the county, to order out the
militia of the county, to stand in constant readiness, night and day,
to prevent the citizens from being massacred, which fearful
situation they were exposed t.o every moment. Everything was
very portentous and alarming.
Notwithstanding all this, there was a ray of hope yet existing
in the minds of the people, that the governor would render us
assistance. And whilst the people were waiting anxiously for
deliverance--men, women, and children frightened, praying and
weeping--we beheld at a distance, crossing the prairies, and
approaching the town, a large army in military array, brandishing
their glittering swords in the sunshine, and we could not but feel
joyful for a moment, thinking that probably the governor had sent
an armed force to our relief, notwithstanding the awful forebodings
that pervaded our breasts. But to our great surprise, when the army
arrived, they came up and formed in a line in double file, in one
half mile on the east of the city of Far West, and dispatched three
messengers with a white flag to come to the city. They were met
by Captain Morey, with a few other individuals, whose names I do
not now recollect. I was, myself, standing close by, and could very
distinctly hear every word they said. Being filled with anxiety, I
rushed forward to the spot, expecting to hear good news, but, alas!
and heart-thrilling to every soul that heard them--they demanded
three persons to be brought out of the city, before they should
massacre the rest. The names of the persons they demanded, were
Adam Lightner, John Clemison, and his wife. Immediately the
three persons were brought forth to hold an interview with the
officers who had made the demand, and the officers told them,
they had now a chance to save their lives, for they calculated to
destroy the people, and lay the city in ashes. They replied to the
officers, and said, "If the people must be destroyed, and the city
burned to ashes, they would remain in the city and die with them."
The officers immediately returned, and the army retreated, and
encamped about a mile and a half from the city.
A messenger was immediately dispatched with a white flag,
from the colonel of the militia of Far West, requesting an interview
with General Atchison, and General Doniphan; but, as the
messenger approached the camp, he was shot at by Bogard, the
Methodist preacher. The name of the messenger was Charles C.
Rich, who is now brigadier-general in the Nauvoo Legion.
However, he gained permission to see General Doniphan. He also
requested an interview with General Atchison. General Doniphan
said that General. Atchison had been dismounted by a special order
of the governor, a few miles back, and had been sent back to
Liberty, Clay County. He also stated, that the reason was, that he
(Atchison) was too merciful unto the 'Mormons,' and Boggs would
not let him have the command, but had given it to General Lucas,
who was from Jackson County, and whose heart had become
hardened by his former acts of' rapine and bloodshed, he being one
of the leaders in murdering, driving, plundering, and burning, some
two or three hundred houses belonging to the 'Mormon' people in
that county, in the years 1833 and 1834.
Mr. Rich requested General Doniphan to spare the people,
and not suffer them to be massacred until the next morning, it then
being evening. He coolly ' agreed that he would not, and also said,
that, 'he had not' as yet received the governor's order, but expected
it every hour, and should not make any further move until he had
received it; but he would not make any promises so far as regarded
Nell Gillum's army,' (he having arrived a few minutes :previously,
and joined the main body of the army, he knowing well at what
hour to form a junction with the main body).
Mr. Rich then returned to the city, giving this information.
The colonel immediately dispatched a second messenger with a
white flag, to request another interview with General Doniphan, in
order to touch his sympathy and compassion, and if it were
possible, for him to use his best endeavors to preserve the lives of
the people.
On the return of this messenger, we learned that several
persons had been killed by some of the soldiers, who were under
the command of General Lucas. One Mr. Carey had his brains
knocked out by the breech of a gun, and he lay bleeding several
hours; but his family were not permitted to approach him, nor any
one else allowed to administer relief to him whilst he lay upon the
ground in the agonies of death. Mr. Carey had just arrived in the
country, from the state of Ohio, only a few hours previous to the
arrival of the army. He had a family consisting of a wife and
several small children. He was buried by Lucius N. Scovil, who is
now the senior warden of the Nauvoo Lodge.
Another man, of the name of John Tanner, was knocked on
the head at the same time, and his skull laid bare the width of a
man's hand, and he lay, to all appearance, in the agonies of death
for several hours; but by the permission of General Doniphan, his
friends brought him out of the camp, and with good nursing he
slowly recovered, and is now living.
There was another man, whose name is Powell, who was
beat on the head with the breech of a gun until his skull was
fractured, and his brains ran out in two or three places. He is now
alive, and resides in this county, but has lost the use of his senses;
several persons of his family were also left for dead, but have since
recovered.
These acts of barbarity were also committed by the soldiers
under the command of General Lucas, previous to having received
the governor's order of extermination.
It was on the evening of the 30th of October, according to
the best of my recollection, that the army arrived at Far West, the
sun about half an hour high. In a few moments afterwards,
Cornelius Gillum arrived with his army and formed a junction. This
Gillum had been stationed at Hunter's Mills for about two months
previous to that time-committing depredations upon the inhabitants,
capturing men, women, and children, and carrying them off as
prisoners, lacerating their bodies with hickory withes.
The army of Gillum were painted like Indians, some of them
were more conspicuous than were others, designated by red spots,
and he also was painted in a similar manner, with red spots marked
on his face, and styled himself the "Delaware chief." They would
whoop, and halloa, and yell, as nearly like Indians as they could,
and continued to do so all that night. In the morning early, the
colonel of militia sent a messenger into the camp with a white flag,
to have another interview with General Doniphan. On his return he
informed us that the governor's orders had arrived. General
Doniphan said, 'that the order of the governor was to exterminate
the Mormons, by God, but he would be d--d if he obeyed that
order, but General Lucas might do what he pleased.'
We immediately learned from General Doniphan, that the
governor's order that had arrived was only a copy of the original,
and that the original order was in the hands of Major General
Clark, who was on his way to Far West with an additional army of
six thousand men.
Immediately after this there came into the city a messenger
from Haun's Mill, bringing the intelligence of an awful massacre of
the people who were residing in that place, and that a force of two
or three hundred, detached from the main body of the army, under
the superior command of Colonel Ashley, but under the immediate
command of Captain Nehemiah Comstock, who, the day previous,
had promised them peace and protection, but on receiving a copy
of the governor's order, 'to exterminate or to expel,' from the hands
of Colonel Ashley, he returned upon them the following day, and
surprised and massacred the whole population of the town, and
then came on to the town of Far West, and entered into
conjunction with the main body of the army.
The messenger informed us, that he, himself, with a few
others, fled into the thickets, which preserved them from the
massacre, and on the following morning they returned, and
collected the dead bodies of the people, and cast them into a well;
and there were upwards of twenty, who were dead, or mortally
wounded, and there are several of the wounded, who are now
living in this city.
One of the name of Yocum, has lately had his leg amputated,
in consequence of wounds he then received. He had a ball shot
through his head, which entered near his eye and came out at the
back part of his head, and another ball passed through one of his
arms.
The army during all the while they had been encamped in Far
West, continued to lay waste fields of corn, making hogs, sheep,
and cattle common plunder, and shooting them down for sport.
One man shot a cow, and took a strip of her skin, the width of his
hand, from her head to her tail, and tied it around a tree to slip his
halter into to tie his horse to. The city was surrounded with a
strong guard, and no man, woman, or child, was permitted to go
out or come in, under the penalty of death. Many of the citizens
were shot, in attempting to go out to obtain sustenance for
themselves and families.
There was one field fenced in, consisting of twelve hundred
acres, mostly covered with corn. It was entirely laid waste by the
horses of the army, and the next day after the arrival of the army,
towards evening, Colonel Hinkle came up from the camp,
requesting to see my brother Joseph Parley P. Pratt, Sidney
Rigdon, Lyman Wight, and George Robinson, stating that the
officers of the army wanted a mutual consultation with those men,
also stating that Generals Doniphan, Lucas, Wilson, and Graham,
(however, General Graham is an honorable exception; he did all he
could to preserve the lives of the people, contrary to the order of
the governor), he (Hinkle) assured them that these generals had
pledged their sacred honor, that they should not be abused or
insulted; but should be guarded back in safety in the morning, or so
soon as the consultation was over. My brother Joseph replied that
he did not know what good he could do in any consultation, as he
was only a private individual; however, he said that he was always
willing to do all the good he could, and would obey every law of
the land, and then leave the event with God.
They immediately started with Colonel Hinkle to go down
into the camp. As they were going down, about half way to the
camp, they met General Lucas, with a phalanx of men, with a wing
to the right and to the left, and a four-pounder in the center. They
supposed he was coming with this strong force to guard them into
the camp in safety; but, to their surprise, when they came up to
General Lucas, he ordered his men to surround them, and Hinkle
stepped up to the general and said, 'These are the prisoners I
agreed to deliver up.' General Lucas drew his sword, and said,
'Gentlemen, you are my prisoners,' and about that time the main
army were on their march to meet them. They came up in two
divisions, and opened to the right and left, and my brother and his
friends were marched down through their lines, with a strong guard
in front, and the cannon in the rear to the camp, amidst the
whoopings, hallooings, yellings, and shoutings of the army, which
were so horrid and terrific that they frightened the inhabitants of
the city. It is impossible to describe the feelings oœ horror and
distress of the people.
After being thus betrayed, they were placed under a strong
guard of thirty men, armed cap-a-pie, which were relieved every
two hours. They were compelled to lie on the cold ground that
night, and were told in plain language that they need never expect
their liberties again. So far for their honors pledged. However, this
was as much as could be expected from a mob under the garb of
military and executive authority in the state of Missouri.
On the next day, the soldiers were permitted to patrol the
streets, to abuse and insult the people at their leisure, and enter into
houses and pillage them, and ravish the women, taking away every
gun, and every other kind of arms or military implements. And
about twelve o'clock that day, Colonel Hinkle came to my house
with an armed force, opened the door, and called me out of doors
and delivered me up as a prisoner unto that force. They
surrounded me and commanded me to march into the camp. I told
them that I could not go, my family were sick, and I was sick
myself, and could not leave home. They said, they did not care for
that, I must and should go. I asked when they would permit me to
return. They made me no answer, but forced me along with the
point of the bayonet into the camp, and put me under the same
guard with my brother Joseph; and within about half an hour
afterwards, Amasa Lyman was also brought, and placed under the
same guard. There we were compelled to stay all that night, and lie
on the ground; but along some time in the same night, Colonel
Hinkle came to me and told me that he had been pleading my case
before the courtmartial, but he was afraid he should not succeed.
He said there was a court-martial then in session, consisting of
thirteen or fourteen officers, Circuit Judge A. A. King; and Mr.
Birch, district attorney, also Sashiel Woods, Presbyterian priest,
and about twenty other priests of the different religious
denominations in that county. He said they were determined to
shoot us on the next morning in the public square in Far West. I
made him no reply.
On the next morning about sunrise, General Doniphan
ordered his brigade to take up the line of march, and leave the
camp. He came to us where we were under guard, to shake hands
with us, and bid us farewell. His first salutation was, 'By God, you
have been sentenced by the court-martial to be shot this morning;
but I will be d--d if I will have any of the honor of it, or any of the
disgrace of it; therefore I have ordered my brigade to take up the
line of march, and to leave the camp, for I consider it to be
cold-blooded murder, and I bid you farewell,' and he went away.
This movement of General Doniphan made considerable
excitement in the army, and there were considerable whisperings
amongst the officers. We listened very attentively, and frequently
heard it mentioned by the guard, that the d-- 'Mormons' would not
be shot this time.
In a few moments the guard was relieved with a new set; one
of the new guard said, that the d--d 'Mormons' would not be shot
this time, for the movement of General Doniphan had frustrated
the whole plan, and that the officers had called another
court-martial, and had ordered us to be taken to Jacksen County,
and, there to be executed. And in a few moments two large wagons
drove up, and we were ordered to get into them. While we were
getting into them, there came up four or five men armed with guns,
who drew up, and snapped their guns at us, in order to kill us.
Some flashed in the pan, and others only snapped, but none of
their guns went off. They were immediately arrested by several
officers, and their guns taken from them, and the drivers drove off.
We requested of General Lucas, to let us go to our houses
and get some clothing. In order to do this we had to be driven up
into the city. It was with much difficulty that we could get his
permission to go and see our families, and get some clothing; but,
after considerable consultation, we were permitted to go under a
strong guard of five or six men to each of us, and we were not
permitted to speak to any one of our families, under the pain of
death.
The guard that went with me ordered my wife to get me
some clothes immediately--within two minutes; and if she did not
do it, I should go off without them. I was obliged to submit to their
tyrannical orders, however painful it was, with my wife and
children clinging to my arms and to the skirts of my garments, and
was not permitted to utter to them a word of consolation, and in a
moment was hurried away from them at the point of the bayonet.
We were hurried back to the wagons and ordered into them, all in
about the same space of time.
In the meanwhile, our father, and mother, and sisters, had
forced their way to the wagons to get permission to see us, but
were forbidden to speak to us, and we were immediately driven off
for Jackson County. We traveled about twelve miles that evening,
and encamped for the night. The same strong guard was kept
around us, and was relieved every two hours, and we were
permitted to sleep on the ground. The nights were then cold, with
considerable snow on the ground, and for the want of covering and
clothing we suffered extremely with the cold. That night was the
commencement of a fit of sickness from which I have not wholly
recovered unto this day, in consequence of my exposure to the
inclemency of the weather. Our provision was fresh beef, roasted
in the fire on a stick; the army having no bread, in consequence of
the want of mills to grind the grain.
In the morning, at the dawn of day, we were forced on our
journey, and were exhibited to the inhabitants along the road, the
same as they exhibit a caravan of elephants or camels. We were
examined from head to foot by men, women, and children, only I
believe they did not make us open our mouths to look at our teeth.
This treatment was continued incessantly, until we arrived
Independence in Jackson County.
After our arrival at Independence, we were driven all through
the town for inspection, and then we were ordered into an old log
house, and there kept under guard as usual, until supper, which
was served up to us, as we sat upon the floor, or on billets of
wood, and we were compelled to stay in that house all that night
and the next day.
They continued to exhibit us to the public, by letting the
people come in and examine us, and then go away and give place
for others alternately, all that day and the next night; but on the
morning of the following day, we were all permitted to go to the
tavern to eat and to sleep, but afterwards they made us pay our
own expenses for board, lodging, and attendance, and for which
they made a most exorbitant charge. We remained in the tavern
about two days and two nights, when an officer arrived with
authority from General Clark to take us back to Richmond, Ray
County, where the general had arrived with his army to await our
arrival there; but on the morning of our start for Richmond, we
were informed by General Wilson, that it was expected by the
soldiers that we would be hung up by the necks on the road, while
on the march to that place, and that it was prevented by a demand
made for us by General Clark, who had the command in
consequence of seniority, and, that it was his prerogative to
execute us himself, and he should give us up into the hands of the
officer, who would take us to General Clark, and he might do with
us as he pleased.
During our stay at Independence, the officers informed us
that there were eight or ten horses in that place belonging to the
'Mormon' people, which had been stolen by the soldiers, and that
we might have two of them to ride upon, if we would cause them
to be sent back to the owners after our arrival at Richmond. We
accepted of them, and they were rode to Richmond and the
owners came there and got them.
We started in the morning under our new officer, Colonel
(Sterling) Price, of Keytesville, Chariton County, Missouri, with
several other men to guard us over. We arrived there on Friday
evening, the ninth day of November, and were thrust into an old
log house, with a strong guard placed over us. After we had been
there for the space of half an hour, there came in a man, who was
said to have some notoriety in the penitentiary, bringing in his
hands a quantity of chains and padlocks. He said he was
commanded by General Clark to put us in chains. Immediately the
soldiers rose up, and pointing their guns at us, placed their thumb
on the cock, and their finger on the trigger, and the State's
prison-keeper went to work, putting a chain around the leg of each
man, and fastening it on with a padlock, until we were all chained
together, seven of us.
In a few moments came in General Clark. We requested to
know of him what was the cause of all this harsh and cruel
treatment. He refused to give us any information at that time, but
said he would in a few days; so we were compelled to continue in
that situation--camping on the floor, all chained together, without
any chance or means to be made comfortable, having to eat our
victuals as they were served up to us, using our fingers and teeth
instead of knives and forks.
Whilst we were in this situation, a young man, by the name
of Grant, brother-in-law to my brother, William Smith, came to see
us, and put up at the tavern where General Clark made his
quarters. He happened to come in to see General Clark make
choice of his men to shoot us on Monday morning, the twelfth day
of November; he saw them make choice of their rifles, and load
them with two balls in each; and after they had prepared their
guns, General Clark saluted them by saying, 'Gentlemen, you shall
have the honor of shooting the Mormon leaders, on Monday
morning at eight o'clock!' But in consequence of the influence of
our friends, the heathen general was intimidated, so that he durst
not carry his murderous design into execution, and sent a
messenger immediately to Fort Leavenworth to obtain the military
code of laws.
After the messenger's return, the general was employed,
nearly a whole week, examining the laws, so Monday passed away
without our being shot. However, it seemed like foolishness to me,
for so great a man as General Clark pretended to be, should have
to search the military law to find out whether preachers of the
gospel, who never did military duty, could be subject to
court-martial.
However, the general seemed to learn that fact after
searching the military code, and came into the old log cabin, where
we were under guard and in chains, and told us he had concluded
to deliver us over to the civil authorities, as persons guilty of
treason, murder, arson, larceny, theft, and stealing. The poor,
deluded general did not know the difference between theft,
larceny, and stealing. Accordingly, we were handed over to the
pretended civil authorities, and the next morning our chains were
taken off, and we were guarded to the court-house, where there
was a pretended court in session; Austin A. King being the judge,
and Mr. Birch, the district attorney, the two extremely, and very
honorable gentlemen, who sat on the court-martial when we were
sentenced to be shot.
Witnesses were called up and sworn, at the point of the
bayonet, and if they would not swear to the things they were told
to do, they were threatened with instant death; and I do know,
positively, that the evidence given in by those men, whilst under
duress, was false. This state of things was continued twelve or
fourteen days, and after that, we were ordered by the judge, to
introduce some rebutting evidence, saying, if we did not do it, we
would be thrust into prison. I could hardly understand what the
judge meant, for I considered we were in prison already, and could
not think of anything but the persecutions of the days of Nero,
knowing that it was a religious persecution, and the court an
inquisition; however, we gave him the names of forty persons, who
were acquainted with all the persecutions and sufferings of the
people.
The judge made out a subpoena, and inserted the names of
those men, and caused it to be placed in the hands of Bogard, the
notorious Methodist minister, and he took fifty armed soldiers, and
started for Far West. I saw the subpoena given to him and his
company, when they started. In the course of a few days they
returned with most all those forty men, whose names were inserted
in the subpoena, and thrust them into jail, and we were not
permitted to bring one of them before the court; but the judge
turned upon us, with an air of indignation, and said, 'Gentlemen,
you must get your witnesses, or you shall be committed to jail
immediately, for we are not going to hold the court open, on
expense, much longer for you, anyhow.'
We felt very much distressed and oppressed at that time.
Colonel Wight said, 'What shall we do? Our witnesses are all thrust
into prison, and probably will be, and we have no power to do
anything, of course we must submit to this tyranny and oppression;
we can not help ourselves.' Several others made similar ex-
pressions, in the agony of their souls, but my brother Joseph did
not say anything, he being sick at that time with the toothache, and
ague, in his face, in consequence of a severe cold brought on by
being exposed to the severity of the weather. However, it was
considered best by General Doniphan and Lawyer Reese, that we
should try to get some witnesses, before the pretended court.
Accordingly, I myself gave the names of about twenty other
persons; the judge inserted them in a subpoena, and caused it to be
placed in the hands of Bogard the Methodist priest, and he again
started off with his fifty soldiers, to take those men prisoners, as he
had done to the forty others. The judge sat and laughed at the good
opportunity of getting names, that they might the more easily
capture them, and so bring them down to be thrust into prison, in
order to prevent us from getting the truth before the pretended
court, of which himself was the chief inquisitor or conspirator.
Bogard returned from his second expedition, with one prisoner
only, whom he also thrust into prison.
The people at Far West had learned the intrigue, and had left
the State, having been made acquainted with the treatment of the
former witnesses. But we, on learning that we could not obtain
witnesses, whilst privately consulting with each other what we
should do, discovered a Mr. Allen, standing by the window on the
outside of the house. We beckoned to him as though we would
have him come in. He immediately came in. At that time Judge
King retorted upon us again, saying, 'Gentlemen, are you not going
to introduce some witnesses?' also, saying it was the last day he
should hold the court open for us, and if we did not rebut the
testimony that had been given against us, he should have to
commit us to jail.
I had then got Mr. Allen into the house, and before the court,
so called. I told the judge we had one witness, if he would be so
good as to put him under oath. He seemed unwilling to do so, but
after a few moments' consultation the State's attorney arose and
said, he should object to that witness being sworn, and, that he
should object to that witness giving in his evidence at all; stating
that this was not a court to try the case, but only a court of
investigation on the part of the State.
Upon this, General Doniphan arose, and said, 'He would be
God d--d, if the witness should not be sworn; and that it was a d--d
shame, that these defendants should be treated in this manner; that
they could not be permitted to get one witness before the court,
whilst all their witnesses, even forty at a time, have been taken by
force of arms, and thrust into the bull pen--in order to prevent
them from giving their testimony.'
After Doniphan sat down, the judge permitted the witness to
be sworn, and enter upon his testimony. But so soon as he began
to speak, a man by the name of Cook, who was a brother-in-law to
priest Bogard, the Methodist, and who was a lieutenant, and whose
place at that time was to superintend the guard, stepped in before
the pretended court, and took him by the nape of his neck, and
jammed his head down under the pole or log of wood that was
placed up around the place where the inquisition was sitting, to
keep the by- standers from intruding upon the majesty of the
inquisitors, and jammed him along to the door, and kicked him out
of doors. He instantly turned to some soldiers, 'Go and shoot
him, d--n him, shoot him, d--n him.'
The soldiers ran after the man to shoot him--he fled for his
life, and with great difficulty made his escape. The pretended court
immediately arose, and we were ordered to be carried to Liberty,
Clay County, and there to be thrust into jail. We endeavored to
find out for what cause, but all that we could learn was, because
we were 'Mormons.'
The next morning a large wagon drove up to the door, and a
blacksmith came into the house with some chains and handcuffs.
He said his orders from the judge were to handcuff us, and chain
us together. He informed us that the judge had made out a
mittimus, and sentenced us to jail for treason; he also said, the
judge had done this that we might not get bail; he also said the
judge stated his intention to keep us in jail, until all the 'Mormons'
were driven out of the State; he also said that the judge had further
stated, that if he let us out before the 'Mormons' had left the State,
that we would not let them leave, and there would be another d--d
fuss kicked up. I also heard the judge say myself, whilst he was
sitting in his pretended court, that there was no law for us, nor the
'Mormons' in the state of Missouri; that he had sworn to see them
exterminated, and to see the governor's order executed to the very
letter, and that he would do so; however, the blacksmith
proceeded, and put the irons upon us, and we were ordered into
the wagon, and were driven off for Clay County, and as we
journeyed along on the road, we were exhibited to the inhabitants.
And this course was adopted all the way, thus making a
public exhibition of us, until we arrived at Liberty, Clay County.
There we were thrust into prison again, and locked up, and were
held there in close confinement for the space of six months, and
our place of lodging was the square side of a hewed white oak log,
and our food was anything but good and decent.
Poison was administered to us three or four times; the effect
it had upon our system, was, that it vomited us almost to death,
and then we would lay some two or three days in a torpid, stupid
state, not even caring or wishing for life. The poison was
administered in too large doses, or it would inevitably have proved
fatal, had not the power of Jehovah interposed on our behalf, to
save us from their wicked purpose.
We were also subjected to the necessity of eating human
flesh for the space of five days, or go without food, except a little
coffee, or a little corn bread --the latter I chose in preference to the
former. We none of us partook of the flesh, except Lyman Wight.
We also heard the guard which was placed over us, making sport
of us saying, that they had fed us upon 'Mormon beef.' I have
described the appearance of this flesh t.o several experienced
physicians, and they have decided that it was human flesh. We
learned afterwards, by one of the guard, that it was supposed that
that act of savage cannibalism, in feeding us with human flesh,
would be considered a popular deed of notoriety, but the people,
on learning that it would not take, tried to keep it secret; but the
fact was noised abroad before they took that precaution.
Whilst we were incarcerated in prison, we petitioned the
supreme court of the state of Missouri, for habeas corpus, twice;
but were refused both times, by John Reynolds, who is now the
governor of that State. We also petitioned one of the county judges
for a writ of habeas corpus, which was granted in about three
weeks afterwards, but were not permitted to have any trial--we
were only taken out of jail, and kept out for a few hours, and then
remanded back again.
In the course of three or four days after that time, Judge
Turnham came into the jail in the evening, and said he had
permitted Mr. Rigdon to get bail, but said he had to do it in the
night, and he had also to get away in the night, and unknown to
any of the citizens, or they would kill him, for they had sworn to
kill him if they could find him. And as for the rest of us, he dared
not let us go, for fear of his own life, as well as ours. He said it
was d--d hard to be confined under such circumstances; for he
knew we were innocent men! and he said the people also knew it;
and that it was only a persecution and treachery, and the scenes of
Jackson County acted over again, for fear that we would become
too numerous in that upper country. He said the plan was
concocted from the governor, down to the lowest judge; and, that
that Baptist priest, Riley, was riding into town every day to watch
the people, stirring up the minds of the people against us all he
could, exciting them, and stirring up their religious prejudices
against us, for fear they would let us go.
Mr. Rigdon, however, got bail, and made his escape to
Illinois. The jailor, Samuel Tillery, Esq., told us also, that the
whole plan was concocted by the governor, down to the lowest
judge, in that upper country, early in the previous spring, and that
the plan was more fully carried out at the time that General
Atchison went down to Jefferson City with Generals Wilson,
Lucas, and Gillum, the self-styled 'DELAWARE CHIEF.' This was
some time in the month of September, when the mob were
collected at De Witt, in Carroll County. He also told us that the
governor was now ashamed enough of the whole transaction, and
would be glad to set us at liberty if he dared to do it; but, said he,
'You need not be concerned, for the governor has laid a plan for
your release.' He also said that Esquire Birch, the State's attorney,
was appointed to be circuit judge, on the circuit passing through
Daviess County, and that he (Birch) was instructed to fix the
papers, so that we would be sure to be clear of any incumbrance in
a very short time.
Some time in April we were taken to Daviess County, as they
said, to have a trial; but when we arrived at that place, instead of
finding a court or jury, we found another inquisition; and Birch,
who was the district attorney--the same man who was one of the
court-martial when we were sentenced to death--was now the
circuit judge of that pretended court, and the grand jury that was
impaneled were all at the massacre at Haun's Mill, and lively actors
in that awful, solemn, disgraceful, cool-blooded murder; and all the
pretense they made of excuse was, that they had done it, because
the governor ordered them to do it. The same jury sat as a jury in
the daytime, and were placed over us as a guard in the night time;
they tantalized and boasted over us of their achievements at Haun's
Mill and other places, telling us how many houses they had burned,
and how many sheep, cattle, and hogs they had driven off.
These fiends of the lower region boasted of these acts of
barbarity, and tantalized our feelings with them for ten days. We
had heard of these acts of cruelty previous to this time, but were
slow to believe that such acts of cruelty had been perpetrated. The
lady who was the subject of their brutality did not recover her
health, to be able to help herself, for more than three months
afterwards.
This grand jury constantly celebrated their achievements with
grog and glass in hand, like the Indian warriors at their dances,
singing, and telling each other of their exploits, in murdering the
'Mormons,' in plundering their houses, and carrying off their
property. At the end of every song, they would bring in the chorus,
'God d--n God, God d--n Jesus Christ, God d--n the Presbyterians,
God d--n the Baptists, God d--n the Methodists!' reiterating one
sect after another in the same manner, until they came to the
'Mormons:' to them it was, 'God d--n the God d--n Mormons! we
have sent them to hell.' Then they would slap their hands and
shout, 'Hosannah, hosannah, glory to God? and fall down on their
backs, and kick with their feet a few moments; then they would
pretend to have swooned away in a glorious trance, in order to
imitate some of the transactions at camp-meetings. Then they
would pretend to come out of their trance, and would shout, and
again slap their hands, and jump up, while one would take a bottle
of whisky and a tumbler, and turn it out full of whisky, and pour it
down each other's necks, crying, 'D--n it, take it, you must take it;'
and if any one refused to drink the whisky, others would clinch
him, while another poured it down his neck, and what did not go
down the inside went down the outside.
This is a part of the farce acted out by the grand jury of
Daviess County, while they stood over us as guards for ten nights
successively. And all this in the presence of the great Judge Birch!
who had previously said in our hearing that there was no law for
'Mormons' in the state of Missouri. His brother was then acting as
district attorney in that circuit, and, if anything, was a greater
cannibal than the judge.
After all these ten days of drunkenness, we were informed
that we were indicted for treason, murder, arson, larceny, theft,
and stealing. We asked for a change of venue from that county to
Marion County, but they would not grant it; but they gave us a
change of venue from Daviess to Boone County, and a mittimus
was made out by the pretended Judge Birch, without date, name,
or place. They fitted us out with a two-horse wagon and horses,
and four men, besides the sheriff, to be our guard. There were five
of us. We started from Gallatin, the sun about two hours high in
the afternoon, and went as far as Diahman that evening, and
stayed till morning. There we bought two horses of the guard, and
paid for one of them in our clothing which we had with us, and for
the other we gave our note. We went down that day as far as
Judge Morin's, a distance of some four or five miles. There we
stayed until the morning, when we started on our journey to Boone
County, and traveled on the road about twenty miles distance.
There we bought a jug of whisky, with which we treated the
company, and while there the sheriff showed us the mittimus
before referred to, without date or signature, and said that Judge
Birch told him never to carry us to Boone County, and never to
show the mittimus, 'and,' said he, 'I shall take a good drink of
grog, and go to bed, you may do as you have a mind to.' Three
others of the guard drank pretty freely of whisky, sweetened with
honey; they also went to bed, and were soon asleep, and the other
guard went along with us and helped to saddle the horses.
Two of us mounted the horses, and the other three started on
foot, and we took our change of venue for the state of Illinois, and,
in the course of nine or ten days, we arrived in Quincy, Adams
County, [Illinois,] where we found our families in a state of
poverty, although in good health, they having been driven out of
the State previously, by the murderous militia, under the
exterminating order of the executive of Missouri.
And now the people of that State, a portion of them, would
be glad to make the people of this State believe that my brother
Joseph has committed treason, for the purpose of keeping up their
murderous and hellish persecution; and they seem to be
unrelenting, and thirsting for the blood of innocence, for I do
know, most positively, that my brother Joseph had not committed
treason, nor violated one solitary item of law or rule in the state of
Missouri.
But I do know that the 'Mormon' people, en masse, were
driven out of that State after being robbed of all they had, and they
,barely escaped with their lives, as well as my brother Joseph, who
barely escaped with his life. His family also were robbed of all they
had, and barely escaped with the skin of their teeth, and all of this
in consequence of the exterminating order of Governor Boggs, the
same being confirmed by the legislature of that State. And I do
know, so does this court, and every rational man who is acquainted
with the circumstances, and every man who shall hereafter become
acquainted with the particulars thereof will know, that Governor
Boggs, and Generals Clark, Lucas, Wilson, and Gillum, also Austin
A. King, have committed treason upon the citizens of Missouri,
and did violate the Constitution of the United States, and also the
constitution and laws of the state of Missouri, and did exile and
expel, at the point of the bayonet, some twelve or fourteen
thousand inhabitants from the State; and did murder some three or
four hundreds of men, women, and children, in cold blood, and in
the most horrid and cruel manner possible; and the whole of it was
caused by religious bigotry and persecution, because the
'Mormons' dared to worship almighty God according to the dictates
of their own consciences, and agreeable to His divine will, as
revealed in the Scriptures of eternal truth, and had turned away
from following the vain traditions of their fathers, and would not
worship according to the dogmas and commandments of those
men who preach for hire and divine for money, and teach for
doctrine the precepts of men, expecting that the Constitution of the
United States would have protected them therein.
But, notwithstanding the 'Mormon' people had purchased
upwards of two hundred thousand dollars' worth of land, most of
which was entered and paid for at the land-office of the United
States, in the state of Missouri; and although the President of the
United States has been made acquainted with these facts, and the
particulars of our persecutions and oppressions, by petition to him
and to Congress, yet they have not even attempted to restore the
'Mormons' to their rights, or given any assurance that we may
hereafter expect redress from them. And I do also know most
positively and assuredly, that my brother, Joseph Smith, Sr., has
not been in the state of Missouri since the spring of the year 1839.
And further this deponent saith not.1 "HYRUM SMITH."2
Footnotes:
1. Times and Seasons, volume 4, page 246. 2n justice to the several survivors
of Elder George M.
2. In justice to the several survivors of Elder George M. Hinkle, who are in full
faith of the gospel, and in the church, we should state that during the later years
of that elder's life, he labored diligently to spread the truth, and a number of
those who were by his labors convinced of the truth, are with the church.
Colonel Hinkle himself stated to several, that the part performed by him, by
which it was supposed that he betrayed his brethren, was misunderstood, and a
sufficient opportunity to explain and exculpate himself was not afforded him. That
he retained his faith and an affection for the martyrs until his death is certain.
The defense of Colonel Hinkle was published in Messenger and
Advocate, the organ of Sidney Rigdon, August 1, 1845, in which he claims that
the terms of surrender were laid before Joseph Smith and he said, "I will go,"
and his fellow prisoners voluntarily accompanied him. He also claims that W. W.
Phelps, John Corrill, and A. Morrison were as much implicated as was he.
H.C.S.
Return To Contents
Chapter 50
Removal of the Smith Family to
Illinois
At the time when Joseph went into the enemy's camp, Mr.
Smith and myself stood in the door of the house in which we were
then living, and could distinctly hear their horrid yellings. Not
knowing the cause, we supposed they were murdering him. Soon
after the screaming commenced, five or six guns were discharged.
At this, Mr. Smith, folding his arms tightly across his heart, cried
out, "Oh, my God! my God! they have killed my son! they have
murdered him! and I must die, for I can not live without him!"
I had no word of consolation to give him, for my heart was
broken within me--my agony was unutterable. I assisted him to the
bed, and he fell back upon it as helpless as a child, for he had not
strength to stand upon his feet. The shrieking continued; no tongue
can describe the sound which was conveyed to our ears; no heart
can imagine the sensations of our breasts, as we listened to those
awful screams. Had the army been composed of so many
bloodhounds, wolves, and panthers, they could not have made a
sound more terrible.
My husband was immediately taken sick, and never
afterwards entirely recovered, yet he lived about two years, and
was occasionally quite comfortable, and able to attend meetings.
It will be seen by the testimony of Hyrum, that he was taken
by the officers the next day after he arrived at the camp, and that
he was seated with Joseph on a log, which was placed there for the
purpose before he was taken. The soldiers crowded around them,
and swearing that they would shoot them, snapped several guns at
them, before any one interfered for their protection. At length
Captain Martin ordered his men to surround the prisoners with
drawn swords and loaded muskets, "And now," continued he,
(drawing his own sword,) "I swear by God, that if any man
attempts to harm a hair of their heads, I'll cut his d--d head off the
minute he does it. Do you (speaking to his men) protect them, and
if any man attempts to lift his gun to his face to shoot those
prisoners, cut him down instantly, for they are innocent men, I
know they are innocent--look at them, they show it plainly in their
very countenances."
This man was but a captain, yet he assumed the responsibility
of protecting my sons. And for two nights and a day, he stood
constantly on guard, keeping his men to their posts; he neither slept
himself, nor suffered his company to rest, until Joseph and Hyrum
were removed from the place.
When they were about starting from Far West, a messenger
came and told us, that if we ever would see our sons alive, we
must go immediately to them, for they were in a wagon that would
start in a few minutes for Independence, and in all probability they
would never return alive. Receiving this intimation, Lucy and
myself set out directly for the place. On coming within about four
hundred yards of the wagon, we were compelled to stop, for we
could press no further through the crowd. I therefore appealed to
those around me, exclaiming, "I am the mother of the prophet--is
there not a gentleman here, who will assist me to that wagon, that I
may take a last look at my children, and speak to them once more
before I die?" Upon this, one individual volunteered to make a
pathway through the army, and we passed on, threatened with
death at every step, till at length we arrived at the wagon. The man
who led us through the crowd spoke to Hyrum, who was sitting in
front, and, telling him that his mother had come to see him,
requested that he should reach his hand to me. He did so, but I
was not allowed to see him; the cover was of strong cloth, and
nailed down so close, that he could barely get his hand through.
We had merely shaken hands with him, when we were ordered
away by the mob, who forbade any conversation between us, and,
threatening to shoot us, they ordered the teamster to drive over us.
Our friend then conducted us to the back part of the wagon,
where Joseph sat, and said, "Mr. Smith, your mother and sister are
here, and wish to shake hands with you." Joseph crowded his hand
through between the cover and the wagon, and we caught hold of
it; but he spoke not to either of us, until I said,
"Joseph, do speak to your poor mother once more--I can not
bear to go till I hear your voice."
"God bless you, mother!" he sobbed out.
Then a cry was raised, and the wagon dashed off, tearing him
from us just as Lucy was pressing his hand to her lips, to bestow
upon it a sister's last kiss--for he was then sentenced to be shot.
For some time our house was filled with mourning,
lamentation, and woe; but, in the midst of my grief, I found
consolation that surpassed all earthly comfort. I was filled with the
Spirit of God, and received the following by the gift of prophecy:
"Let your heart be comforted concerning your
children; they shall not be harmed by their enemies;
and, in less than four years, Joseph shall speak before
the judges and great men of the land, for his voice shall
be heard in their councils. And in five years from this
time he will have power over all his enemies."
This relieved my mind, and I was prepared to comfort my
children. I told them what had been revealed to me, which greatly
consoled them.
As soon as William was able to stir about a little he besought
his father to move to Illinois, but Mr. Smith would not consent to
this, for he was in hopes that our sons would be liberated, and
peace again be restored. William continued to expostulate with him,
but to no effect, as Mr. Smith declared that he would not leave Far
West, except by revelation. William said that he had revelation;
that he himself knew that we would have to leave Far West. Mr.
Smith finally said that the family might get ready to move, and then
if we were obliged to go, there would be nothing to hinder us.
Our business in Far West had been trading in corn and wheat,
as well as keeping a boarding-house. When the mob came in, we
had considerable grain on hand, but very little flour or meal,
therefore we sent a man who was living with us to mill with
fourteen sacks of grain; but the miller considered it unsafe to allow
the brethren to remain about his premises, as the mob was near at
hand, and he was afraid they would burn his buildings.
Consequently, the young man returned without his grain, and, for
breadstuff, we were for a long time obliged to pound corn in a
samp-mortar. Many subsisted altogether upon parched corn for
some length of time.
The brethren were all driven in from the country. There was
an acre of ground in front of our house, completely covered with
beds, lying in the open sun, where families were compelled to
sleep, exposed to all kinds of weather; these were the last who
came into the city, and, as the houses were all full, they could not
find a shelter. It was enough to make the heart ache to see the
children, sick with colds, and crying around their mothers for food,
whilst their parents were destitute of the means of making them
comfortable.
It may be said that, if Joseph Smith had been a prophet, he
would have foreseen the evil, and pro- vided against it. To this I
reply, he did all that was in his power to prevail upon his brethren
to move into Far West, before the difficulty commenced, and at a
meeting, three weeks previous, he urged the brethren to make all
possible haste in moving both their houses and their provisions into
the city. But this counsel appeared to them unreasonable and
inconsistent, therefore they did not heed it. If the brethren at
Haun's Mill had hearkened to counsel, it would, without doubt,
have saved their lives; but, as the consequences of their negligence
are already published, and as my mind is loath to dwell upon these
days of sorrow, I shall only give those facts which have not been
published.
While the mob was in the city, William went out one day to
feed his horse, but the horse was gone. It was not long, however,
before a soldier, who had been absent with a dispatch, rode him
into the yard. William took the horse by the bridle, and ordered the
soldier to dismount, which he did, and left the horse in William's
hands again.
Soon after this the brethren were compelled to lay down their
arms, and sign away their property. This was done quite near our
house, so that I could distinctly hear General Clark's notable
speech on this occasion; and, without any great degree of alarm, I
heard him declare, concerning Joseph and Hyrum, that "their die
was cast, their doom was fixed, and their fate was sealed."
Not long after Hyrum left home, Joseph, his youngest son,
was born. This was Mary's first child. She never saw her husband
but once after she became a mother, before leaving the State. She
suffered beyond description in her sickness, but, in all her
afflictions, her sister, Mrs. Thompson, stood by her to nurse and
comfort her, and, by the best of attention, she gained sufficient
strength to accompany Emma to the prison once before she left the
State.
At this time, my husband sent to Joseph to know if it was the
will of the Lord that we should leave the State. Whereupon Joseph
sent him a revelation which he had received while in prison, which
satisfied my husband's mind, and he was willing to remove to
Illinois as soon as possible. After this, William took his own family,
without further delay, to Quincy, thence to Plymouth, where he
settled himself, and afterwards sent back the team for his father's
family.
Just as we got our goods into the wagon, a man came to us
and said, that Sidney Rigdon's family were ready to start, and must
have the wagon immediately. Accordingly, our goods were taken
out, and we were compelled to wait until the team could come
after us again. We put our goods into the wagon a second time, but
the wagon was wanted for Emma and her family, so our goods
were again taken out. However, we succeeded after a long time, in
getting one single wagon to convey beds, clothing, and provisions
for our family, Salisbury's family, and Mr. McCleary's family,
besides considerable luggage for Don Carlos, who, with his family
and the remainder of his baggage, was crowded into a buggy and
went in the same company with us.
For the want of teams, we were compelled to leave most of
our provisions and furniture. Another inconvenience which we
suffered was, the horses were windbroken, consequently we were
obliged to walk much of the way, especially up all the hills, which
was very tiresome work.
The first day we arrived at a place called Tinney's Grove,
where we lodged over night in an old log house, which was very
uncomfortable. Half of the succeeding day I traveled on foot. That
night we stayed at the house of one Mr. Thomas, who was then a
member of the church. On the third day, in the afternoon, it began
to rain. At night we stopped at a house and asked permission to
stay till morning. The man to whom we applied showed us a
miserable outhouse, which was filthy enough to sicken the
stomach, and told us if we would clean this place, and haul our
own wood and water, we might lodge there. To this we agreed,
and with much trouble, we succeeded in making a place for our
beds. For the use of this loathsome hovel, he charged us
seventy-five cents. We traveled all the next day in a pouring rain.
We asked for shelter at many places, but were refused. At last we
came to a place quite like the one where we spent the previous
night. Here we spent the night without fire. On the fifth day, just
before arriving at Palmyra, in Missouri, Don Carlos called to Mr.
Smith, and said, "Father, this exposure is too bad, and I will not
bear it any longer; the first place that I come to that looks
comfortable, I shall drive up and go into the house, and do you
follow me."
We soon came to a farmhouse, surrounded with every
appearance of plenty. The house was but a short distance from the
road, having in front of it a large gate. Through this Don Carlos
drove, without hesitating to ask the privilege, and, after assisting us
through, he started to the house, and, meeting the landlord, he said,
"I do not know but that I am trespassing, but I have with me an
aged father, who is sick, besides my mother, and a number of
women, with small children. We have traveled two days and a half
in this rain, and if we are compelled to go much further, we shall
all of us die. If you will allow us t,o stay with you over night, we
will pay you almost any price for our accommodation."
"Why, what do you mean sir?" said the gentleman, "Do you
not consider us human beings? Do you think that we would turn
anything that is flesh and blood from our door, in such a time as
this! Drive up to the house and help your wife and children out; I'll
attend to your father and mother and the rest of them." The
landlord then assisted Mr. Smith and myself into the room in which
his lady was sitting, but as she was rather ill, and he feared that the
dampness of our clothing would cause her to take cold, he ordered
a black servant to make a fire for her in another room. He then
assisted each of our family into the house, and hung up our cloaks
and shawls to dry.
At this house we had everything which could conduce to
comfort. The gentleman, who was Esquire Mann, brought us milk
for our children, hauled us water to wash with, and furnished us
good beds to sleep in.
In the evening, he remarked that he was sent by his county,
the year before, to the House of Representatives, where he met
one Mr. Carroll, who was sent from the county in which the
"Mormons" resided; "and if ever," said Esquire Mann, "I felt like
fighting any man, it was him. 'He never once raised his voice, nor
even his hand, in behalf of that abused people, once while the
House was in session. I was never a member of the House before,
and had not sufficient confidence to take a stand upon the floor in
their behalf, as I should have done, had I been a man of a little
more experience."
After spending the night with this good man, we proceeded
on our journey, although it continued raining, for we were obliged
to travel through mud and rain to avoid being detained by high
water. When we came within six miles of the Mississippi River, the
weather grew colder, and, in the place of rain, we had snow and
hail; and the ground between us and the river was so low and
swampy, that a person on foot would sink in over his ankles at
every step, yet we were all of us forced to walk, or rather wade,
the whole six miles.
On reaching the Mississippi, we found that we could not
cross that night, nor yet find a shelter, for many Saints were there
before us, waiting to go over into Quincy. The snow was now six
inches deep, and still falling. We made our beds upon it, and went
to rest with what comfort we might under such circumstances. The
next morning our beds were covered with snow, and much of the
bedding under which we lay was frozen. We arose and tried to
light a fire, but, finding it impossible, we resigned ourselves to our
comfortless situation.
Soon after this, Samuel came over from Quincy, and he, with
the assistance of Seymour Brunson, obtained permission of the
ferryman for us to cross that day. About sunset, we landed in
Quincy. Here Samuel had hired a house, and we moved into it,
with four other families.
Footnote:
1. A light vehicle, drawn by one horse.
Return To Contents
Chapter 51
Joseph and Hyrum Escape From their
Persecutors and return to their
families
We spent the evening after we arrived in Quincy in relating
our adventures and escapes, while making our exit from the land of
Missouri, and the following circumstance, during our evening's
conversation, was related by Samuel, who, in company with a
number of others, fled for his life before the enemy: He said that
they traveled the most secluded route that they could find, as they
considered it unsafe to be seen by the inhabitants of the country.
Game being very scarce, they soon lacked for provisions, and
finally ran out altogether; yet they pursued their journey, until they
became so weak that they could proceed no further. They then
held a council, in which Samuel was appointed to receive the word
of the Lord, and they united in prayer to God, that He would make
known to them the means and time of their deliverance.
After a short supplication, it was manifested to Samuel that
they might obtain sustenance by traveling a short distance in a
certain direction. This he made known to the company, and
immediately set out with two others in quest of the promised food.
After traveling a short time, they came to an Indian wigwam, and
by signs made known to the Indians that they were hungry. Upon
this the squaw, with all possible speed, baked them some cakes,
and gave each of them two; after which she sent the same number
to those who remained in the woods, giving them to understand
that she would send more, but she had very little flour, and her
papooses (children) would be hungry.
From this time onward, the brethren succeeded in getting
food sufficient to sustain them, so that none of them perished.
In a few days, Samuel moved his family into another house,
and we were then less crowded. Soon after he left, Lucy was taken
violently ill, and for several days she refused to take any kind of
nourishment whatever. I had not long the privilege of taking care
of her, as I was shortly seized with the cholera myself, and,
although I suffered dreadfully with the cramp, which usually
attends this disease, it was nothing in comparison to another pain,
which operated upon the marrow of my bones. It seemed
sometimes as though it would almost burst the bones themselves
asunder.
Everything that could be obtained which was considered good
for such diseases was administered in my case, but without effects.
At length we applied to a young botanic physician, who gave me
some herb tea that relieved me immediately. During my sickness,
Samuel brought Lucy downstairs several times in his arms to see
me, as they did not expect me to live any length of time, and they
were willing that she should be gratified. When I recovered, I
found that she had taken nothing but ice-water, while I was sick,
but her fever was broken, and, by careful nursing, she was soon
able to walk about.
Whilst we were sick, the ladies of Quincy sent us every
delicacy which the city afforded; in fact, we were surrounded with
the kindest of neighbors. One Mr. Messer and family, in particular,
sought every opportunity to oblige us while we remained in the
place.
Previous to our sickness in Quincy, my husband sent Brother
Lamoreaux to Missouri, under strict injunctions to see Joseph and
Hyrum, or find out where they were before he should return.
About the time that Lucy began to walk about a little, Brother
Partridge and Brother Morley came to our house from Lima, to see
if Brother Lamoreaux had either written or returned. When they
came we had heard nothing of him, but while they were with us he
arrived in Quincy, and sent us word that he had seen neither
Joseph nor Hyrum. At this information Brother Partridge was in
despair, and said that when another messenger was to be sent, he
would go himself, as it was hardly possible to find a man that
would do as he was instructed. I listened to him some time in
silence; at last the Spirit, which had so often comforted my heart,
again spoke peace to my soul, and gave me an assurance that I
should see my sons before the night should again close over my
head.
"Brother Partridge," I exclaimed, in tears of joy, "I shall see
Joseph and Hyrum before tomorrow night." "No, Mother
Smith," said he, "I am perfectly discouraged; I don't believe we
shall ever see them again in the world. At any rate, do not flatter
yourself that they will be here as soon as that, for I tell you that
you will be disappointed. I have always believed you before, but I
can not see any prospect of this prophecy being fulfilled, but, if it is
so, I will never dispute your word again."
I asked him if he would stay in town long enough to prove
my sayings, whether they were true or false. He promised to do so.
Brothers Partridge and Morley soon afterwards left the
house, in order to get further information upon the subject. After
falling asleep that night, I saw my sons in vision. They were upon
the prairie traveling, and seemed very tired and hungry. They had
but one horse. I saw them stop and tie him to the stump of a burnt
sapling, then lie down upon the ground to rest themselves; and they
looked so pale and faint that it distressed me. 'I sprang up, and said
to my husband, "Oh, Mr. Smith, I can see Joseph and Hyrum, and
they are so weak they can hardly endure. Now they are lying
asleep on the cold ground! Oh, how I wish that I could give them
something to eat!"
Mr. Smith begged me to be quiet, saying that I was nervous;
but it seemed impossible for me to rest--they were still before my
eyes--I saw them lie there full two hours; then one of them went
away to get something to eat, but not succeeding, they traveled on.
This time Hyrum rode and Joseph walked by his side, holding
himself up by the stirrup leather. I saw him reel with weakness, but
could render him no assistance. My soul was grieved, I arose from
my bed, and spent the remainder of the night in walking the floor.
The next day I made preparations to receive my sons,
confident that the poor, afflicted wanderers would arrive at home
before sunset. Some time in the afternoon, Lucy and I were
coming down-stairs --she was before me. When she came to the
bottom of the steps she sprang forward, and exclaimed, "There is
Brother Baldwin. My brothers--where are they?" This was Caleb
Baldwin, who was imprisoned with them. He told us that Joseph
and Hyrum were then crossing the river, and would soon be in
Quincy. Lucy, hearing this, ran to carry the tidings to Hyrum's
family, but the excitement was not sufficient to keep up her
strength. When she came to the door she fell prostrate. After
recovering a little, she communicated the welcome news.
When Hyrum and Joseph landed, they went immediately to
see their families, and the next day, they together with their wives
and the rest of our connections, visited us. The Quincy Grays also
carne to our house, and saluted my sons in the most polite manner.
During the afternoon, I asked Joseph and Hyrum, in the presence
of the company, if they were not on the prairie the night previous
in the situation which I have already related. They replied in the
affirmative. I then asked Brother Partridge if he believed what I
told him two days before. He answered that he would for ever
after that time acknowledge me to be a true prophetess. The day
passed pleasantly, and my sons returned to their homes, happy in
their freedom and the society of their friends.
In a short time after Joseph and Hyrum landed in Illinois,
George Miller, who is now (1844) the second bishop of the
church,1 came and informed us that he had a quantity of land in his
possession; also, that upon this land were a number of log houses,
which the brethren might occupy if they chose, and that he would
charge them nothing for the use of them, unless it would be to
repair them a little, as they needed something of this kind.
My sons were pleased with his offer, and Samuel, Don
Carlos, and W. J. Salisbury, renting some land of him, moved
upon his premises as soon as preparations could be made for their
families.
Footnote:
1. George Miller was called to succeed Edward Partridge, presiding bishop (see
Doctrine and Covenants 107: 8). At the October conference of 1844. N. K.
Whitney was made first bishop and George Miller second. There is no evidence
that he was relegated to second place in the lifetime of Joseph Smith. H.C.S.
Return To Contents
Chapter 52
A Purchase Made in the town of
Commerce
Joseph, The Prophet, goes to
Washington
The Death of Joseph Smith, Senior
In the spring of 1839, Joseph and Hyrum made purchase of a
tract of land in Commerce, of one Mr. White, and, after moving
their families thither, sent Brother Jacob Bigler back for Mr. Smith
and myself.
When our good friend, Mr. Messer, learned that we were
about leaving Quincy, he came and spent a whole day with us. The
next day we set out for Commerce. After proceeding about ten
miles, our carriage broke down, and, although my husband was
quite sick, we were compelled to remain in the sun at least three
hours before another vehicle could be procured. After this we
started on, and soon arrived at Bear Creek, below Lima. We found
this stream so high that it was dangerous to ford, especially for
those who were unacquainted with the crossing place, but,
fortunately, we took the right direction, and, with much difficulty,
succeeded in getting across. That night we stayed with Sister
Lawrence, and the next day arrived in Commerce, where we found
our children in good health.
We moved into a small room attached to the house in which
Joseph was living. Here we might have enjoyed ourselves, but Mr.
Smith continued to sink, his health constantly failing, until we
found that medicine was of no benefit to him. As the season
advanced the brethren began to feel the effects of the hardships
which they had endured, as also the unhealthiness of the climate in
which we were then situated. They came down with agues and
bilious fevers to such an extent that there were whole families in
which not one was able to help himself to a drink of cold water.
Among the sick were Hyrum and his family, also my daughter
Lucy. Joseph and Emma, seeing the distress, commenced taking
the sick into their own house, with the view of taking care of them,
and making them more comfortable. This they continued to do,
until their house became so crowded that they were compelled to
spread a tent for that part of the family who were still on their feet,
in order to make room in the house for the sick.
During this time of distress, Silas Smith, my husband's
brother, came up from Pike County, Illinois, to consult with Mr.
Smith in relation to some church business, and returned with the
intention of bringing his family hither, but was taken sick and died
before he could accomplish it, and we never saw him again. My
son William also came from Plymouth about this time, and
informed us that he had sent to Missouri for our provisions and
furniture, and that all had been destroyed by the mob. When he
returned home, he took Lovina, Hyrum's eldest daughter, with
him, hoping, as she was sick, that the ride would be a benefit to
her. In this he was disappointed, for she grew worse instead of
better, so that in a short time he considered it necessary to send for
her father, as she was not expected to live. As her father was not
able to sit up when the messenger arrived, myself and Lucy went
in his stead.
On our arrival at Plymouth, we found Lovina better, and she
continued to mend until she regained her health. But the ague took
a fresh hold on Lucy, and she remained completely under the
power of the disease until the sickness in Commerce had so abated
that Joseph was able to make us a visit. When he arrived, Lucy
was lying upstairs in a high fever. Upon hearing his voice below,
she sprang from her bed and flew down-stairs, as though she was
altogether well, and was so rejoiced to hear that her relatives were
all still living, and in better health than when she left them, that the
excitement performed an entire cure. She soon regained her
strength, and we returned home.
It now became necessary for Joseph to take a journey to the
city of Washington, for he had been commanded of the Lord,
while in prison, to pray for redress at the feet of the President, as
well as of Congress, when his family should be so situated that he
could leave home.
Accordingly, Joseph started, in company with Sidney Rigdon,
Elias Higbee, Doctor Foster, and Porter Rockwell, to fulfill this
injunction. After arriving in Washington, Joseph and Sidney waited
upon his Excellency Martin Van Buren, but it was some time
before they had an opportunity of laying their grievances before
him; however, they at length succeeded in getting his attention.
After listening to the entire history of the oppression and abuse,
which we had received at the hands of our enemies, he replied,
"GENTLEMEN, YOUR CAUSE IS JUST; BUT I CAN DO
NOTHING FOR YOU !"
The matter was, however, laid before Congress. They, too,
concluded that our cause was just, but that they could do nothing
for us, as Missouri was a sovereign, independent State; and that
the "Mormons" might appeal to her for redress, for, in their
opinion, she neither wanted the power nor lacked the disposition to
redress the wrongs of her own citizens.
During Joseph's absence, Mr. Smith was at times very weak,
and coughed dreadfully, so that some nights I had to lift him out of
bed. On one occasion of this kind, he expressed a fear that he
should die with me alone. I told him this would not be the case, for
it was impressed upon my mind that when he died, he would have
his children around him. This comforted him much, for he was
very anxious to live until Joseph should return, that he might bless
him again before he should die.
This was in the winter of 1840. Before spring he got some
better, so that he was able to walk about a little, and attend a few
blessing-meetings, in one of which he blessed Mrs. Page, the wife
of one of the Twelve, and a young woman whom Brother Page
had baptized and confirmed on Bear Creek but a few days
previous. In blessing the latter, Mr. Smith repeated a prophecy
which had been pronounced upon her head in her confirmation, as
precisely as though he had been present when it was uttered,
stating that the Spirit testified that these things had been predicted
upon her head in her confirmation, which very much surprised her,
as she knew that he had not received any intimation of the same,
except by the Spirit of God.
In March, 1840, Joseph returned from the city of
Washington. At this time Mr. Smith had suffered a relapse, and
was confined to his bed. On Joseph's arrival, he administered to
him, and, for a short time my husband was better.
In the ensuing April a conference was held in Nauvoo
(formerly Commerce), during which the result of Joseph's mission
to Washington was made known to the brethren; who, after
hearing that their petition was rejected, concluded, as they had now
tried every court which was accessible to them on earth, to lay
their case before the court of heaven, and leave it in the hands of
the great God.
Joseph, soon after his arrival, had a house built for us, near
his own, and one that was more commodious than that which we
previously occupied.
When the heat of the ensuing summer came on, my
husband's health began to decline more rapidly than before. This
was caused, perhaps, in part, by the renewal of the Missouri
persecutions, for our sons were now demanded of the authorities
of Illinois, as fugitives from justice. In consequence of which they
were compelled to absent themselves from the city, until the writs
which were issued for their arrest, were returned.
About this time, John C. Bennett came into the city, and
undertook to devise a scheme whereby Joseph and Hyrum, besides
other brethren who were persecuted in like manner, might remain
at home in peace. I do not know what he did, I only know that he
seemed to be engaged in the law, as well as the gospel. My heart
was then too full of anxiety about my husband, for me to inquire
much into matters which I did not understand; however, the result
was, that Joseph returned from Iowa.
On the evening of his return, my husband commenced
vomiting blood. I sent immediately for Joseph and Hyrum, who, as
soon as they came, gave him something that alleviated his distress.
This was on Saturday night. The next morning Joseph came in and
told his father that he should not be troubled any more for the
present with the Missourians; "and," said he, "I can now stay with
you as much as you wish." After which he informed his father that
it was then the privilege of the Saints to be baptized for the dead.
These two facts Mr. Smith was delighted to hear, and requested,
that Joseph should be baptized for Alvin immediately, and, as he
expected to live but a short time, desired that his children would
stay with him, as much as they could consistently.
They were all with him, except Catharine, who was detained
from coming by a sick husband. Mr. Smith, being apprised of this,
sent Arthur Millikin, (.who, but a short time previous was married
to our youngest daughter), after Catharine and her children; but,
before he went, my husband blessed him, fearing that it would be
too late when he returned. He took Arthur by the hand, and said:
"My son, I have given you my youngest darling child, and will you
be kind to her?"
"Yes, father," he replied, "I will."
"Arthur," he continued, "you shall be blessed, and you shall
be great in the eyes of the Lord; and if you will be faithful, you
shalt have all the desires of your heart in righteousness. Now, I
want you to go after my daughter Catharine, for I know, that
because of the faithfulness of your heart, you will not come back
without her."
Arthur then left, and my husband next addressed himself to
me: "Mother, do you not know, that you are the mother of as great
a family as ever lived upon the earth? The world loves its own, but
it does not love us. It hates us because we are not of the world;
therefore, all their malice is poured out upon us, and they seek to
take away our lives. When I look upon my children, and realize
that, although they were raised up to do the Lord's work, yet they
must pass through scenes of trouble and affliction as long as they
live upon the earth; and I dread to leave them surrounded by
enemies."
At this Hyrum bent over his father, and said: "Father, if you
are taken away, will you not intercede for us at the throne of grace,
that our enemies may not have so much power over us?" He then
laid his hands upon Hyrum's head, and said: "My son, Hyrum, I
seal upon your head your partriarchal blessing, which I placed
upon your head before, for that shall be verified. In addition to
this, I now give you my dying blessing. You shall have a season of
peace, so that you shall have sufficient rest to accomplish the work
which God has given you to do. You shall be as firm as the pillars
of heaven unto the end of your days. I now seal upon your head
the patriarchal power, and you shall bless the people. This is my
dying blessing upon your head in the name of Jesus. Amen."
To Joseph he said: "Joseph, my son, you are called to
a high and holy calling. You are even called to do the work of the
Lord. Hold out faithful, and you shall be blessed, and your children
after you. You shall even live to finish your work."
At this Joseph cried out, weeping, "Oh! my father, shall I ?"
"Yes," said his father, "you shall live to lay out the plan of all
the work which God has given you to do. This is my dying blessing
on your head, in the name of Jesus. I also confirm your former
blessing upon your head; for it shall be fulfilled. Even so. Amen."
To Samuel he said: "Samuel, you have been a faithful
and obedient son. By your faithfulness you have brought many
into the church. The Lord has seen your diligence, and you are
blessed, in that he has never chastized you, but has called you
home to rest; and there is a crown laid up for you, which shall
grow brighter and brighter unto the perfect day.
When the Lord called you, he said, 'Samuel, I have seen thy
sufferings, have heard thy cries, and beheld thy faithfulness; thy
skirts are clear from the blood of this generation.' Because of these
things, I seal upon your head all the blessings which have hitherto
pronounced upon you; and this is my dying blessing, I now seal
upon you. Even so. Amen."
To William he said: "William, my son, thou hast
been faithful in declaring the word, even before the church was
organized. Thou hast been sick, yet thou hast traveled to warn the
people. And when thou couldst not walk, thou didst sit by the
wayside, and call upon the Lord, until he provided a way for thee
to be carried. Thou wast sick and afflicted, when thou wast away
from thy father's house, and no one knew it, to assist thee in thy
afflictions; but the Lord did see the honesty of thine heart, and
thou wast blessed in thy mission. William, thou shalt be blessed,
and thy voice shall be heard in distant lands, from place to place,
and they shall regard thy teachings. Thou shalt be like a roaring
lion in the forest, for they shall hearken and hear thee. And thou
shalt be the means of bringing many sheaves to Zion, and thou
shalt be great in the eyes of many, and they shall call thee blessed,
and I will bless thee, and thy children after thee. And the blessings
which I sealed upon thy head before, I now confirm again, and thy
days shall be many, thou shalt do a great work, and live as long as
thou desirest life. Even so. Amen."
To Don Carlos he said: "Carlos, my darling son,
when I blessed you, your blessing was never written, and I could
not get it done, but now I want you to get my book, which
contains the blessings of my family. Take your pen and fill out all
those parts of your blessing which were not written. You shall have
the Spirit of the Lord, and be able to fill up all the vacancies which
were left by Oliver when he wrote it. You shall be great in the sight
of the Lord, for he sees and knows the integrity of your heart, and
you shall be blessed; all that know you shall bless you. Your wife
and your children shall also be blessed, and you shall live to fulfill
all that the Lord has sent you to do. Even so. Amen."
To Sophronia he said: "Sophronia, my oldest
daughter, thou hadst sickness when thou wast young, and thy
parents did cry over thee, to have the Lord spare thy life. Thou
didst see trouble and sorrow, but thy troubles shall be lessened, for
thou hast been faithful in helping thy father and thy mother, in the
work of the Lord. And thou shalt be blessed, and the blessings of
heaven shall rest down upon thee. Thy last days shall be thy best.
Although thou shalt see trouble, sorrow, and mourning, thou shalt
be comforted, and the Lord will lift thee up, and bless thee and thy
family, and thou shalt live as long as thou desirest life. This dying
blessing I pronounce and seal upon thy head, with thine other
blessings. Even so. Amen."
After this he rested some time, and then said:
"Catharine has been a sorrowful child, trouble has she seen,
the Lord has looked down upon her and seen her patience, and has
heard her cries. She shall be comforted when her days of sorrow
are ended, then shall the Lord look down upon her, and she shall
have the comforts of life, and the good things of this world, then
shall she rise up, and defend her cause. She shall live to raise up
her family; and in time her sufferings shall be over, for the day is
coming when the patient shall receive their reward. Then she shall
rise over her enemies, and shall have horses and land, and things
around her to make her heart glad. I, in this dying blessing, confirm
her patriarchal blessing upon her head, and she shall receive eternal
life. Even so. Amen."
To Lucy he said: "Lucy, thou art my youngest child, my
darling. And the Lord gave thee unto us to be a comfort and a
blessing to us in our old age, therefore, thou must take good care
of thy mother. Thou art innocent, and thy heart is right before the
Lord. Thou hast been with us through all the persecution; thou hast
seen nothing but persecution, sickness, and trouble, except when
the Lord hath cheered our hearts. If thou wilt continue faithful,
thou shalt be blessed with a house and land; thou shalt have food
and raiment, and no more be persecuted and driven, as thou hast
hitherto been. Now continue faithful, and thou shalt live long and
be blessed, and thou shalt receive a reward in heaven. This dying
blessing, and also thy patriarchal blessing, I seal upon thy head in
the name of Jesus. Even so. Amen."
After this he spoke to me again, and said: "Mother, do you
not know, that you are one of the most singular women in the
world?"
"No," I replied, "I do not."
"Well, I do," he continued, "you have brought up my children
for me by the fireside, and when I was gone from home, you
comforted them. You have brought up all my children, and could
always comfort them when I could not. We have often wished that
we might both die at the same time, but you must not desire to die
when I do, for you must stay to comfort the children when I am
gone. So do not mourn, but try to be comforted. Your last days
shall be your best days, as to being driven, for you shall have more
power over your enemies than you have had. Again I say, be
comforted.1
He then paused for some time, being exhausted. After which
he said, in a tone of surprise, "I can see and hear, as well as ever I
could." [A second pause of considerable length.] "I see Alvin."
[Third pause.] "I shall live seven or eight minutes." Then
straightening himself, he laid his hands together; after which he
began to breathe shorter, and, in about eight minutes, his breath
stopped, without even a struggle or a sigh, and his spirit took its
flight for the regions where the justified ones rest from their labors.
He departed so calmly, that, for some time, we could not believe
but that he would breathe again. Catharine did not arrive until the
evening of the second day; still we were compelled to attend to his
obsequies the day after his decease, or run the risk of seeing
Joseph and Hyrum torn from their father's corpse before it was
interred, and carried away by their enemies to prison.
After we had deposited his last remains in their narrow house,
my sons fled from the city, and I returned to my desolate home;
and I then thought, that the greatest grief which it was possible for
me to feel, had fallen upon me in the death of my beloved
husband. Although that portion of my life, which lay before me,
seemed to be a lonesome, trackless waste, yet I did not think that I
could possibly find, in traveling over it, a sorrow more searching,
or a calamity more dreadful, than the present. But, as I hasten to
the end of my story, the reader will be able to form an opinion with
regard to the correctness of my conclusion.
Footnote:
1. In the blessing recorded above observe that Hyrum and Samuel
who were themselves faithful men received no promise for their
children. Their fatalities afterward went with the exodus to Utah.
Joseph and William received promise not only for themselves but
also for their children. Neither of these families went to Utah but
both were identified with the Reorganized Church. H.C.S.
Chapter 53
Joseph Arrested at Quincy --
Discharged at Monmouth
Joseph charged with an
attempt to
assassinate ex-Governor Boggs
In the month of December, 1840, we received for Nauvoo, a
city charter, with extensive privileges; and, in February of the same
winter, charters were also received for the Nauvoo Legion, and for
the University of the City of Nauvoo. Not long after this the office
of lieutenant-general was conferred upon Joseph, by the vote of
the people1 and a commission from the governor of the State. In
the early part of the same winter, I made Bro. Knowlton a visit on
Bear Creek. While there I had the misfortune to sprain one of my
knees, in getting out of a wagon, and, a cold settling in the injured
part, rheumatism succeeded. Soon after I returned home, I was
confined to my bed, and for six weeks I had watchers every night.
Sophronia was then with me, her husband being absent on a
mission, and she assisted Lucy and Arthur in taking care of me.
They were indefatigable in their atten- tions, and by their faithful
care I was enabled, after a long season of helplessness, to stand
upon my feet again.
On the 25th of January, 1841, Mary Smith, Samuel's wife,
died, in consequence of her exposures in Missouri.
On the 5th of June, the same year, Joseph went, in company
with several others, on a visit to Quincy. As he was returning,
Governor Carlin sent one of the Missouri writs after him, and had
him arrested for murder, treason, etc., etc. Joseph, choosing to be
tried at Monmouth, Warren County, the officers brought him to
Nauvoo, and after procuring witnesses, they proceeded to
Monmouth. Esquire Browning spoke in Joseph's defense,2 and was
moved upon by the Spirit that was given him, in answer to the
prayers of the Saints; and, suffice it to say, he gained the case. The
opposing attorney tried his utmost to convict Joseph of the crimes
mentioned in the writ, but, before he had spoken many minutes, he
turned sick, and vomited at the feet of the judge; which, joined to
the circumstance of his advocating the case of the Missourians,
who are called Pukes by their countrymen, obtained for him the
same appellation, and was a source of much amusement to the
court.
When Joseph returned, the church was greatly rejoiced, and
besought him never again to leave the city. About the first of
August, Don Carlos was taken sick, and on the seventh he died.
The particulars of his death will be given hereafter.
On the first day of September, Robert B. Thompson, who
was Hyrum's brother-in-law, and partner with Don Carlos in
publishing the Times and Seasons, died of the same disease which
had carried Carlos out of the world--supposed to be quick
consumption.
On the 15th of September, Joseph's youngest child died; he
was named Don Carlos, after his uncle.
On the 28th of September, Hyrum's second son, named
Hyrum, died of a fever.
The succeeding winter we were left to mourn over the
ravages which death had made in our family, without interruption;
but sickness ceased from among us, and the mob retired to their
homes.
On the 6th of May, 1842, Lilburn W. Boggs, ex-governor of
Missouri, was said to have been shot by an assassin. And, in
consequence of the injuries which we had received, suspicion
immediately fastened itself upon Joseph, who was accused of
having committed the crime. But, as he was on that day at an
officer's drill in Nauvoo, several hundred miles from where Boggs
resided, and was seen by hundreds, and, on the day following, at a
public training, where thousands of witnesses beheld him, we
supposed that the crime, being charged upon him, was such an
outrage upon common sense, that, when his persecutors became
apprised of these facts, they would cease to accuse him. But in this
we were disappointed, for when they found it impossible to sustain
the charge in this shape, they preferred it in another, in order to
make it more probable. They now accused my son of sending O.
P. Rockwell into Missouri, with orders to shoot the ex-governor;
and from this time, they pursued both Joseph and Porter, with all
diligence, till they succeeded in getting the latter into jail, in
Missouri.
Joseph, not choosing to fall into their hands, fled from the
city, and secreted himself, sometimes in one place, sometimes in
another. He generally kept some friend with him, in whom he had
confidence, who came frequently to the city. Thus communication
was kept up between Joseph, his family, and the church. At this
time, Brother John Taylor lay very sick of the fever, and was so
reduced that he was not able to stand upon his feet. Joseph visited
him, and, after telling him that he wished to start that night on a
journey of fifty miles, requested Brother Taylor to accompany
him, saying, if he would do so, he would be able to ride the whole
way. Brother Taylor believing this, they set out together, and
performed the journey with ease. This time Joseph remained away
two weeks; then made his family and myself a short visit, after
which he again left us. In this way he lived, hiding first in one
place, and then in another, until the sitting of the Legislature, when,
by the advice of Governor Ford, he went to Springfield, and was
tried before Judge Pope for the crime alleged against him; namely,
that of being accessory to the attempted assassination of
Ex-governor Boggs.3 He was again discharged, and, when he
returned home, there was a jubilee held throughout the city. The
remainder of the winter, and the next spring, we spent in peace.
About the middle of June, 1843, Joseph went with his wife to
visit Mrs. Wasson, (ten miles southeast of Dixon, Illinois,) who
was his wife's sister. Whilst there, an attempt was made to kidnap
him, and take him into Missouri, by J. H. Reynolds, from that
State, and Harmon Wilson, of Carthage, Hancock County, Illinois,
who was a Missourian in principle. You have read Hyrum's
testimony, and can judge of the treatment which Joseph received at
their hands. Suffice it to say, he was shamefully abused. Wilson
had authority from the governor of Illinois to take Joseph Smith,
Junior, and deliver him into the hands of the before named
Reynolds; but as neither of them showed any authority save a
brace of pistols, Joseph took them for false imprisonment. He then
obtained a writ of habeas corpus of the Master in Chancery of Lee
County, return- able before the nearest court authorized to
determine upon such writs; and the municipal court of Nauvoo
being the nearest one invested with this power, an examination was
had before said court, when it was made to appear that the writ
was defective and void; furthermore, that he was innocent of the
charges therein alleged against him. It was in this case that Hyrum's
testimony was given, which is rehearsed in a preceding chapter.
Not long after this I broke up housekeeping, and at Joseph's
request, I took up my residence at his house. Soon after which I
was taken very sick, and was brought nigh unto death. For five
nights Emma never left me, but stood at my bedside all the night
long; at the end of which time, she was overcome with fatigue, and
taken sick herself. Joseph then took her place, and watched with
me the five succeeding nights, as faithfully as Emma had done.
About this time I began to recover, and, in the course of a few
weeks, I was able to walk about the house a little, and sit up during
the day. I have hardly been able to go on foot further than across
the street since.
On the third day of October, 1843, Sophronia, second
daughter of Don Carlos, died of the scarlet fever, leaving her
widowed mother doubly desolate.
Footnotes:
1. The organization of the Nauvoo Legion was authorized by act of the
Legislature of Illinois in 1840. Signed by the governor December 16, 1840.
Joseph Smith and other offi- cers of the Legion were elected by the militia who
were to compose said Legion on February 4, 1841, and subsequently
commissioned by the governor. H.C.S.
2. Afterwards Honorable O. H. Browning, and Secretary of the Interior under
President Lincoln.
3. There was not a trial for accessory to attempted assassination but an inquiry
before Judge Pope to determine if there was sufficient cause to deliver up Joseph
Smith to the officers of Missouri upon the requisition of Missouri's governor. The
decision was that he should be discharged and not be delivered up for trial in
Missouri.
Chapter 54
Joseph and Hyrum Assassinated
About the time that John C. Bennett left Nauvoo, an election
was held for the office of mayor, and Joseph, being one of the
candidates, was elected to that office. I mention this fact in order
to explain a circumstance that took place in the winter of 1843 and
1844, which was as follows: Joseph, in organizing the city police,
remarked, that, "Were it not for enemies within the city, there
would be no danger from foes without," adding, "If it were not for
a Brutus, I might live as long as Caesar would have lived."
Some one, who suspected that Joseph alluded to William
Law, went to the latter, and informed him that Joseph regarded
him as a Brutus; and, that it was his own opinion, that he (Law)
was in imminent danger. Law, on hearing this tale, went
immediately to Joseph, who straightway called a council, and had
all that knew anything concerning the matter brought together, and
thus succeeded in satisfying Law that he intended no evil in what
he had said.
About this time, a man by the name of Joseph Jackson, who
had been in the city several months, being desirous to marry
Lovina Smith, Hyrum's oldest daughter, asked her father if he was
willing to receive him as a son-in-law. Being answered in the
negative, he went and requested Joseph to use his influence in his
favor. As Joseph refused to do so, he next applied to Law, who
was our secret enemy, for assistance in stealing Lovina from her
father, and, from this time forth, he continued seeking out our
enemies, till he succeeded in getting a number to join him in a
conspiracy to murder the whole Smith family. They commenced
holding secret meetings, one of which was attended by a man
named Eaton, who was our friend, and he exposed the plot.
This man declared that the Higbees, Laws, and Fosters, were
all connected with Jackson in his operations. There was also
another individual, named Augustine Spencer, a dissolute
character, (although a member of an excellent family), who, I
believe, was concerned in this conspiracy. About the time of
Eaton's disclosures, this man went to the house of his brother
Orson, and abused my sons and the church at such a rate that
Orson finally told him that he must either stop or leave he house.
Augustine refused, and they grappled. In the contest, Orson was
considerably injured. He went immediately to Joseph, and, stating
the case, asked for a warrant. Joseph advised him to go to Doctor
Foster, who was a justice of the peace. Accordingly, he went and
demanded a warrant of Foster, but was refused. On account of this
refusal, Foster was brought before Esquire Wells, and tried for
non-performance of duty. At this trial Joseph met Charles Foster,
the doctor's brother, who attempted to shoot him, as soon as they
met, but was hindered by Joseph's catching his hands, and holding
him by main force, in which way Joseph was compelled to confine
him above an hour, in order to preserve his own life.
Jackson and the apostates continued to gather strength till,
finally, they established a printing-press in our midst. Through this
organ they belched forth the most intolerable, and the blackest lies
that were ever palmed upon a community. Being advised, by men
of influence and standing, to have this scandalous press removed,
the city council took the matter into consideration, and, finding that
the law would allow them to do so, they declared it a nuisance, and
had it treated accordingly.1
At this the apostates left the city in a great rage, swearing
vengeance against Joseph and the city council, and, in fact, the
whole city. They went forthwith to Carthage, and got out writs for
Joseph, and all those who were in any wise concerned in the
destruction of the press. But, having no hopes of justice in that
place, the brethren took out a writ of habeas corpus, and were
tried before Esquire Wells, at Nauvoo. With this the apostates were
not satisfied. They then called upon one Levi Williams, (who was a
bitter enemy to us, whenever he was sufficiently sober to know his
own sentiments, for he is a drunken, ignorant, illiterate brute, that
never had a particle of character or influence, until he began to call
mob meetings, and placed himself at the head of a rabble like unto
himself, to drive the "Mormons,") at which time he was joined by
certain unmentionable ones in Warsaw and Carthage; and for his
zeal in promoting mobocracy, he became the intimate acquaintance
and confidential friend of some certain preachers, lawyers, and
representatives, and, finally, of Joseph Jackson and the apostates.
He, as Colonel Levi Williams, commands the militia (alias mob) of
Hancock County. On this man, I say, they called for assistance to
drag Joseph and Hyrum, with the rest of the council, to Carthage.
Williams swore it should be done, and gathered his band together.
Joseph, not choosing to fall into the hands of wolves or tigers,
called upon the Legion to be in readiness to defend the city and its
chartered rights.
Just at this crisis, Governor Ford arrived in Quincy. The
apostates then appealed from the mob to the governor. At this time
he came into the midst of the mob, and asked them if they would
stand by him in executing and defending the law. They said they
would; and so he organized them into militia, and then demanded
the brethren for trial upon the warrant issued by Smith; (as he did
not choose to recognize the right of habeas corpus granted us in
the city charter.) At the same time he pledged the faith of the State,
that the brethren should be protected from mob violence. Those
called for in the warrant, made their appearance at Carthage, June
24, 1844.
On the morning of the 25th, Joseph and Hyrum were arrested
for treason, by a warrant founded upon the oaths of A. O. Norton
and Augustine Spencer.
I will not dwell upon the awful scene which succeeded. My
heart is thrilled with grief and indignation, and my blood curdles in
my veins whenever I speak of it.
My sons were thrown into jail, where they remained three
days, in company with Brothers Richards, Taylor, and Markham.
At the end of this time, the governor disbanded most of the men,
but left a guard of eight of our bitterest enemies over the jail, and
sixty more of the same character about a hundred yards distant. He
then came into Nauvoo, with a guard of fifty or sixty men, made a
short speech, and returned immediately. During his absence from
Carthage, the guard rushed Brother Markham out of the place at
the point of the bayonet. Soon after this, two hundred of those
discharged in the morning rushed into Carthage, armed, and
painted black, red, and yellow, and in ten minutes fled again,
leaving my sons murdered and mangled corpses!!
In leaving the place, a few of them found Samuel coming into
Carthage, alone, on horseback, and, finding that he was one of our
family, they attempted to shoot him, but he escaped out of their
hands, al-. though they pursued him at the top of their speed for
more than two hours. He succeeded the next day in getting to
Nauvoo in season to go out and meet the procession with the
bodies of Hyrum and Joseph, as the mob had the kindness to allow
us the privilege of bringing them home, and burying them in
Nauvoo, notwithstanding the immense reward which was offered
by the Missourians for Joseph's head.
Their bodies were attended home by only two persons, save
those that went from this place. These were Brother Willard
Richards, and a Mr. Hamilton; Brother John Taylor having been
shot in prison, and nearly killed, he could not be moved until some
time afterwards.
After the corpses were washed and dressed in their burial
clothes, we were allowed to see them. I had for a long time braced
every nerve, roused every energy of my soul, and called upon God
to strengthen me; but when I entered the room, and saw my
murdered sons extended both at once before my eyes, and heard
the sobs and groans of my family, and the cries of "Father!
Husband! Brothers!" from the lips of their wives, children,
brothers, and sisters, it was too much, I sank back, crying to the
Lord, in the agony of my soul, "My God, my God, why hast thou
forsaken this family!" A voice replied, "I have taken them to
myself, that they might have rest."
Emma was carried back to her room almost in a state of
insensibility. Her oldest son approached the corpse, and dropped
upon his knees, and laying his cheek against his father's, and
kissing him, exclaimed, "Oh, my father, my father! As for myself, I
was swallowed up in the depths of my afflictions; and, though my
soul was filled with horror past imagination, yet I was dumb, until I
arose again to contemplate the spectacle before me. Oh! at that
moment how my mind flew through every scene of sorrow and
distress which we had passed together, in which they had shown
the innocence and sympathy which filled their guileless hearts.
As I looked upon their peaceful, smiling countenances, I
seemed almost to hear them say, "Mother, weep not for us, we
have overcome the world by love; we carried to them the gospel,
that their souls might be saved; they slew us for our testimony, and
thus placed us beyond their power; their ascendancy is for a
moment, ours is an eternal triumph."
I then thought upon the promise which I had received in
Missouri, that in five years Joseph should have power over all his
enemies. The time had elapsed, and the promise was fulfilled.
I left the scene and returned to my room, to ponder upon the
calamities of my family. Soon after this, Samuel said, "Mother, I
have had a dreadful distress in my side ever since I was chased by
the mob, and I think I have received some injury which is going to
make me sick." And indeed he was then not able to sit up, as he
had been broken of his rest, besides being dreadfully fatigued in the
chase, which, joined to the shock occasioned by the death of his
brothers, brought on a disease that never was removed.
On the following day the funeral rites of the murdered ones
were attended to, in the midst of terror and alarm, for the mob had
made their arrangements to burn the city that night, but, by the
diligence of the brethren, they were kept at bay until they became
discouraged, and returned to their homes.
In a short time Samuel, who continued unwell, was confined
to his bed, and, lingering till the 30th of July, his spirit forsook its
earthly tabernacle, and went to join his brothers, and the ancient
martyrs, in the paradise of God.
At this time, William was absent on a mission to the Eastern
States. And he had taken his family with him, in consequence of
his wife being afflicted with the dropsy, hoping that the journey
might be a benefit to her. Thus was I left desolate in my distress. I
had reared six sons to manhood, and of them all, one only
remained, and he was too far distant to speak one consoling word
to me in this trying hour. It would have been some satisfaction to
me, if I had expected his immediate return, but his wife was lying
at the point of death, which compelled him to remain where he
was. His case was, if it were possible, worse than mine, for he had
to bear all his grief alone in a land of strangers, confined to the side
of his dying wife, and absent from those who felt the deepest
interest in his welfare; whilst I was surrounded with friends, being
in the midst of the church; my daughters, too, were with me, and
from their society I derived great comfort.
The church at this time was in a state of gloomy suspense.
Not knowing who was to take the place of Joseph, the people were
greatly wrought upon with anxiety, lest an impostor should arise
and deceive many. Suddenly, Sidney Rigdon made his appearance
from Pittsburg, and rather insinuated that the church ought to make
choice of him, not as president, but as guardian; for "Joseph," said
he, "is still president, and the church must be built up unto him."
But before he could carry his measures into effect, the Twelve,
who had also been absent, arrived, and assuming their proper
places, all was set to rights.2
William, however, did not return till the spring of 1845,
when, with great difficulty, he got his wife to Nauvoo. She
survived but a short time after her arrival, for in about two weeks,
to complete the sum of William's afflictions, he followed her to the
grave. Her disease was brought on by her exposures in Missouri,
so that she was what might be termed an indirect martyr to the
cause of Christ, which makes the sum of martyrs in our family no
less than six in number.
Shortly after William's return from the East, he was ordained
patriarch of the church, in the place of Hyrum, who held the keys
of that priesthood previous to his death.
Here ends the history of my life, as well as that of my family,
as far as I intend carrying it for the present. And I shall leave the
world to judge, as seemeth them good, concerning what I have
written. But this much I will say, that the testimony which I have
given is true, and will stand for ever; and the same will be my
testimony in the day of God Almighty, when I shall meet them,
concerning whom I have testified, before angels, and the spirits of
the just made perfect, before archangels and seraphim, cherubim
and God; where the brief authority of the unjust man will shrink to
nothingness before him who is the Lord of lords and God of gods;
and where the righteousness of the just shall exalt them in the
scale, wherein God weigheth the hearts of men.
And now having, in common with the Saints, appealed in
vain for justice, to Lilburn W. Boggs, Thomas Carlin, Martin Van
Buren, and Thomas Ford, I bid them a last farewell, until I shall
appear with them before Him who is the judge of both the quick
and dead; to whom I solemnly appeal in the name of Jesus Christ.
Amen.
1. This publication was the famous Nauvoo Expositor.
2. At the time this was written Brigham Young and the members of his quorum
who sustained him had not assumed the position of presidency in the sense that
they subsequently did. The resolution passed an August 8, 1844, as published in
Times and Seasons volume 5, page 638, read as follows: "All in favor of
supporting the Twelve in their calling, (every quorum, man and woman,) signify it
by the uplifted hand." Of course Mother Smith would not object to this and
might be expected to say it was right; but it is well known that she refused to
follow them afterwards. H.C.S.
Return To Contents
Appendix
A Journal kept by Don C. Smith while
on a Mission with George A.Smith,
his cousin
At a meeting of the High Council held in Adam-Ondi-Ahman,
I was appointed, in company with my cousin, George A. Smith,
Lorenzo D. Barnes, and Harrison Sagers, to take a mission to the
East and South, for the purpose of raising means to buy out the
mobbers in Daviess County, Missouri; also to effect an exchange
of farms between the brethren in the East, and the mobbers in our
immediate neighborhood.
On the 26th of September, 1838, we took leave of our
friends, and started on our mission, in company with Brother Earl,
who proposed taking us in his wagon as far as Richmond, a
distance of seventy miles. We stopped at Far West to see Brother
Joseph. He sanctioned our mission, and bade us God-speed. On
our way to Richmond, we stayed over night with Captain Alpheus
Cutler, formerly of the United States Army. He and his family
treated us with much kindness. We also called on John Goodson,
who a few days previous had shared freely in the hospitality of my
uncle's house, yet he had not the politeness to ask either Cousin
George or myself to take breakfast with him.
When we got to the landing, we found the river very low, and
but one boat up, which was the Kansas. Whilst waiting for this
boat, we had an interview with David Whitmer. He had not
confidence to look us in the face, for he had become our enemy;
yet, when we parted, he shook hands with us quite cordially, and
wished us success.
On the 30th of September, we went on board the Kansas;
this was a very slow conveyance, for one of the wheels was
broken; besides the river being very low, and full of snags and
sand-bars, we got along but slowly on our journey. Here we
traveled in company with General Wilson, and Samuel Lucas,
besides many others who had taken an active part in the expulsion
of the Saints from Jackson County, in 1833. General Atchison was
also on board.
On arriving at De Witt, we found about seventy of the
brethren with their families, surrounded by a mob of two hundred
men. When the boat landed, the women and children were much
frightened, supposing that we also were a mob. We would have
stopped, and assisted them what we could, but we were unarmed,
and, upon consulting together, it was thought advisable for us to
fulfill our mission; so we returned to the boat, and proceeded on
our journey. From this onward, the "Mormons" were the only
subject of conversation, and nothing was heard but the most bitter
imprecations against them. General Wilson related many of his
deeds of noble daring in the Jackson mob, one of which was the
following:
"I went, in company with forty others, to the house of
one Hiram Page, who was a Mormon, in Jackson
County. We got logs and broke in every door and
window at the same instant; and, pointing our rifles at
the family, we told them we would be God d--d if we
didn't shoot every one of them, if Page did not come
out. At that, a tall woman made her appearance, with a
child in her arms. I told the boys, she was too d--d tall.
In a moment the boys stripped her, and found it was
Page. I told them to give him a d--d good one. We gave
him sixty or seventy lashes with hickory withes which
we had prepared. Then, after pulling the roof off this
house, we went to the next d--d 'Mormon's' house, and
whipped him in like manner. We continued until we
whipped ten or fifteen of the God d--d 'Mormons', and
demolished their houses that night. If the Carroll boys
would do that way, they might conquer; but it is no use
to think of driving them without about four to one. I
wish I could stay, I would help drive the d--d
'Mormons' to hell, old Joe, and all the rest."
At this I looked the general sternly in the face, and told him
that he was neither a republican nor a gentleman, but a savage,
without a single principle of honor. "If," said I, "the 'Mormons'
have broken the law, let it be strictly executed against them; but
such anti-republican, and unconstitutional acts as these related by
you, are below the brutes."
We were upon the hurricane deck, and a large company
present was listening to the conversation. When I ceased speaking,
the general placed his hand upon his pistol, but I felt safe, for
Cousin George stood by his side, watching every move the general
made, and would have knocked him into the river instantly, had he
attempted to draw a deadly weapon. But General Atchison saved
him the trouble, by saying, "I'll be God d--n, if Smith ain't right."
At this, Wilson left the company, rather crestfallen.
In the course of the conversation Wilson said that the best
plan was to rush into the "Mormon" settlement, murder the men,
make slaves of the children, take possession of the property, and
use the women as they pleased.
There was a gentleman present from Baltimore, Maryland; he
said he never was among such a pack of d--d savages before; that
he had passed through Far West, and saw nothing among the
"Mormons" but good order. Then, drawing his pistols, he
discharged them; and re-loading, he said, "If God spares my life till
I get out of Upper Missouri, I will never be found associating with
such devils again."
Shortly after this we were invited to preach on board. Elder
Barnes gave them a good lecture, and I bore testimony. The rest of
the way we were treated more civilly, but, being deck-passengers,
and having very little money, we suffered much for food. On one
occasion we paid twelve and a half cents for one dozen ears of
[Indian] corn; and after grating it, we paid a woman twelve and a
half cents more for baking it into bread, although it was badly
done, being neither sifted, nor the whole kernels taken out; but we
were so hungry that we were glad to get it.
We continued our journey together through every species of
hardships and fatigue, until the 11th of October, when Elder
Barnes and H. Sagers left us, after our giving them all the money
we had; they starting for Cincinnati, and we, to visit the churches
in West Tennessee. Soon after this, Julian Moses, who had fallen
in company with us on the way, gave us a five-franc piece, and
bade us farewell. This left Cousin George and myself alone, and in
a strange land; and we soon found that the mob spirit was here, as
well as in Missouri, for it was not long before we were mobbed by
near twenty men, who surrounded the house in the night, and
terrified the family very much; however, we succeeded in driving
them away.
After this we continued our journey until we arrived at
Brother Utley's, in Benton County, a neighborhood where Brothers
Patten and Woodruff were mobbed some years ago. We soon
made our business known to all the Saints, who said they would
use every effort to be on hand with their money and means--some
in the fall, others in the spring. We received from Brother West
twenty-eight dollars to bear our expenses; and also from others,
acts of kindness which will never be forgotten.
About this time our minds were seized with an awful
foreboding--horror seemed to have laid his grasp upon us--we lay
awake night after night, for we could not sleep. Our forebodings
increased, and we felt sure that all was not right; yet we continued
preaching, until the Lord showed us that the Saints would be
driven from Missouri.
We then started home, and, on arriving at Wyatt's Mills,
which was on our return, we were told if we preached there it
should cost us our lives. We gave out an appointment at the house
of Sister Foster, a wealthy widow. She advised us to give it up;
but, as she had no fears for herself, her property, or family, we
concluded to fulfill our appointment. The hour of meeting came,
and many attended. Cousin George preached about an hour; during
which time a man named Fitch came in at the head of twelve other
mobbers, who had large hickory clubs, and they sat down with
their hats on. When Cousin George took his seat, I arose and
addressed them for an hour and a half, during which time I told
them that I was a patriot that I was free--that I loved my
country--that I loved liberty--that I despised both mobs and
mobbers--that no gentleman, or Christian at heart, would ever be
guilty of such things, or countenance them. At last the mob pulled
off their hats, laid down their clubs, and listened with almost
breathless attention.
After meeting, Mr. Fitch came to us and said that he was
ashamed of his conduct, and would never do the like again; that he
had been misinformed about us by some religious bigots.
We continued our journey until we reached the town of
Columbus, Hickman County, Kentucky. Here we put up with
Captain Robinson, formerly an officer in the army, who treated us
very kindly, assuring us that we were welcome to stay at his house
until a boat should come, if it were three months. While here, a
company of thirteen hundred Cherokee Indians encamped on the
bank of the river to wait for ferry privileges. They felt deeply
wounded at leaving their native country for the West. They said
they were leaving a fine country, rich in minerals, but the whites
knew very little of its value. This excited our sympathies very
much; little did I think that my own wife and helpless babes were
objects of greater sympathy than these.
At length a boat came along, and we went on board. We had
to pay all our money (five dollars) for fare, and eat and lie among
negroes, as we took a deck passage. About ninety miles from St.
Louis our boat got aground, where it lay for three days. During this
time we had nothing to eat but a little parched corn. They finally
gave up the boat and left her. We went to the clerk and got two
dollars of our money back, after which we went on board of a little
boat that landed us in St. Louis the next morning. Here we found
Elder Orson Pratt; he told us that Joseph was a prisoner with many
others, and that David Patten was killed, giving us a long and
sorrowful account of the sufferings of the Saints, which filled our
hearts with sorrow.
The next morning, we started again on our journey. When we
arrived at Huntsville, we stopped at the house of George Lyman to
rest, he being uncle to Cousin George, whose feet had now
become very sore with traveling. Here we heard dreadful tales
concerning our friends in Daviess County, that they were all
murdered, and that my brothers, Joseph and Hyrum, were shot
with a hundred balls.
We had not been long in Huntsville till the mob made a rally
to use us up with the rest of the Smiths, and, at the earnest request
of our friends, we thought best to push on. The wind was in our
faces, the ground was slippery, it was night, and very dark,
nevertheless we proceeded on our journey. Traveling twenty-two
miles, we came to the Chariton River, which we found frozen
over, but the ice too weak to bear us, and the boat on the west side
of the river. We went to the next ferry. Finding that there was no
boat there, and that in the next neighborhood a man's brains were
beat out for being a "Mormon," we returned to the first ferry, and
tried by hallooing to raise the ferryman on the opposite side of the
river, but were not able to awake him.
We were almost benumbed with the cold, and to warm
ourselves we commenced scuffling and jumping; we then beat our
feet upon the logs and stumps, in order to start a circulation of
blood; but at last Cousin George became so cold and sleepy that he
said he could not stand it any longer, and lay down. I told him he
was freezing to death; I rolled him on the ground, pounded and
thumped him; I then cut a stick and said I would thrash him. At
this he got up and undertook to thrash me. This stirred his blood a
little, but he soon lay down again; however, the ferryman in a short
time came over, and set us on our own side of the river.
We then traveled on until about breakfast-time, when we
stopped at the house of a man, who, we afterwards learned, was
Senator Ashby, that commanded the mob at Haun's Mill. That
night we stayed at one of the bitterest of mobocrats, by the name
of Fox, and started the next morning without breakfast. Our route
lay through a wild prairie, where there was but little track, and only
one house in forty miles. The northwest wind blew fiercely in our
faces, and the ground was so slippery that we could scarcely keep
our feet, and when the night came on, to add to our perplexity, we
lost our way. Soon after which I became so cold that it was with
great difficulty I could keep from freezing.
We also became extremely thirsty; however, we found a
remedy for this by cutting through ice three inches thick. While we
were drinking we heard a cow-bell; this caused our hearts to leap
for joy, and we arose and steered our course toward the sound.
We soon entered a grove, which sheltered us from the wind, and
we felt more comfortable. In a short time we came to a house,
where George was well acquainted, where we were made welcome
and kindly entertained. We laid down to rest about two o'clock in
the morning, after having traveled one hundred and ten miles in
two days and two nights. After breakfast I set out for Far West,
leaving George sick with our hospitable friend. When I arrived I
was fortunate enough to find my family alive, and in tolerable
health, which was more than I could have expected, considering
the scenes of persecution through which they had passed.
Letters of Don C . Smith to his wife,
Agnes
COSHOCTON, New York, June 25, 1836.
Dear Companion: I received your letter bearing date June 15,
which I perused with eagerness, being the first I had received from
you during my absence. I was rejoiced to hear that you were as
well as you expressed, but grieved that your rest should be
disturbed by the nervous affection of which you speak. You say
that you are willing to submit to the will of the Lord in all things;
this also is a source of great consolation to me; for, if these be your
feelings, even when deprived of my society, in order to the
prosperity of the kingdom of God (as nothing else would tear me
from you), I feel that the Lord will bless, keep, preserve, and
uphold you; so let your faith fail not, and your prayers cease not,
and you shall be healed of your nervous complaint, and all other
afflictions. For God is willing, and abundantly able, to raise you up
and give you all the righteous desires of your heart, for he has said
"Ask and ye shall receive," and he has never lied, and I can truly
say that He has been my help in every time of need.
When I left home I set my face, like a flint, towards Boston,
until I found that it was my duty to return home. On arriving at
Seneca Falls, I laid the matter before Samuel and Wilbur, and we
united our hearts in prayer before the Lord, who signified, by the
voice of His Spirit, to Samuel, that he should continue his journey,
but that we should return, after a short time, to our families; so tell
Mary that we have not forsaken Him; no, nor ever will, forHe is as
faithful as the sun--the Lord will not forsake him, and angels will
bear him up, and bring him off triumphant and victorious.
I heard of the death of grandmother, while at Aven. I could
not help weeping for her, although she has gone to rest. When I
left Kirtland, I called at Uncle John's --grandmother was asleep--I
laid my hand on her head, and ask the Lord to spare her, that I
might see her again in the flesh. But when I left, I felt as though
she would be taken before I returned, which caused me to feel
sorrowful; but I do not desire to call her back to this world of
trouble.
I must close by saying that I expect to labor in the vineyard
until I start for home. And, if the Lord will, I shall see you as soon
as the last of July, then I shall finish this letter.
Yours, till death, DON C. SMITH.
Agnes M. Smith
In the month of June, 1839, Don Carlos came from McDonough
County to Commerce, for the purpose of making preparations to
establish a printing-press. As the press and type had been buried
during the Missouri troubles, and were considerably injured by the
dampness which they had gathered, it was necessary to get them
into use as soon as possible; and in order to do this, Carlos was
under the necessity of cleaning out a cellar, through which a spring
was constantly flowing, for there was no other place at liberty
where he could put up the press. The dampness of the place,
together with his labor, caused him to take a severe cold, with
which he was sick some time; nevertheless, he continued his labor,
until he got the press into operation, and issued one number of the
paper. He then went to McDonough, and visited his family; after
which he returned to Commerce, but found the distress so great
that no business could be done. Upon his arrival in Commerce, he
wrote to his wife the following letter, which shows the situation of
the church at that time, as well as his affectionate disposition,
which was breathed in every word he spoke to his family, and
stamped upon every line he wrote to them when absent.
Commerce, July 25, 1839.
Beloved: I am in tolerable health, and have just risen from
imploring the Throne of Grace, in behalf of you and our children,
that God would preserve you all in health, and give you every
needed blessing, and protect you by day and by night.
When I arrived here, nothing had been done in the office, as
Brother Robinson had been sick every day since I left. And I have
done but little labor since I returned, except struggling against the
destroyer, and attending upon the sick--there are not well ones
enough to take care of the sick. There has been but one death,
however, since my return. McCleary, Sophronia, and Clarinda, are
very sick. Sister E. Robinson has been nigh unto death. Last
Tuesday, I, in company with George A. Smith, administered to
sixteen souls; some notable miracles were wrought under our
hands. I never had so great power over disease, as I have had this
week; for this let God be glorified. There are now between fifty
and one hundred sick, but they are generally on the gain; I do not
know of more than two or three who are considered dangerous. I
send you some money that you may not be destitute, in case you
should be sick, and need anything which you have not in the
house. Agnes, the Lord being my helper, you shall not want.
Elijah's God will bless you, and I will bless you, for you are
entwined around my heart, with ties that are stronger than death,
and time can not sever them. Deprived of your society, and that of
my prattling babes, life would be irksome. O that we may all live,
and enjoy health and prosperity, until the coming of the Son of
Man; that we may be a comfort to each other, and instill into the
tender and noble minds of our children, principles of truth and
virtue, which shall abide with them for ever, is my constant prayer.
From your husband, who will ever remain devoted and
affectionate, both in time and in eternity, DON C. SMITH.
While Don Carlos was at work in the before-mentioned cellar, he
took a severe pain in his side, which was never altogether
removed. About a fortnight prior to his death, his family were very
sick; and in taking care of them, he caught a violent cold--a fever
set in, and the pain in his side increased, and with all our exertions,
we were unable to arrest the disease, which I have no doubt was
consumption, brought on by working in a damp room, in which he
printed his paper.